Sensor Es

2

3

4

1

5

6

7

8

s

Products and Applications

Sonar-BERO

Opto-BERO

Inductive BERO

Capacitive BERO

Accessories

Supplementary Components – MOBY

Appendix

Contact your local Siemens representative for further information

The products in this catalog are also included in the CD-ROM catalog CA 01Order No.: E86060-D4001-A100-B6-7600

Sensors forAutomation

Catalog NS BERO · 2001/02

BERO

The products and systems described in this catalog are manufactured under applica-tion of a quality management system certified by DQS in accordance with ISO 9001 (Certificate Registration No.: 019634-01).The DQS Certificate is recog-nized in all EQ Net countries.

© Siemens AG 2001

1/4 Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02


Sonar-BERO

Field of applicationThe wide range of applications for Sonar-BERO ultrasonic sen-sors is limited only by the de-signer’s imagination:• Level and height sensing• Distance measurement• Winding diameter detection• Bottle counting and much

moreThe sonar technology of the Sonar-BERO sensors enables them to detect any type of ob-ject, including liquids and pow-ders and colored or transparent objects.They also respond regardless of surface character or condition: rough or smooth, wet or dry, clean or soiled.

Sonar-BERO sensors are also extremely rugged and their operation is insensitive to dirt, vibration, ambient light and ambient sound.The Sonar-BERO measures the time taken for the emitted ultra-sonic pulse to return following reflection by the object, from which it can calculate the dis-tance to the object. The Sonar-BERO can operate over ex-tremely short distances (6 cm) or extremely long distances (10 m) without any problems at all.The SONPROG software makes it easy to make adjustments for the object and the operating range (e. g. minimum level).

Application:Level measurement in large containers

Sensor:Compact form K 65 with minimum/maximum monitoring (up to 2.5 m)Compact range M 18 with analog output (up to 1 m)Compact range III (up to 6 m)

Application:Measuring stack height

Sensor:Compact range M 18 with analog output (up to 1 m)Compact range III (up to 6 m)

Application:Level measurement in small bottles

Sensor:Compact range M 18 with analog output

Application:Diameter detection and speed measurement


Application:Size measurement


Application:Contour recognition

Sensor:Compact range M 18 with analog output (up to 1 m)Compact range III (up to 6 m)Synchronization


Sonar-BERO

1/5Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02

1

Field of application

Application:Loop monitoring

Sensor:Compact form K 65 with minimum/maximum monitoring (up to 2.5 m)Compact range II with 2 switching outputs

Application:Quality control

Sensor:Compact range M 18 with switching outputCompact range II (up to 6 m)

Application:Bottle counting and gap recognition

Sensor:Sonar thru-beam sensor

Application:Breakage monitoring

Sensor:Compact range M 18 with switching output (up to 30 cm)

Application:Object detection

Sensor:Compact range M 18 with switching output

Application:Wire and cable break monitoring

Sensor:Compact range M 18 with switching outputCompact range II

Application:Gap monitoring

Sensor:Compact range II with 2 switching outputs (up to 6 m)



Opto-BERO

Field of applicationOpto-BERO sensors are used in their various designs as• Diffuse sensors• Thru-beam sensors or• Retroreflective sensors– either with background suppression or as fiber-optic devices – especially in the fol-lowing applications:• In conveyor systems • In mechanical engineering • In paper, textile and plastics

processing• In printing presses and• In packaging machines.The comprehensive range of Opto-BEROs operates using in-frared light, red light or laser light and covers ranges of be-tween 3 cm and 50 m. These photoelectric sensors can de-tect any object whether it is

made of metal, wood or plastic. Even transparent objects can be detected by Opto-BERO K 20 in the miniature housing.Special devices, such as the color sensor or color mark sen-sor, can be used to recognize different colors or contrast differences. The analog laser supports extremely precise level measurement and position monitoring.The Opto-BEROs are easily ad-justed using teach-in functions or potentiometers. A wide selec-tion of cubic, cylindrical and miniature types satisfies the de-signer's every wish.

Application:Inspection of the content of transparent containers

Sensor:M 12 thru-beam sensor

Application:Recognition of loaded pallets

Sensor:K 31 retroreflective sensor with polarized red light

Application:Recognition of tins of food on a conveyor belt


Application:Bottle counting

Sensor:C 40 retroreflective sensor with polarized red light, also for clear glass recognition

Application:Recognition of boxes on a roller conveyor


Application:Entry control for a car wash-ing plant

Sensor:K 80 thru-beam sensor

Application:Recognition of color marks for triggering the cut com-mand

Sensor:C 80 color mark sensor

Application:Access monitoring

Sensor:K 50 retroreflective sensor


Opto-BERO


1


Application:Monitoring of an entry barri-er


Application:Detection of the end of a roll

Sensor:K 31 light switch

Application:Thread recognition in a drilled hole

Sensor:KL 40 with plastic fiber-optic conductor

Application:Recognition of tops on bottles

Sensor:K 20 light switch with back-ground suppressionK 20 retroreflective sensor for clear glass detection

Application:Recognition of packages


Application:Recognition of objects in a container

Sensor:K 20 light sensor with back-ground suppression

Application:Position detection of ICs

Sensor:L 50 laser light sensor with background suppression

Application:Recognition of objects with different dimensions

Sensor:K 80 light sensor with back-ground suppression

Application:Position detection of ICs

Sensor:C 80 color mark sensor

Application:Inspection of stack heights

Sensor:K 80 thru-beam sensor

Application:Bottleneck detection on a roller conveyor


Application:Recognition of wrongly positioned objects on a conveyor

Sensor:C 40 retroreflective sensor



Opto-BERO


Application:Detection of IC pins


Application:Object detection on a roller conveyor


Application:Object detection for activat-ing a conveyor

Sensor:K 35 retroreflective sensor

Application:Recognition of reflecting objects


Application:Liquid inspection in glass containers

Sensor:K 35 with plastic fiber-optic conductor

Application:Checking the correct posi-tion of screws


Application:Object inspection in trans-parent packaging


Application:Checking lipstick height before fitting the cap

Sensor:M 5 or M 12 thru-beam sensor

Application:Detection of labels on a transparent backing tape

Sensor:G 20 fork/slot sensor

Application:Monitoring objects leaving a vibration conveyor

Sensor:K 35 with plastic fiber-optic conductor


Inductive and capacitive BERO


1

Field of applicationInductive BERO proximity sen-sors are the most economical solution for detecting metal ob-jects without contact. They are most often used where metal is the most common material, e. g.• In the automotive industry • In mechanical engineering • In the robotics industry • In conveyor systems and • In the paper and printing

industry.The induction principle and the extensive experience of Siemens over many years have made inductive BEROs what they are: Extremely reliable with a high repeat accuracy and long service life due to the lack of wear and of sensitivity to temperature, sound, light and water.Customers also benefit from the wide variety of inductive BERO proximity switches that Siemens offers. Our complete scope of products meets a wide range of

different requirements leaving nothing to be desired. There are inductive BEROs• With operating distances

ranging from 0.6 to 75 mm • In cylindrical and cubic types • In the standard duty version

as 3 and 4-wire sensors• As 2-wire sensors for solid-

state inputs (PLC)• In extra duty version (65 V DC

or 320 V AC/DC)• To the IP 68 degree of

protection for extreme environmental conditions

• With higher rated operating distances

• Without reduction factor• As pressure-proof sensors• Acc. to DESINA specification• Intrinsically safe sensors for

potentially explosive environments.

Application:Detection of broken drills

Sensor:Inductive BERO 3RG4

Application:Recognition of tins and lids

Sensor:

Inductive BERO 3RG4

Application:Recognition of position screws on a wheel for speed or direction control


Capacitive BEROsAs an alternative to inductive BEROs, capacitive BEROs are available that can detect non-conductive materials in solid, liquid or granular form, e. g. glass, plastic, wood, oil, water and paper.

Application:Recognition of valve posi-tion (completely open or closed)


Application:Detection of milk in cartons

Sensor:Capacitive BERO 3RG16

Application:Recognition of fragments on a cutter


Application:Level monitoring of loose material in a container

Sensor:Capacitive BERO 3RG16

Sonar-BERO 3RG6 Ultrasonic Proximity Switches


Compact ranges I, II, III with fixed, swivel and separate sensors

3RG60, 3RG61 Page

Selection and ordering data• Compact range I 2/33, 2/34• Compact range II 2/31, 2/32• Compact range III 2/29, 2/30

Introduction 2/4Sound cones 2/13 to 2/16Description 2/18Connection diagrams 2/19Technical data 2/32 to 2/37Dimension drawings 2/32 to 2/37

Compact range M 18, M 18 S Compact range 0 SONPROG interface unit

3RG62 Page 3RG63 Page 3RX4 000 Page

Selection and ordering data 2/35 Selection and ordering data 2/36 Selection and ordering data 2/35

Introduction 2/4 Introduction 2/4 Introduction 2/4Sound cones 2/11, 2/12 Sound cones 2/10 Description 2/23Description 2/20 Description 2/20 Technical data 2/23Connection diagrams 2/20 Connection diagrams 2/20Technical data 2/38 Technical data 2/39Dimension drawings 2/38 Dimension drawings 2/39


Siemens NS BERO · 2001/02 2/3

2

Compact form Sonar thru-beam sensor Double-layer sheet monitoring

3RG62, 3SG16 Page 3RG62 Page 3RX2 210 Page

Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data 2/39 Selection and ordering data 2/40• 3SG16 2/37• K 65 2/38

Introduction 2/4 Introduction 2/4 Introduction 2/4Sound cones 2/11 Sound cones 2/10 Description 2/27Description 2/24, 2/25 Description 2/26 Technical data 2/40Connection diagrams 2/24, 2/25 Connection diagrams 2/26 Dimension drawing 2/40Technical data 2/42, 2/43 Technical data 2/39Dimension drawings 2/42, 2/43 Dimension drawings 2/39

Modular range II

3RG61 Page

Selection and ordering data• Signal evaluator 2/41• Sensors 2/42, 2/43

Introduction 2/4Sound cones 2/13 to 2/16Description 2/28Connection diagram 2/28Time diagram 2/41Technical data 2/41 to 2/43Dimension drawings 2/41 to 2/43



Introduction

Overview

The main technical features of each series are shown in the following table.

Com

pac

t ran

ge

0

Com

pac

t ran

ge

I

Com

pac

t ran

ge

II

Com

pac

t ran

ge

III

Com

pac

t ran

ge

M 1

8

Com

pac

t for

m 3

SG

16

Com

pac

t for

m K

65

Son

ar th

ru-b

eam

sen

sor

Mod

ular

ran

ge

II

Dou

ble

-laye

r sh

eet m

onito

ring

Mode of operationDiffuse sensor 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7Reflex sensor 7 7 7 $ 7 7Thru-beam sensor 7 7 7 7 7Output1 switching output 7 7 7 7 72 switching outputs 7 7 7 71 switching output + 1 analog output 72 relay outputs + 1 analog output 7 71 analog output 71 frequency output 7 7Analog output0 to 20 mA 7 7 74 to 20 mA 7 7 70 to 10 V 7 7 7Setting1 potentiometer 7 72 potentiometers 7 7 7SONPROG interface unit 7 7 7 7Jumpers 7Teach-in 7 7 7 7 7Keys 7Wiring 7Parameters that can be changed with SONPROGBlind zone 7 7 7 7End of sensing range 7 7 7 7Lower limit of operating range 7 7 $ 7Upper limit of operating range 7 7 $ 7Differential travel 7 7 $ 7NO/NC switching output function 7 7 $ 7Lower limit of analog range 7 &Upper limit of analog range 7 &Analog output characteristic 7 &Analog output current range 7 &

Mean-value generation 7 7 7 7Mode of operation 7 7 7Temperature compensation 7 7 7 7Enable/disable potentiometers 7 7 $

Description 2/20 2/18 2/18 2/18 2/20 2/24 2/25 2/26 2/28 2/27Ordering data, technical data 2/36 2/33 2/31 2/29 2/35 2/37 2/38 2/39 2/41 2/40

Sonar-BERO programmable with SONPROG

7 Available$ Only available for devices with switching output& Only available for devices with analog output


Introduction


2


The applications listed in the fol-lowing table are some of the most familiar and most frequent fields of application of the Sonar-BERO.

The device types marked as special designs feature special functions in addition to the series design.

Enquiries about special designs and continued support should be addressed to our Technical Support department. You will find information about this in the Appendix to this Catalog.

Special versions

For ordering sensors with spe-cial designs or preset param-eters, the order number must be supplemented with “–Z” and the required features should be specified in plain text.

Ordering example

Sensor of compact range II, sensing range 20 to 130 mm, 1 NO, stainless steel housing:

3RG6013–3AF00–ZZ = Stainless steel housing

Applications

Com

pac

t ran

ges

0, I

, II,

III,

M18

(sp

ecia

l des

ign)

Com

pac

t ran

ges

0, I

, II,

III,

M18

(sp

ecia

l des

ign)

Com

pac

t ran

ge

II w

ith 2

sw

itchi

ng o

utp

uts

(sp

. des

ign)

Com

pac

t ran

ge

II, M

18

(sp

ecia

l des

ign)

Com

pac

t for

m K

65

Com

pac

t ran

ge

II w

ith 2

sw

itchi

ng o

utp

uts

(sp

. des

ign)

Com

pac

t ran

ge

II w

ith

freq

uenc

y ou

tput

Com

pac

t ran

ge

II (s

pec

ial d

esig

n)

Son

ar th

ru-b

eam

sen

sor

Com

pac

t ran

ge

II (s

pec

ial d

esig

n)

In chemically aggressive mediumUltrasonic converter with Teflon film

7

In food processingUltrasonic converter with Teflon film, PPS ring, stainless steel casing V4A

7

Lifting control for machines with minimum/maximum recognition2 separately adjustable switching points

7

Level monitoring for pump control with 1 switching outputSeparately adjustable switching points for “Full” alarm and pump stroke

7

Level monitoring for pump control with 2 switching outputsFor “Full” alarm with differential travel 1For final shutdown with differential travel 2Level-dependent signaling

7

Winding diameter monitoringWarning with switching output 1Final shutdown with switching output 2

7

Threshold detection using LOGO!The frequency output is acquired by the counter inputs of the LOGO! controls: Several thresholds that are assigned to the relay outputs of the LOGO! control

7

Gate control, drive-in controlParameterizable raising/falling delay, Sonar-BERO in reflex mode

7

Conveyor belt controlReflex mode with emitter and receiver: No blind zone, max. switching frequency 200 Hz, insensitive to dirt and condensation

7

Loop control for slack controlAveraging and differential travel on echo pulse detection

7

Description 2/22 2/25 2/21 2/26



Introduction


Sonar-BEROs can be used as non-contact proximity switches in many fields of automation. Whenever distances through air have to be evaluated, these de-vices can be used, because they not only detect objects, but can also output and evaluate the absolute distance between the Sonar-BERO and the object. Changes in ambient conditions (e. g. temperature changes) are

balanced during evaluation of the measurement.

Objects

The objects to be detected can be solid, liquid, granular or pow-der. The material can be trans-parent or tinted, of any form with polished or matt surfaces.

Even at a maximum operating distance, all level or smooth sur-faces can be reliably detected up to an angular variation of

approximately 3° from the sound cone. Depending on the peak-to-valley height of the object, the angular variation may also be higher.

As a rule, the objects can enter the sound cone from any direc-tion.

Explosion protection

The Sonar-BEROs of compact ranges 0 to III, M 18 and K 65 as well as the sensors of modular

range II, sonar thru-beam sen-sors and compact form sensors are suitable for installation in Ex-Zone 2 and Ex-Zone 11.

Personnel safety

Due to their physical character-istics, the Sonar-BERO ultra-sonic proximity switches cannot be used for safety-related appli-cations (e. g. for the protection of personnel).

Mode of operation

The BEROs only operate through the medium of air and can detect any object that re-flects ultrasound.

The sensors emit ultrasonic pulses cyclically. When these pulses are reflected by an ob-ject, the generated echo is re-ceived and converted into an electrical signal. The incoming echo is detected in accordance with its intensity which, in turn, is dependent on the distance between the object and the Sonar-BERO.

The Sonar-BEROs operate according to the echo propaga-tion principle, i. e. the time difference between the emitted pulse and echo pulse is evaluat-ed.

Sensing range

The sensing range of a Sonar-BERO is the range within which the Sonar-BERO can detect ob-jects. Depending on the type, it can lie between 5 cm and 10 m.

The construction of the sensor causes the ultrasonic beam to be emitted in the shape of a cone. Only those reflecting ob-jects within this sound cone are detected.

Within the blind zone, which lies between the sensor surface and the sensing range, echoes can-not be evaluated for physical reasons.

Temperature compensation

The Sonar-BEROs of compact range II, III and M 18 as well as modular range II are fitted with temperature sensors and a com-pensation circuit that equalizes changes in operating distances caused by temperature chang-es.

Compensation can be per-formed throughout the tempera-ture range. This means that an absolute precision of +/- 1.5 % (compact range II and III) or of +/- 2.5 % (compact range M 18) is achieved.

Accuracy

The accuracy is the permissible error that exists as the difference between the true distance and the indicated value. The accura-cy of a Sonar-BERO depends on internal tolerances as well as certain physical parameters of the air such as humidity, atmo-spheric pressure and air move-ment. These parameters influ-ence the sound propagation time and therefore the measured value received.

Atmospheric pressure

Any other atmospheric changes at a permanent site will have a negligible effect on the sound propagation time. Between sea-level and 3000 m altitude, the speed of sound is reduced by less than 1 %. Sound propaga-tion is not possible in a vacuum.

Air humidity

At room temperature and at lower temperatures, the humidity will have a negligible effect on the sound propagation time. At higher temperatures, the speed of sound increases with humidi-ty.

Air temperature

The sound propagation time is dependent on the air tempera-ture. An air temperature of 20 °C is used as the reference variable here. The speed of sound changes with air temperature by 0.17 %/K. This temperature-de-pendent change in sound prop-agation time means that as the temperature increases, the dis-tance to the object appears to become shorter.

A change in temperature of, for example, +10 °C results in a change in the speed of sound of approximately +1.75 % and therefore a change in the operat-ing distance of +1.75 %.

Gas types

The Sonar-BERO is designed for operation in atmospheric air. If it is operated in other gases, dif-ferent values for the speed of sound and attenuation can result in significant measurement er-rors and even malfunction (e. g. in carbon dioxide).

Air currents

Changes to the speed of sound as a result of constant changes in the flow direction and flow velocity of the air cannot be quantified by means of a gener-ally applicable formula. High-temperature objects, such as glowing metal cause air turbu-lence. This will scatter or deflect the ultrasound. An echo will not be generated that can be evalu-ated.

The measured results are not af-fected by, e. g.:

Precipitation

Average levels of precipitation in the form of rain or snow will not adversely affect the functionality of the Sonar-BERO. The trans-ducer surface should not howev-er be wetted. Dewing permissi-ble.

Paint spray

This has no determinable effect on the functioning of the Sonar-BERO. To prevent any detrimen-tal effect on the sensitivity of the transducer, however, the paint spray must not be allowed to set-tle on the active transducer sur-face.

External sound

External sound is distinguished from the system-specific echoes and does not usually cause mal-functions.

Resolution

The resolution is the smallest change in the distance to the ob-ject that is necessary for a change in the output of the BERO. The internal resolution is 256 or 4096 steps. If values are entered during programming that exceed this resolution, they will be automatically corrected by the program. The corrected values will be displayed in a win-dow with a message.

Example: Sonar-BERO 3RG6014–..... (60 to 600 cm)

For a sensing range of 60 to 600 cm, the resolution is 1.3 mm:

6000 mm – 600 mm = 5400 mm 5400 mm/4096 = 1.3 mm (12 bits)

If the measuring range is restrict-ed, the step size is reduced be-cause the distance that is split up into 4096 steps has reduced. The smallest step size is, howev-er, limited to 1 mm by the elec-tronics. If the sensing range is restricted, the resolution is en-hanced.

Repeat accuracy R

The repeat accuracy is the value of the deviation in the indication or switching state for two suc-cessive measurements under specified conditions. The repeat accuracy of the Sonar-BERO is 0.15 % of full-scale.


Introduction


2

Design and installation

Mounting

Sonar-BEROs can be operated in any mounting position. Mount-ing positions in which deposits can settle on the transducer sur-face must however be avoided.

The best results are obtained if the Sonar-BEROs are aligned such that the ultrasound waves hit the object as near to the verti-cal as possible. If this is not pos-sible (e. g. in the case of bulk material), the maximum possible range must be determined ex-perimentally. This depends on the material, surface and align-ment of the objects.

To prevent undesirable reflec-tions, a clearance a from disturb-ing objects must be maintained around the axis of the sound cone (see “Sound cones”).

Between the sound cone axis and a smooth wall running in parallel to it, a clearance b must be maintained to prevent dis-turbing reflections. The clear-ance c must be maintained to ensure that no objects enter the blind zone (see “Sound cones”).

Mounting multiple sensors

Mutual interference between Sonar-BEROs that can result in spurious signals is excluded by maintaining sufficient clear-ances between the sensors or an appropriate alignment.

If two Sonar-BEROs of an identi-cal design are mounted oppo-site each other, distance d must be maintained between them. If two sensors of identical design are arranged in parallel, clear-ance e must be maintained be-tween the sensors.

To avoid mutual interference, BERO sensors of compact rang-es 0, II, III and M 18 can be syn-chronized or operated in multi-plex mode (see “Functions“).

In modular range II, a sensor connected to the terminals of sensor B will be activated in common mode with the operat-ing sensor unless sensor B is operated as a reference sensor. By this method a mutual interfer-ence of these two sensors is ex-cluded.

Fouling

The range of the BERO is re-duced if the transducer surface is damaged or painted or if water or wet dirt is applied to it.

Distance d between two Sonar-BEROs with the same sensing range,opposite to each other

Sonar-BERO with sensingrange

d

cm cm

6 (5) to 3020 to 130 (100)40 to 30060 to 60080 to 1000

> 120> 400> 1200> 2500> 4000

Clearance e between two Sonar-BEROs with the same sensing range,arranged in parallel with object perpendicular to the sound cone axis

Sonar-BERO with sensingrange

e

cm cm

6 (5) to 3020 to 130 (100)40 to 30060 to 60080 to 1000

> 15> 60> 150> 250> 350

Clearance e between two Sonar-BEROs with the same sensing range,arranged in parallel; object unfavorably aligned

The clearance e is to be determined experimentally. It depends on the angle of the object to the Sonar-BERO.

NSD00747

d

Sound coneSonar-BERO

e

NS

D00745a

Sound cone

ObjectSonar-BERO

e

NSD00746a

Object

Sound cone

Sonar-BERO



Introduction

Programming

SONPROG interface unit

The SONPROG 3RX4 000 programmer is used to adjust the

operating parameters of the Sonar-BERO of compact ranges II, III and M 18 to the prevailing conditions. This program pro-vides an interface that can be used to• Check the parameters of the

Sonar-BERO• Change the parameters of the

Sonar-BERO and• Adapt the Sonar-BERO to the

application.

This enables a Sonar-BERO to be optimized specifically for an application. The adjustments found can be saved or printed out to facilitate maintenance and documentation of the equip-ment. When a Sonar-BERO has been replaced, the new one can be programmed with the saved data quickly and easily. There is then no need to repeat the ad-justment procedure.

The most important parameters that can be adjusted are:• Lower and upper limit of the

operating range• Differential travel• NO/NC switching output func-

tion• Switching frequency• Lower and upper limit of ana-

log characteristic (compact range III and M 18 only)

• Analog characteristic, rising/falling

• End of blind zone• End of sensing range• Mean-value generation• Sensitivity

The function can also be set for the sensor:• Multiplex function• Temperature compensation• Diffuse or reflex sensor.

A special function mode enables the Sonar-BERO to be optimized for level measurement.

Parameters

Sound cone

Operating range

The commands “Lower limit of operating range” and “Upper limit of operating range” are used to define a window within the sensing range of the Sonar-BERO.

If an object enters the operating range, the switching output is active (in case of NO function). If an object is outside the operat-ing range, the switching output is not active.

In the case of BEROs of com-pact range II with two switching outputs, the second switching output is active when an object is located between the end of blind zone and the operating range.

Differential travel

The differential travel can be ad-justed to move the switch-on point and the switch-off point at the limits of the operating range away from each other. This pre-vents output flutter and level control tasks can be solved ele-gantly.Example: Level monitoring with adjustable differential travel

1) Inhibit range2) Operating range3) Sensing range4) Blind zone5) Switching output upper limit

– when level is rising6) Switching output upper limit

– when level is falling7) Switching output lower limit

– when level is falling8) Switching output lower limit

– when level is rising

Switching frequency

The Sonar-BERO can be switched over from standard switching frequency (in accor-dance with the technical data) and rapid switching frequency (3 times the standard value).

Important: A Sonar-BERO with a rapid switching frequency is more sensitive to disturbance.

Switching output function

The function of the switching out-put that was set at the factory can be changed, e. g. from NO to NC.

The assignment of the connec-tions is not changed, i. e. if a sensor is switched from NO to NC, the switching output does not change from Pin 4.

Analog distance measurement

BEROs with an analog output can detect the distance to an ob-ject. This distance is converted to an analog output signal that is proportional to it (0 to 10 V, 0 to 20 mA or 4 to 20 mA). The reso-lution of the analog output is at least 1 mm within the preset lim-its.

Example:

Blind zone

A value must not be set for the blind zone that is less than the minimum value. This is the time that the Sonar-BERO requires to switch over from send to receive mode.

The blind zone can be moved away from the BERO (i. e. increased) to ignore objects in the foreground. It is, however, important to ensure that the ob-ject does not reflect ultrasound so well that double or triple echoes arise that give the im-pression of a more distant object (a fault of this kind cannot occur during normal operation becau-se only the first echo is accepted as valid).

However, the blind zone is ad-justed, objects are still not per-mitted within the original blind zone.

In the above diagram, the distur-bance echo is strong enough to be evaluated. This echo blocks the echo of the object to be de-tected. By extending the blind zone, the disturbance echo can be suppressed. The required object can then be detected. The range of the Sonar-BERO can be reduced in this case, be-cause part of the echo from the object to be detected is sup-pressed.

Sensing range

The resolution of the Sonar-BERO can be enhanced by re-ducing the sensing range. With large sensing ranges, it is not possible to adjust some values in steps of one millimeter. The minimum resolution of a Sonar-BERO is 1 mm.

Mean-value generation

Unfortunate reflective conditions or moving surfaces (e. g. in the case of moving liquids and bulk material on conveyors) can cause the measured values to change continuously which re-sults in constant switching. The Sonar-BERO allows a mean val-ue to be generated from up to 255 measurements.

Failed signals (when no object is in the sensing range) are ignored on mean-value genera-tion. After each measurement, a mean value is generated imme-diately from the new measured value and the stored number of old values. The response time of the Sonar-BERO is, therefore, not extended. A delay only oc-curs at the end of a measure-ment if the object is removed from the sensing range. This de-lay corresponds to the measure-ment cycle time multiplied by the saved number of mean values.

SONPROGSonar-BERO

NS

D00756

Blindzone Sensing range

Finalvalue(adjust-able)

Initialvalue(adjust-able)

ObjectSound cone

Set operatingor analog range

(LED lit)

BERO

4

1

2

3

5

7

6

8

NSD01192

Differential travel

Container

Differential travel

20 mA

4 mAP1

20 cm 130 cm

NS

D01193P2

Fallingcharacteristic

Initialvalue50 cm

Sensingrange

Risingcharacteristic

Finalvalue90 cm


Introduction


2

Sensitivity (see “Sound cones”)

The susceptibility of the receive amplifier is reduced here. Weak-ly reflecting objects at the edge of the sound cone are sup-pressed. It is also possible to re-duce the size of the sound cone here electronically. The permit-ted values are 0 (maximum sen-sitivity) to 7 (minimum sensitivi-ty).

Teach-in

All Sonar-BEROs of compact ranges II, III and M 18 can now be adjusted to the limits of the operating range by means of a teach-in function. For this pur-pose, the order number must be supplemented with “–0DT0” .

Teach-in is activated via a Low signal (0 V) on terminal XI. This can be implemented with a but-ton or bridge; teach-in is also possible via an electronic signal (e. g. PLC output). The timing of the signal is not critical but its duration must be greater than 150 ms.

Various adjustments can be im-plemented using the SONPROG V2.x software. The user can se-lect which value is to be taught.

In compact ranges II and III, the selection can also be made via the potentiometer (set using SONPROG).

The following adjustments can be implemented using SON-PROG V2.x :• Teach-in mode:

– Enabled– Disabled

• Teach-in mode (adjustable via potentiometer) for:– Start of range– End of range

Compact range M 18

For sensors with a switching out-put, the switching limit is taught that was specified in the SON-PROG programming (setting as supplied: maximum switching limit).

For sensors with an analog out-put, the analog limit is taught that was specified in the SONPROG programming (setting as sup-plied: maximum analog value)

Compact ranges II and III

For compact range II, the switch-ing limits are taught and or com-pact range III, the analog limits are taught.

Teach-in procedure• The LED flashes during teach-

in.• During teach-in, evaluation is

performed using the set mean value.

• If no object is detected in the sensing range, teach-in re-mains active (LED flashes).

• On successful completion of a teach-in, the potentiometer for adjusting the switching range is disabled.

• The teach-in procedure can be repeated as often as required.

Adjustment with potentiometersThe potentiometers are used to select the required limit values (min. or max.).

Minimum switching limit

Maximum switching limit

Standard operation; Teach-in disabled

Functions

BEROs with switching output

The Sonar-BEROs with a switch-ing output (the graphics de-scribe sensors with NO function) can be used in the following op-erating modes depending on their type:

Only emitter, only receiver

Two Sonar-BEROs are required in each case for this operating mode. One is parameterized as a receiver and the other is pa-rameterized as the emitter. There are two possible applica-tions:• Thru-beam sensor:

It is only evaluated whether an object lies between the BEROs. The range is twice the normal range. Adjustment of the operating range and evalu-ation of the analog output is not relevant in this case.

• Active measurement system: The propagation time of the ultrasonic signal from the emitter to the receiver is measured. The enabling inputs of the two BEROs must be connected together for this purpose. All functions of the BERO can still be used and the range is twice the normal range.

Emitter and receiver

This is the standard operating mode of the Sonar-BERO; it op-erates as a classical proximity switch.• Diffuse sensor:

In this case, the object that is to be detected acts as a reflector. As soon as an object enters the preset operating range, the echo from this object causes the output signal of the BERO to change.

• Reflex sensor: In this case, a permanently fixed reflector (e. g. a small metal plate is mounted oppo-site the BERO. The operating range is adjusted to this reflec-tor. If the path between the BERO and the reflector is inter-rupted, the sensor no longer detects the reflector and this triggers a change in the signal at the switching output.

SynchronizationIn compact ranges II, III and M 18, several devices can be synchronized with each other by interconnecting the synchroni-zation outputs of the devices (Pin 2 for NO function, Pin 4 for NC function). Up to 10 devices can be synchronized (or 6 devic-es in the case of compact range 0). This allows the sensors to be mounted extremely close to each other in many cases with-out causing mutual interference.Advantages:• No additional wiring over-

heads, simply connect the en-able inputs of the individual BEROs.

• Fast response, because every BERO is constantly active.

Disadvantages• The object cannot be assigned

to a particular BERO.

Example

Two Sonar-BEROs are mounted at a clearance e that is smaller than the minimum clearance (see mounting guidelines). An object is located in their com-mon sound field. The echo from B2 can reach B1 by reflection (GB). Mutual interference can occur. The object is detected from the two echoes E1 and E2 by

NS

D0

11

77

NS

D0

11

78

NS

D0

11

79

NS

D01

204

Emitter

Object detected, switching output active

Object Receiver

NS

D0

0120

2

Object detected,switching output active

Operating range

Object not detected,switching output not active

Operating range

NSD0 01203

Reflector detected,switching output not active

Reflector hidden by object,switching output active

Set operating range

Set operating range



Introduction

Sonar-BEROs B1 and B2. If the two devices are synchronized, they may be no mutual interfer-ence, because, for example, echo E1 arrives after echo E2 at BERO B2. The devices only ever respond to the first echo.

Multiplex function

External multiplex mode

The fourth connection can be used as an external enabling in-put. This can be used to switch the Sonar-BERO to active or in-active using an external control without the need to switch the supply voltage on and off.

An external multiplex mode can be configured when Sonar-BEROs have to be switched on and off in sequence via the en-abling input. In this case, it is en-sured that the Sonar-BEROs will not interfere with each other. In contrast to internal multiplex mode, more than 10 Sonar-BEROs can be operated in mul-tiplex mode.

Connection of the enable input: • Sonar-BERO active,

Enable input XI at L+ or open.• Sonar-BERO not active,

Enable input XI at 0 to 3 V DC

Advantages• Reliable protection against

mutual interference.• An object can be assigned to a

BERO.

Disadvantages• Additional connection over-

heads (e. g. a PLC).• Longer response time than for

a synchronization circuit be-cause each BERO is only ac-tive briefly and then has to wait until all the other BEROs in the circuit have emitted.

Example: Recognition of narrow objects

Narrow objects are to be recog-nized and it shall be determined whether one, two or no objects are present.

In this example, echo GB would cause BERO B1 to mistakenly detect an object. Synchroniza-tion of the BEROs would not help here because echo pulse E2 would not arrive until after echo GB at BERO B1 and only a BERO only ever detects the first echo. In this example, a PLC must be used to switch cyclically to and fro between the two BEROs.

Internal multiplex mode

The Sonar-BEROs of compact ranges II, III and M 18 can be in-terconnected to form a network. Up to 10 devices (or 6 devices in the case of compact range 0) can be operated in series or par-allel (see “Synchronization”). No additional electronics is re-quired. The enable inputs of all the BEROs are simply connect-ed together. On programming, each device is informed about the number of BEROs in the net-work as well as its own position (address) in the network. When they have been wired up and the supply voltage has been con-nected, the BEROs automatical-ly operate in multiplex mode.

Connection diagrams

eB1

GB

B2

E2

E1

NSD01194

B1

GB

E1

E2

B2

NSD01195

SynchronizationNO function NC function

External multiplex modeNO function NC function

Internal multiplex mode (analog output)NO function NC function

U

NSD0 01196

1

2

34

L+

XI

L-

NO

U1

2

34

L+XI

L-

NO

L+L-

Synchronization cable

U

NSD0 01197

1

2

34

L+

XI

L-

NC U1

2

34

L+

XI

L-

NC

L+L-


U

NSD01198

1

2

3

4

L+

XI

L-

NO

U1

2

3

4

L+XI

L-

NO

L+L-

PLC50 mA

PLC50 mA

U

NSD0 01199

1

2

3

4

L+

XI

L-

NC U1

2

3

4

L+

XI

L-

NC

L+L-

PLC50 mAPLC50 mA

U

NSD01200

1234

L+XIL-NOIa /U

U1234

L+XIL-NOIa /U

L+L-

5 5a a


U

NSD01201

1234

L+NCL-XIIa /U

U1234

L+NCL-XIIa /U

L+L-

5 5 aa



Introduction


2

Sound cones

The diagrams are the result of measurements taken by Sonar-BEROs with the production-re-lated scatter at room tempera-ture (20 °C). Radially moving standard reflectors within the possible sensing range of the Sonar-BEROs were detected.

The diagrams are applicable for the individual sensor types, for the specified reflectors and for larger reflectors.• Measurement 1 with an aligned

object at optimal reflection ⇒ Area around object is kept free that is not to be detected.

• Measurement 2 with an object that has partially aligned sur-faces ⇒ Detection of rounded material and plates with round-ed edges.

• Measurement 3 with an object with a flat surface that moves perpendicularly to the sound cone ⇒ Detection of level sur-faces and edges.

Specified reflectors:• Measurements 1 and 3: Flat

object– 2 cm × 2 cm, for sensors with

sensing ranges up to 130 cm– 10 cm × 10 cm, for sensors

with larger sensing ranges• Measurement 2: Cylindrical

object, 8 cm in diameter.

Compact range 0, sensing range 6 to 30 cmMeasurement 1 (optimum reflection), sensitivity 0 Measurement 2 (cylindrical object), sensitivity 0 Measurement 3 (flat object), sensitivity 0

Compact range 0, sensing range 20 to 100 cmMeasurement 1 (optimum reflection), sensitivity 0 Measurement 2 (cylindrical object), sensitivity 0 Measurement 3 (flat object), sensitivity 0

Compact form K 65, sensing range 25 to 250 cmMeasurement 1 (optimum reflection), sensitivity 0 Measurement 2 (cylindrical object), sensitivity 0 Measurement 3 (flat object), sensitivity 0

Sonar thru-beam sensor, sensing ranges 5 to 40 cm, 5 to 80 cm, 5 to 150 cmReceiver angle 0° Receiver angle variable, optimum alignment

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40-12

-9

0

-3

-6

3

6

9

12

BERO

NSD 01207

Maximum

Minimum

AverageObject

Object distance in cm

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40-12

-9

0

-3

-6

3

6

9

12

BERO

NSD 01208


Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Maximum

Minimum

Average

Object

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40-12

-9

0

-3

-6

3

6

9

12

BERO

NSD 01209


Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Maximum

Minimum

Average

Object

0 20 120-36

-12

-24

12

24

36NSD 01210

0

40 80 100

BERO

60


Maximum

Minimum

Average

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0 20 120-36

-12

-24

12

24

36NSD 01211

0

40 80 100

BERO

60


Maximum

Minimum

Average

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0 20 120-36

-12

-24

12

24

36NSD 01212

0

40 80 100

BERO

60


Maximum

Minimum

Average

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0 300-90

-30

-60

30

60

90 NSD0 01261

0

120 180 240

BERO

60


Maximum

Minimum

Average

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0 300-90

-30

-60

30

60

90 NSD0 01262

0

120 180 240

BERO

60

Maximum

Minimum

Average


Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0 300-90

-30

-60

30

60

90 NSD0 01263

0

120 180 240

BERO

60


Maximum

Minimum

Average

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0

100 150 200 2500-30

-10

-20

20

30NSD0 01264

10

50Distance emitter to receiver in cm

ReceiverEmitter

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

0

100 150 200 2500-30

-10

-20

20

30NSD0 01265

10

50Distance emitter to receiver in cm

ReceiverEmitter

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm



Introduction

Sound cones

Compact range M 18, sensing range 5 to 30 cmMeasurement 1 (optimum reflection), sensitivity 0 Measurement 2 (cylindrical object), sensitivity 0 Measurement 3 (flat object), sensitivity 0

Measurement 1 (optimum reflection), sensitivity 2 Measurement 2 (cylindrical object), sensitivity 2 Measurement 3 (flat object), sensitivity 2



Inadequate sensitivity

0 10-12

-3

-6

NSD0 01266

0BERO

-9

3

6

9

12

20 30 40 50 60 70


Maximum

Minimum

Average

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0 10-12

-3

-6

NSD0 01267

0BERO

-9

3

6

9

12

20 30 40 50 60 70


Maximum

Minimum

Average

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0 10-12

-3

-6

NSD0 01268

0BERO

-9

3

6

9

12

20 30 40 50 60 70


Maximum

Minimum

Average

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0 10-12

-3

-6

NSD0 01269

0BERO

-9

3

6

9

12

20 30 40 50 60 70


Maximum Minimum

Average

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0 10-12

-3

-6

NSD0 01270

0BERO

-9

3

6

9

12

20 30 40 50 60 70


Maximum

Minimum

Average

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0 10-12

-3

-6

NSD0 01271

0BERO

-9

3

6

9

12

20 30 40 50 60 70


Maximum

Minimum

Average

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0 5-12

-3

-6

NSD 01272

0BERO

-9

3

6

9

12

10 15 20 30 35 4025


Maximum

MinimumAverage

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0 5-12

-3

-6

NSD0 01273

0BERO

-9

3

6

9

12

10 15 20 30 35 4025


Maximum

Minimum

Average

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0 5-12

-3

-6

NSD0 01274

0BERO

-9

3

6

9

12

10 15 20 30 35 4025


Maximum

Minimum

Average

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0 5-12

-3

-6

NSD0 01275

0BERO

-9

3

6

9

12

10 15 20 30 35 4025


Maximum

Minimum

Average

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0 5-12

-3

-6

NSD0 01277

0BERO

-9

3

6

9

12

10 15 20 30 35 4025


Maximum

Minimum

Average

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object


Introduction


2

Sound cones

Compact range M 18, sensing range 15 to 100 cmMeasurement 1 (optimum reflection), sensitivity 0 Measurement 2 (cylindrical object), sensitivity 0 Measurement 3 (flat object), sensitivity 0




0 40 200-36

-12

-24

12

24

36 NSD 01213

0

80 120 160

BERO


Minimum

Average

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

Maximum

0 40 200-36

-12

-24

12

24

36NSD 01214

0

80 120 160

BERO


Maximum

Minimum

Average

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0 40 200-36

-12

-24

12

24

36 NSD 01215

0

80 120 160

BERO


Maximum

MinimumAverage

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0 40 200-36

-12

-24

12

24

36 NSD 01216

0

80 120 160

BERO


Maximum

Minimum

Average

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0 40 200-36

-12

-24

12

24

36NSD 01217

0

80 120 160

BERO


Maximum

Minimum

Average

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0 40 200-36

-12

-24

12

24

36 NSD 01218

0

80 120 160

BERO


Maximum

MinimumAverage

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0 20 140-36

-12

-24

12

24

36 NSD 01219

0

60 80 100

BERO

40 120


Maximum

Minimum

Average

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0 20 140-36

-12

-24

12

24

36 NSD 01220

0

60 80 100

BERO

40 120


Maximum

Minimum

Average

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

0 20 140-36

-12

-24

12

24

36 NSD 01221

0

60 80 100

BERO

40 120


Maximum

Minimum

Average

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0 10 80-36

-12

-24

12

24

36 NSD 01222

0

30 50 60

BERO

20 7040


Maximum

MinimumAverage

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0 10 80-36

-12

-24

12

24

36 NSD 01223

0

30 50 60

BERO

20 7040


Maximum

MinimumAverage

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0 10 80-36

-12

-24

12

24

36 NSD 01224

0

30 50 60

BERO

20 7040


MaximumMinimum

Average

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object



Introduction

Sound cones

Note: For compact range I, only the sound cones with sensitivity 0 are applicable.

Compact ranges I to III and modular range II, sensing range 6 to 30 cmMeasurement 1 (optimum reflection), sensitivity 0 Measurement 2 (cylindrical object), sensitivity 0 Measurement 3 (flat object), sensitivity 0





0 10-12

-3

-6

NSD0 01278

0BERO

-9

3

6

9

12

20 30 40 50 60 70


Maximum

Minimum

Average

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0 10-12

-3

-6

NSD0 01279

0BERO

-9

3

6

9

12

20 30 40 50 60 70


Maximum

Minimum

Average

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0 10-12

-3

-6

NSD0 01280

0BERO

-9

3

6

9

12

20 30 40 50 60 70


Maximum

Minimum Average

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0 10-12

-3

-6

NSD0 01281

0BERO

-9

3

6

9

12

20 30 40 50 60 70


Maximum

Minimum

Average

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0 10-12

-3

-6

NSD0 01282

0BERO

-9

3

6

9

12

20 30 40 50 60 70


Maximum

Minimum

Average

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0 10-12

-3

-6

NSD0 01283

0BERO

-9

3

6

9

12

20 30 40 50 60 70


Maximum

Minimum Average

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0-12

-3

-6

NSD0 01284

0BERO

-9

3

6

9

12

10 5020 30 40


Maximum

Minimum

Average

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0-12

-3

-6

NSD0 01285

0BERO

-9

3

6

9

12

10 5020 30 40


Maximum

Minimum

Average

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0-12

-3

-6

NSD0 01286

0BERO

-9

3

6

9

12

10 5020 30 40


Maximum

Minimum

Average

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0 5-12

-3

-6

NSD0 01287

0BERO

-9

3

6

9

12

10 15 20 30 35 4025


Maximum

Minimum

Average

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0 5-12

-3

-6

NSD0 01289

0BERO

-9

3

6

9

12

10 15 20 30 35 4025


Maximum

Minimum

Average

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object


Introduction


2

Sound cones







0 40 200

-12

-24

24

42NSD 01225

0

80 120 160

BERO

12

-42


Maximum

Minimum

Average

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0 40 200

-12

-24

24

42NSD 01226

0

80 120 160

BERO

12

-42


Maximum

Minimum

Average

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0 40 200

-12

-24

24

42NSD 01227

0

80 120 160

BERO

12

-42


Maximum

MinimumAverage

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0 40 200-36

-12

-24

12

24

36 NSD 01228

0

80 120 160

BERO


Maximum

Minimum

Average

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0 40 200-36

-12

-24

12

24

36NSD 01229

0

80 120 160

BERO


Maximum

Minimum

Average

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0 40 200-36

-12

-24

12

24

36 NSD 01230

0

80 120 160

BERO


Maximum

MinimumAverage

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0 20 120-36

-12

-24

12

24

36NSD 01231

0

40 80 100

BERO

60


Maximum

Minimum

Average

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0 20 120-36

-12

-24

12

24

36NSD 01232

0

40 80 100

BERO

60


Maximum

Minimum

Average

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0 20 120-36

-12

-24

12

24

36NSD 01233

0

40 80 100

BERO

60


Maximum

Minimum

Average

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0 10 80-36

-12

-24

12

24

36 NSD 01234

0

30 50 60

BERO

20 7040


Maximum

MinimumAverage

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0 10 80-36

-12

-24

12

24

36 NSD 01236

0

30 50 60

BERO

20 7040


MaximumMinimum

Average

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object



Introduction

Sound cones






0 300-90

-30

-60

30

60

90 NSD 01237

0

120 180 240

BERO

60


Maximum

MinimumAverage

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0 300-90

-30

-60

30

60

90 NSD 01238

0

120 180 240

BERO

60


Maximum

Minimum

Average

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0 300-90

-30

-60

30

60

90 NSD 01239

0

120 180 240

BERO

60


Maximum

Minimum

Average

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0 300-90

-30

-60

30

60

90 NSD 01240

0

120 180 240

BERO

60


Maximum

MinimumAverage

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0 300-90

-30

-60

30

60

90 NSD 01241

0

120 180 240

BERO

60


Maximum

MinimumAverage

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0 300-90

-30

-60

30

60

90 NSD 01242

0

120 180 240

BERO

60Object distance in cm

Maximum

MinimumAverage

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0 300-90

-30

-60

30

60

90 NSD 01243

0

120 180 240

BERO

60


Maximum

Minimum

Average

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0 300-90

-30

-60

30

60

90 NSD 01244

0

120 180 240

BERO

60


Maximum

Minimum

Average

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0 300-90

-30

-60

30

60

90 NSD 01245

0

120 180 240

BERO

60


Maximum

Minimum

AverageObject

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

0 300-90

-30

-60

30

60

90 NSD 01246

0

120 180 240

BERO

60


Maximum

Minimum

Average

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0 300-90

-30

-60

30

60

90 NSD 01247

0

120 180 240

BERO

60


Maximum

Minimum

Average

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0 300-90

-30

-60

30

60

90 NSD 01248

0

120 180 240

BERO

60


Maximum

Minimum

Average

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object


Introduction


2

Sound cones






0 600-120

-40

-80

40

80

120 NSD 01249

0

200 300 500

BERO

100 400


Maximum

MinimumAverage

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0 600-120

-40

-80

40

80

120 NSD 01250

0

200 300 500

BERO

100 400


Maximum

MinimumAverage

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0 600-120

-40

-80

40

80

120 NSD 01251

0

200 300 500

BERO

100 400


Maximum

Minimum

Average

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0 600-120

-40

-80

40

80

120 NSD 01252

0

200 300 500

BERO

100 400Object distance in cm

Maximum

Minimum

Average

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0 600-120

-40

-80

40

80

120 NSD 01253

0

200 300 500

BERO


MaximumAverage

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

Minimum

0 600-120

-40

-80

40

80

120 NSD 01254

0

200 300 500

BERO


Maximum

Minimum

Average

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0 600-120

-40

-80

40

80

120 NSD 01255

0

200 300 500

BERO

100 400


Maximum

Minimum

Average

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0 600-120

-40

-80

40

80

120 NSD 01256

0

200 300 500

BERO

100 400


Maximum

Minimum

Average

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0 600-120

-40

-80

40

80

120 NSD 01257

0

200 300 500

BERO


Maximum

MinimumAverage

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0 600-120

-40

-80

40

80

120 NSD 01258

0

200 300 500

BERO

100 400


Maximum

MinimumAverage

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0 600-120

-40

-80

40

80

120 NSD 01259

0

200 300 500

BERO


Maximum

Minimum

Average

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

0 600-120

-40

-80

40

80

120 NSD 01260

0

200 300 500

BERO

100 400


Maximum

MinimumAverage

Sou

nd c

one

wid

th in

cm

Object

A



Compact ranges I to III

Overview

The Sonar-BEROs of the com-pact ranges are complete, facto-ry-assembled units, ready for connection. They differ with re-gard to their ranges, functional scope and adjustment and pro-gramming possibilities.


Mode of operation

Range definition and adjustability

Objects within the preset operat-ing range or analog range will be reliably detected causing the switching output or analog out-put to change state.

The blind zone must be kept clear of any objects since this might cause false outputs. Ob-jects at a distance from the sen-sor that is outside the operating range limits will not be signaled at the switching output.

Operating modes

Standard operating mode: Diffuse sensor

An object entering the sound cone from any direction causes the output signal to change when it enters the preset sensing range.

Reflex sensor

If a reflector is set up in the pre-set operating range, the Sonar-BERO can be actuated by all ob-jects (including sound-absorb-ing objects) situated between the Sonar-BERO and the reflec-tor.

Thru-beam sensor

(compact ranges II and III only)

The Sonar-BERO only evaluates whether or not an object is locat-ed between the emitter and the receiver. The range of the ar-rangement is twice that of a sin-gle sensor.

Active measurement system

The propagation time of the ultrasonic signal is evaluated in order to determine the distance between the emitter and the re-ceiver. The range of the arrange-ments is twice that of a single sensor. The system is insensitive to objects in the measurement path as long as they do not total-ly shield the ultrasonic pulses of the emitter from the receiver.

Sound cone

Programming

For optimum adjust-ment to the application requirements, all the

devices in compact ranges II and III can be programmed by means of a PC and the SON-PROG 3RX4 000 interface unit.

The following parameters can be changed:• Lower and upper limit of the


tion• Switching frequency

• Lower and upper limit of the analog range

• Analog characteristic, rising/falling

• End of blind zone• End of sensing range• Mean-value generation• Multiplex function• Temperature compensation• Sensitivity

The proximity switches can also be ordered preset with values other than the standard values. These values must be submitted in plain text with the order.

Sonar-BERO

NS

D00756

Blindzone Sensing range

Finalvalue(adjust-able)

Initialvalue(adjust-able)

ObjectSound cone

Set operatingor analog range

(LED lit)

SONPROG




2

Forms

Standard version

In the standard version, the de-vices have a permanently in-stalled sensor.

Version with separate sensor

The small physical size of the sensors makes them ideal for applications where space is limited.

The ultrasonic sensor is sepa-rate from the other parts of the electronics and housed in a cy-lindrical case. Switches of type 3RG6. 12 have the sensor in an M 18 screwed sleeve and switches of type 3RG6. 13 have the sensor in an M 30 screwed sleeve, each 25 mm in length.

Two nuts are included for secur-ing the housing. The 1.6 m cable is permanently molded into the sensor. A preassembled coaxial plug provides the connection to the signal evaluator which is contained within an M 30 hous-ing of the compact range. The connection is incorporated at the front of the case.

Version with swivel sensor

These devices correspond func-tionally to the other devices of compact ranges I to III. They are particularly suitable for applica-tions where the standard types cannot be used due to space limitations.

The ultrasonic sensor is hinged with a swivel arm to the tubular housing of the signal evaluator. This allows rotation about the cylinder axes as well as perpen-dicular movement at about 100° to the cylinder axis.

Reflector

With the Sonar-BEROs of com-pact ranges I to III, a passive re-flector 3RX1 910 can be clamped onto the sensor head (see “Accessories”, Section 6).

Where space is limited, objects can be detected which are per-pendicular to the Sonar-BERO (which reduces the installation depth). The blind zone is then re-duced by about 6 cm.

Sonar-BERO with separate sensor

Sonar-BERO with swivel sensor

Connection diagrams

Compact range I

View onto rear of device

Compact range II

Compact range II with 2 switching outputs

Compact range III

U1

3

4

L+

L-

NSD00757

Output

NO

U1

2

3

L+

L-

NSD00758

Output

NC

NSD01042a

2

3 4

1

U1

2

3

4

L+

L-

NSD00759

XI

Output

NO or analog output

U1

2

3

4

L+

L-

NSD00760

XI

Output

NC

NSD01042a

2

3 4

1

1

2

3

4

5

U

NSD00761 L+

L-

XI

Switching output 2

Switching output 1

NO

12

3

4

5

U

NSD00762 L+

L-

XI

Switching output 2

Switching output 1

NC

NSD00763a

2

3 4

1

5

12

3

4

5

U

NSD00764 L+

L-

XI

Switching output

Analog output

NO

1

2

3

4

5

U

NSD00765 L+

L-

XI

Switching output

Analog output

NC

NSD00763a

2

3 4

1

5



Compact ranges 0 and M 18

Overview

The Sonar-BEROs of the com-pact ranges are complete, facto-ry-assembled units, ready for connection. They differ with re-gard to their ranges, functional scope and adjustment and pro-gramming possibilities. The functions of the individual device types are presented in the table on Page 2/4.

Compact range 0 Compact range M 18 Compact range M 18 S

Mode of operation

Compact range 0

Compact range 0 is designed for simple applications. The devic-es are only suitable for operation as diffuse sensors.

The devices can be supplied with a switching output or analog output. The upper limit of the switching or analog range can

be set by means of a potentio-meter.

Up to 6 devices can be mutually synchronized.

Compact range M 18

The devices are suitable for op-eration as diffuse sensors, reflex sensors and thru-beam sensors. The devices can be supplied

with a switching output, analog output or frequency output.

Up to 10 devices of compact range M 18 can be mutually syn-chronized via the enabling in-puts. The devices are also suit-able for multiplex operation.

For further details, see compact ranges I to III.

Compact range M 18 S

The versions available are dif-fuse sensors and reflex sensors. The devices can be supplied with a switching output or fre-quency output. Their wide range and reduced close range makes them suitable for numerous ap-plications.

Programming

Compact range M 18

For optimum adjust-ment to the application requirements, all the

devices in compact range M 18 can be programmed by means of a PC and the SONPROG 3RX4 000 interface unit.

The following parameters can be changed:• Lower and upper limit of the


tion• Switching frequency• Lower and upper limit of the

analog range• Analog characteristic, rising/

falling

• End of blind zone• End of sensing range• Mean-value generation• Multiplex function• Temperature compensation• Sensitivity

The proximity switches can also be ordered preset with values other than the standard values. These values must be submitted in plain text with the order.


Devices with a switching output can be adjusted by means of a teach-in function via the device connection. The devices with a frequency output cannot be ad-justed. The signals can be eval-uated in a PLC or in a LOGO! mini controller.

Forms

Compact range 0

The devices of compact range 0 are supplied in the standard ver-sion with permanently installed sensors.

The devices of compact range 0 can also be supplied with sepa-rate sensors. The small physical size of the sensors makes them ideal for applications where space is limited.

The ultrasonic sensor is sepa-rate from the other parts of the electronics and housed in a cy-lindrical case. Switches of type 3RG63 42 have the sensor in an M 18 screwed sleeve and switches of type 3RG63 43 have the sensor in an M 30 screwed sleeve, each 25 mm in length.

Two nuts are included for secur-ing the housing. The 1.6 m cable is permanently molded into the

sensor. A preassembled coaxial plug provides the connection to the signal evaluator which is contained within a housing of compact range 0. The connec-tion is incorporated at the front of the case.

Compact range M 18

The devices of compact range M 18 are only supplied with per-manently installed sensors.


Compact range M 18 S can be supplied with an aligned sensor head or and angled sensor head. The small physical size of the sensors makes them ideal for applications where space is lim-ited.

Connection diagrams

SONPROG

Compact ranges 0 and M 18

View onto rear of device


(as above, but ET instead of XI)

U1

2

3

4

L+

L-

NSD00759

XI

Output

NO or analog output

U1

2

3

4

L+

L-

NSD00760

XI

Output

NC

NSD01042a

2

3 4

1


Compact range with LOGO!


2


When a Sonar-BERO with a fre-quency output (compact ranges II and M 18) is combined with the LOGO! mini controller levels of any form can be measured and controlled economically. The following features are avail-able:• Overflow protection• Pump control• No-load protection and• Functions

Other applications include:• Automatic door control• Object detection• Collision protection• Gap measurement and• Stack height measurement

Mode of operation

The Sonar-BERO emits short ul-trasonic pulses at regular inter-vals. The time that elapses be-fore the echo from the sound pulse is received following re-flection by an object is mea-

sured and the distance to the object is determined from this time. Depending on the type of Sonar-BERO used, objects at a distance of up to 6 m can be de-tected.

The BERO outputs a square-wave signal at its switching out-put which has a frequency pro-portional to the measured distance. With a control such as LOGO! the frequency of this

square-wave can be measured and indicated as an analog val-ue or used in further processing.

Programming

The devices of the LOGO! range (DC version only) feature the special function “Threshold switch” with which the frequency output of the Sonar-BERO can be evaluated. The input to the special function must be con-nected to Input I11, I12 (for LOGO! Long) or I5, I6 (for LOGO! Basic) because only these are designed for frequen-cies up to 1 kHz.

The switch-on threshold (SW↑ ) and switch-off threshold (SW↓) as well as the gate time (G_T) can be set as parameters of the threshold function. The gate time is the time taken to count the pul-ses at the input to the special function.

Example

The parameterization shown causes the switching output to be set by an approaching object with SW↑ (70 cm) and this is re-set when SW↓ (50 cm) is under-shot. When the object moves away, the switching output is set again for SW↑ and remains set until the object undershoots the switching threshold SW↓ again.

The Sonar-BERO (in this examp-le, with a range of 20 to 130 cm) has a frequency of 66 Hz which corresponds to a distance of 66 cm for this device. If the gate time is set to 1 s, the flag “fa” in operating mode corresponds to the distance in cm.



Compact range for pump control


The Sonar-BEROs of forms M 30 and M 18 with a switching output are suitable for pump controls, e. g. for applications with auto-mated filling or emptying.

Design

The Sonar-BEROs of compact ranges II (M 30) and M 18 fea-ture a switching output with ei-ther an NO function or an NC function as required.

In the case of the M 30 form, the standard design with a fixed sensor head as well as the de-vices with separate or swivel sensor heads can be used.

Mode of operation

Automated emptying

A Sonar-BERO with NO function is used for this purpose.

The fill level rises and approach-es the Sonar-BERO:

The switching output is inactive while the level approaches the Sonar-BERO before the maxi-mum fill height is reached. When the maximum level is reached, the Sonar-BERO switches the pump on and automatic empty-ing is performed until the mini-mum level is reached (dryrun-ning protection). During emptying, the switching output remains active.

Automated filling

A Sonar-BERO with NC function is used for this purpose.

The fill level falls and moves away from the Sonar-BERO:

The switching output remains in-active as long as the falling fill level has not reached the mini-mum fill height. When the mini-mum level is reached, the Sonar-BERO switches the pump on and automatic filling is per-formed until the maximum level is reached. During filling, the switching output remains active.

Programming

The devices can be switched to fill level mode by means of the SONPROG interface unit.

The existing potentiometers, SONPROG software or teach-in keys of the SONPROG interface can be used to set the lower and upper limits of the operating range.

In the case of the M 30 form, the lower and upper limits of the op-erating range can be set using potentiometers, but with the M 18 form, only the upper limit can be set; in this case the lower limit is preset. It is important to set a mean value. Mean value generation over

100 measured values is recom-mended as standard.

The required parameters can also be set at the factory. For this purpose, the order number must be supplemented with “–Z” . Furthermore, “Z = fill level soft-ware” and the required parame-ters should be specified in plain text:

• NO (automatic emptying) or NC (automatic filling)

• Fill level limits adjustable via potentiometers or permanently programmed, then:– Lower limit of operating

range (maximum fill level)– Upper limit of operating

range (minimum fill level)• Mean-value

NSD01185

Pum

p O

FF

Blind zone

Sonar-BERO

Pump

Start of operatingrange

Min. fill levelEnd of operatingrange

Pum

p O

N,

drai

ning

Max. fill level

NSD01186

Pu

mpe O

FF

Blind zone

Sonar-BERO

Pump

Start of operatingrange

Min. fill levelEnd of operatingrange

Pum

p O

N,

fillin

g

Max. fill level


SONPROG PC interface


2


Using the SONPROG 3RX4 000 PC interface unit and the relevant software, the following Sonar-BEROs can be individually adapted to the respective appli-cation requirements:• Compact ranges II and III• Compact range M 18• Compact form K 65.

Scope of supply• PC interface• Plug-in power supply unit • Connecting leads to the PC

and Sonar-BERO • SONPROG software for

Windows.

Programming

The new version of the SON-PROG 3RX4 000 allows the user to program several Sonar-BEROs simultaneously. The low-er and upper limit of the operat-ing range can be saved at the click of a button for copying to other Sonar-BEROs.

For each BERO, the following parameters can be set:

• Lower and upper limit of the operating range

• Differential travel• NO/NC switching output func-

tion• Switching frequency• Lower and upper limit of the

analog characteristic• Analog characteristic, rising/

falling• End of blind zone

• End of sensing range• Mean-value generation• Sensitivity

The function can also be set for the device:• Multiplex function• Function as diffuse or reflex

sensor• Fill level mode

The programmed values are saved in the BERO and are re-tained even after the interface or supply voltage has been discon-nected.

The programmed values can be printed out and recorded. They will then be immediately avail-able, for example, for series ap-plications or for replacement of the Sonar-BERO.

Technical data

Software update on the Internet:http://www.siemens.de/bero

SONPROG

Type 3RX4 000

Required hardware PC with VGA video card serial interface COM1 or COM2

Required software MS-DOS, Version 3.1 upwardsWindows 3.X, Windows 95, 98 Windows NT

Operating voltage range 100 to 240 V AC, 24 V DC



Compact range 3SG16


The Sonar-BERO in compact form for DC is a complete facto-ry-assembled unit, ready for connection. It cannot be com-bined with devices from the compact ranges and the modu-lar range.

Design

All components are integrated into a single box-shaped hous-ing. The ultrasonic converter and the terminal compartment are arranged on the same hous-ing level.

The electrical connections are made via screw terminals in the terminal compartment; cable en-try is through the M 20 cable gland.

Aligning unit

To make it easier to align the Sonar-BERO with the object to be detected, an aligning unit 3SX6 287 is available.

This apparatus allows swiveling about a horizontal and a vertical axis with an angle of rotation in each case of up to 30°.

Mode of operation

Range definition and adjustability

The Sonar-BERO outputs a sig-nal as long as an object is locat-ed in the preset operating range or inhibit range within an aper-ture angle of approximately 5° (see the diagram).

The sensing range between 0.2 and 1 m is subdivided into 8 equal operating ranges of 0.1 m. Each operating range, B1 to B8, can be selected by setting a jumper in the terminal compart-ment.

The Sonar-BERO signals by means of one output and indi-cates with one diode (LED) whether objects are located in the preset operating range or in the so called inhibit range that lies before it.

The programming connector supplied can be used to com-bine from two to eight of the ex-isting individual operating rang-es (B1 to B8) to form one extended switching range.

For each operating range that can only be coupled with adja-cent areas, a programming con-nector is necessary. It is plug-ged into a pin connector in the terminal compartment of the unit. The possible pin assign-ments are shown in the cover of the terminal compartment.

Operating modes

Standard operating mode: Diffuse sensor

The Sonar-BERO switches when an object enters the sound cone from any direction; Output 14 (S) is set to the “1” signal when the object is located in a preset op-erating range (B1 to B8). Output 24 (SX) is set to “1” when an ob-ject is within the inhibit range. Objects within blind zone do not cause an identifiable signal change on Outputs 14 and 24.

Reflex sensor

If a reflector is set up in the pre-set operating range, the ultra-sonic pulse can be interrupted by all objects (including sound-absorbing objects) situated in the inhibit range.

In this case, Output 14 (S) switches to the “0” signal. If a re-flecting object is within the inhibit range, Output 24 (SX) will switch to the “1” signal simultaneously.

Series and parallel connection

Series connection of the Sonar-BERO (Terminal 2 or 4) is possi-ble. The voltage drops must however be taken into account.

Parallel connection of the out-puts is also possible. If the Sonar-BEROs connected in par-allel are connected to different supply voltages, the outputs must be decoupled using di-odes (diodes for 300 mA, 150 to 300 V blocking voltage; recom-mended diode type, for example, 1N4004).

Connection diagram

NS

D00754

0 0,2 0,8 0,9 1 m

B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B8B7

Blind zone

Soundconeapprox. 5°

Sensing range(selectable operating rangesvia jumpers in terminalcompartment)

Set operating rangee. g. 0.8 to 0.9 mOutput 1 (green LED)

Blocking range: Output 2 (red LED)

U1

2

3

4

L+

L-

NSD00755

Output 2

Output 1


Compact form K 65


2


The Sonar-BEROs of compact form K 65 are complete, factory-assembled units, ready for con-nection. They operate with a DC supply. Their housing design and function makes them ideal for level applications in small containers.

They cannot be combined with devices from the modular range.

The devices feature two swit-ching outputs (Smin and Smax) to which a different distance can be assigned. This allows, for example, the minimum and ma-ximum fill level in a tank to be evaluated. The values are set using SONPROG or by means of automatic alignment (teach-in function).

Design

All components are integrated into a rounded box-shaped housing. The ultrasonic convert-er is protected – set back slightly – in the housing. The integrated

circumferential seal allows the Sonar-BERO to be used directly as a cap with integrated level measurement.

The tank opening must have a minimum diameter of 26 mm. The Sonar-BERO can be con-nected to the tank using two M 5 bolts.

The electrical connection is made via an M 12 connector.

Mode of operation

Within the sensing range, the fill level of a container is detected. If the fill level reaches one of the two switching limits (Smin, Smax), the relevant output is set. During emptying or filling, the switching outputs remain set in accor-dance with the differential travel (Hmin, Hmax). This is signaled by the relevant LED. When the level lies between the two operating ranges, both outputs are reset (see “Definition of ranges”).

Objects within the blind zone can cause fault signals, so the customer must ensure with ap-propriate installation that the fill level cannot enter close range.

Adjustability

The product is supplied with the two ranges set (see Technical Data). The values are set using SONPROG 3RX4 000 or by means of automatic alignment. Alignment can be performed us-ing the buttons of the SONPROG 3RX4 000 interface unit or via terminal XI. Special settings can be programmed on request.The following parameters can be changed using SONPROG:• Lower or upper limits of the two

operating ranges Smin and Smax• Differential travel (Hmin, Hmax)• Blind zone• End of sensing range• Mean-value generation• Switching output Smin NO/NC

Definition of ranges

Connection diagrams

Sonar-BERO

NSD0 01120

Smax

Smin

Smax

Smin

S max

Smax

Smin

Smin

H min

Hmax

Sen

sing r

ange

Blind zone

Connection Automatic alignment

View onto rear of device For automatic alignment, XI must be connected to L–.

2

3 4

1

5

12

3

4

5

NS

D01119a L +

XI

L -

Smin

Smax

2

3 4

1

5

12

3

4

5

NS

D01

134



Sonar thru-beam sensor

Design

The sonar thru-beam sensor comprises an ultrasonic emitter and a receiver.

The emitter and receiver circuits are installed in separate box-shaped housings of molded plastic. Depending on the type selected, the electrical connec-tion consists of either an M 8 or M 12 connector.

Mode of operation

Operating modes

The emitter of the sonar thru-beam sensor emits a narrowly focussed continuous tone in the direction of the receiver.

The receiver located opposite evaluates this ultrasonic signal. Interruption of the tone by an ob-ject will cause the output signal to change.

Adjustability

The sensitivity can be adjusted at the receiver module at termi-nal 2 (NO version) or 4 (NC ver-sion).

Application information

The minimum size of detectable objects depends on the dis-tance between emitter and re-ceiver. If the distance is less than 40 cm, objects 2 cm or larger will be detected. The gap width between two objects must be at least 3 mm.

If the distance is shorter, gaps of <1 mm can even be detected. At maximum distance, objects greater than 4 cm in size can be detected. In this case, the gaps between the objects must be >1 cm.

Arrangement

Connection diagrams

XI Switching frequency

Emitter/ receiver distance

Not connected

100 Hz < 150 cm

L– 150 Hz < 80 cm

L+ 200 Hz < 40 cm

NSD007505 - 150 cm

ReceiverObjectEmitter

View onto rear of deviceU

4/2

3

2/4

1 L+

L-

NSD00751

Emitter

NSD01042a

2

3 4

1

UWH/BK

BU

BK/WH

BN L+

L-

NSD00753a2/4

3

4/2

1

X1

Receiver (NO/NC)


Double-layer sheet monitoring


2

Overview

The 3RX2 210 Sonar-BERO for double-layer sheet monitoring comprises one signal evaluator and two ultrasonic sensors (emitter and receiver).• Reliable monitoring of multilay-

er paper sheets, plastic sheets or metal foil

• Measuring range from 20 g paper to 1100 g card

• Manual or automatic adjust-ment

• Sonar sensors in M 18 housing• Short-circuit-proof solid-state

outputs (pnp)• Connection via M 12 connec-

tor.

Mode of operation

The devices are used mainly for checking sheets of paper, plas-tic and metal foil. Each sheet is compared with the saved refer-ence value and where a single-layer or double-layer sheet is measured, appropriate indica-tion is given.

The 3RX2 210 signal evaluator constantly indicates the situation between the sonar sensors on the two outputs A1 and A2. Out-put A1 “Single-layer sheet” is ac-tive as long as only one sheet is positioned between the sensors. Output A2 “Double-layer sheet” is active as soon as there are two or more sheets between the sen-sors. Two LEDs also indicate the status of the outputs. The yellow LED A1 indicates a single-layer sheet and the red LED A2 indi-cates a double-layer sheet.

Programming

The signal evaluator can be set to two different modes.

Manual adjustment

Switch S1 (adjustment) is in po-sition “1”.

The device is adjusted to the material to be detected using either the “SET” button on the top of the device or a control sig-nal on the “SET” input of the M 12 connector (Pin 5). The set value remains fixed until adjust-ment is performed again. The device is set by placing a single-layer sheet between the sonar sensors and activating the “SET” command.

The 3RX2 210 requires up to 100 ms to readjust; i. e. the SET button must remain depressed or the “1” signal must remain ap-plied (> 6 V) to Pin 5 for this time. During adjustment, the green LED “SET” flashes. When adjust-ment has been completed, it stops flashing and remains lit.

Automatic adjustment

Switch S1 (adjustment) is set to position “0” (factory setting).

Adjustment is performed either as described above, or automat-ically when a sheet arrives and the supply voltage is applied if a sheet lies between the sensors at this moment.

Automatic adjustment is per-formed when sheets are moving and when a sheet has not been detected between the sensors for 2 s.


The emitter and receiver sensors are of an identical design and are installed at an angle of 30° (±10°) and 5° to the vertical. They are adjusted using the in-ternal switch S2. If the system is operated at an angle between 5° and 20°, switch S2 (operating mode) must be set to position “1”.

The material to be detected must be approximately 5 to 15 mm above the sensor. A larger angle of inclination will increase the flutter range, e. g. at 40° inclina-tion, flutter is permissible within 60 % of the measuring field.

The distance between the emit-ter and the receiver must be at least 20 mm and can be up to 60 mm. They must be accurately aligned (±1°). If they are not aligned along the axis, the oper-ating range is reduced.

Mounting the sensors

MADE IN GERMANY

UB : 20..30VDC

SETS2

S1

10

10

A1 A2

LED SET

SET

LED A1

LED A2

SEND REC

OUT

SEND REC

3RX2210SIEMENS

NSD01129

REC

SEND

C = 20 ... 40°

A =

20

... 6

0 m

m

B =

5 ... 1

5 m

m

NSD01130



Modular range II

Overview

The Sonar-BEROs of modular range II comprise the• 3RG61 sonar sensor and• 3RX2 110 signal evaluator.

The signal evaluators are suit-able for all sonar sensors of modular range II and adapt themselves automatically to the type of sensor connected.

The parameters can be set using four input keys through menuas-sisted programming in English or German.

The extended version of the sig-nal evaluator offers in addition:• Differential measurement• Multiplex operation with two

sensors• Calibration (correction of sys-

tematic measurement errors)

Signal evaluator and sonar sensors

Design

Sensors

There are three different sensor designs:• Cubic sensors with a swivel

sensor head• Cylindrical sensors• Spherical sensors

The spherical sensors can ac-commodate a larger converter and are therefore suitable for distances up to 10 m.

The temperature sensor is fitted to the sensor. It can also mea-sure the ambient temperature at another location via a 2 m long extension cable 3RX1 516.

Signal evaluator

The signals output by the sensor are conditioned by the signal evaluator. It also provides the operating voltage for the sen-sors.

The signal evaluator is suitable for mounting on a 35 mm stan-dard mounting rail to EN 50 022.

Control keys and an LCD display on the front panel are used for menu-assisted adjustment.

A green LED indicates the oper-ating voltage and a red LED re-ports faults.

Programming

There are two menu sections for programming: The main menu and submenu. The main menu comprises the following parame-ters:• Language• Relative measurement Yes/No

– If Yes: Reference zero point• Lower and upper limit of the

operating range

The submenu comprises the fol-lowing parameters:• Resolution• Inhibit range expanded• Operating range expanded• Differential travel• Arithmetic mean• Switching frequency• Axial speed• Analog output• Lower and upper limit of the

analog range• Reference measurement Yes/

No– If Yes: Ref. meas. distance– Ref. meas. cycle

The extended version has an ex-tended main menu with the para-meters:• Language• Relative measurement Yes/No

– If Yes: Reference zero point• Differential measurement Yes/

No– If Yes: Differential operating

point• Multiplex mode On/Off

– If On: Min. operating point Sensor 1

– Max. operating point Sensor 1

– Min. operating point Sensor 2– Max. operating point Sensor

2

• Lower and upper limit of oper-ating range (not for multiplex operation or differential mea-surement).

The submenu for the extended version also comprises the follo-wing parameters:• Calibration On/Off

– If On: Distance

Calibration is performed by en-tering the actual distance to the object. The signal evaluator cal-culates a correction factor from this value and the value mea-sured by the sensor which is then applied to all the following measurements.

Connection diagram

NSD0 00752a

2

3 4

1

Pin 1: Supply L+Pin 2: RECPin 3: Supply LPin 4: SEND/TEMP

Pin assignment

View onto rear ofsensor


Compact range III


2

Selection and ordering data

1) Parameters can be preset to non-standard values. A programming supplement will be charged in this case per Sonar-BERO.

K IIIHousing M 30 × 1.5Adjustable via potentiometers or using SONPROG 1)

Operates as diffuse sensor or reflex sensorForeground and background suppressionSynchronization capability, multiplex operationSolid-state outputs:• Switching output• Analog outputElectrical connection via M 12 connector, Type GTemperature range:• Operation –25 to 70 °C• Storage –40 to 85 °C

3RG 61 12–3..003RG 61 13–3..00

3RG 61 15–3..00 3RG 61 22–3..003RG 61 23–3..00

3RG 61 25–3..00 3RG 61 12–3..01 3RG 61 13–3..01

SONPROG

NS

D00

778

M 12x110

,5

M 30x1,5

SW

36

8013

1

27,3

M 3

0x1,

5S

W 3

633

19

47,534

9915

0

NS

D00

779

M 12x1

10,5

27,3 M 30x1,5

SW 368013

112

30

2818

105°

45°

NS

D00

783

M 12x1

10,5

27,3

M 30x1,5

SW 368013

112

47,5

3418

100°

35°

NS

D00

784

M 12x1

10,5

27,3M 30x1,5

SW

36

801

31 14

8

NS

D00

786

M 12x1

10,5

27,3M

18x

1

25SW 24

Cable length1,6 m

SW 36

M 3

0x1

,5

25

M 30x1,5

SW

36

801

31 14

8

NS

D00

787

M 12x1

10,5

27,3

Cable length1,6 m

Sensing range cm 6 to 30 20 to 130 40 to 300Standard target cm 1 × 1 2 × 2 5 × 5

Rated operational voltage (DC) V 10 to 30 (± 10 % residual ripple included; for 10 to 20 V sensitivity reduced by 20 %)Rated operational current (NC/NO) mA 300/150No-load supply current I0 mA < 60

Switching frequency Hz 5 4 2Response time ms 100 120 200Power-up delay ms 280

Differential travel H mm 10 10 20Repeat accuracy R mm ± 0.45 ± 2 ± 5LED (switching state) Yellow

Ultrasonic frequency kHz 400 200 120

Housing material Brass, nickel-plated; converter cover CRASTIN; converter coating Epoxy resinDegree of protection IP 65

Weight, approx. kg 0.21 0.21 0.34

Order No. Order No. Order No.

Preferred type Preferred type Preferred type

Analog output 4 to 20 mA 1 NO, pnp 3RG61 12–3BF00 3RG61 13–3BF00 3RG61 15–3BF001 NC, pnp 3RG61 12–3BE00 3RG61 13–3BE00 3RG61 15–3BE00

Analog output 0 to 20 mA 1 NO, pnp 3RG61 12–3CF00 3RG61 13–3CF00 3RG61 15–3CF001 NC, pnp 3RG61 12–3CE00 3RG61 13–3CE00 3RG61 15–3CE00

Analog output 0 to 10 V 1 NO, pnp 3RG61 12–3GF00 3RG61 13–3GF00 3RG61 15–3GF001 NC, pnp 3RG61 12–3GE00 3RG61 13–3GE00 3RG61 15–3GE00

With swivel sensor

Analog output 4 to 20 mA 1 NO, pnp 3RG61 22–3BF00 3RG61 23–3BF00 3RG61 25–3BF001 NC, pnp 3RG61 22–3BE00 3RG61 23–3BE00 3RG61 25–3BE00

Analog output 0 to 20 mA 1 NO, pnp 3RG61 22–3CF00 3RG61 23–3CF00 3RG61 25–3CF001 NC, pnp 3RG61 22–3CE00 3RG61 23–3CE00 3RG61 25–3CE00

Analog output 0 to 10 V 1 NO, pnp 3RG61 22–3GF00 3RG61 23–3GF00 3RG61 25–3GF001 NC, pnp 3RG61 22–3GE00 3RG61 23–3GE00 3RG61 25–3GE00

With separate sensor

Analog output 4 to 20 mA 1 NO, pnp 3RG61 12–3BF01 3RG61 13–3BF01 –1 NC, pnp 3RG61 12–3BE01 3RG61 13–3BE01 –

Analog output 0 to 20 mA 1 NO, pnp 3RG61 12–3CF01 3RG61 13–3CF01 –1 NC, pnp 3RG61 12–3CE01 3RG61 13–3CE01 –

Analog output 0 to 10 V 1 NO, pnp 3RG61 12–3GF01 3RG61 13–3GF01 –1 NC, pnp 3RG61 12–3GE01 3RG61 13–3GE01 –



Compact range III



K IIIHousing M 30 × 1.5Adjustable via potentiometers or using SONPROG 1)

Operates as diffuse sensor or reflex sensorForeground and background suppressionSynchronization capability, multiplex operationSolid-state outputs:• Switching output• Analog outputElectrical connection with M 12 connector, Type G or screw terminalsTemperature range:• Operation –25 to 70 °C• Storage –40 to 85 °C

3RG 61 14–3..00 3RG 61 76–6..00

3RG 61 24–3..00

SONPROG

2135

6534

153

M 3

0x1,

5S

W 3

6

101

NS

D00

780

M 12x1

10,5

27,3

8,5

10°

26112

102

10°138

160

6990

160

NS

D00

781

NS

D00

785

M 30x1,5

SW 368013

112

25°

653718

95°

M 12x1

10,5

27,3

Sensing range cm 80 to 600 100 to 1000Standard target cm 10 × 10 10 × 10

Rated operational voltage (DC) V 10 to 30 (± 10 % residual ripple included; for 10 to 20 V sensitivity reduced by 20 %)Rated operational current (NC/NO) mA 300/150No-load supply current I0 mA < 60 < 75

Switching frequency Hz 1 0.5Response time ms 400 800Power-up delay ms 280

Differential travel H mm 60 10Repeat accuracy R mm ± 9 ± 2LED (switching state) Yellow

Ultrasonic frequency kHz 80 200

Housing material Brass, nickel-plated; converter cover CRASTIN; converter coating Epoxy resin

CRASTIN; converter coating Epoxy resin

Degree of protection IP 65 IP 65

Weight, approx. kg 0.38 0.5

Order No. Weight, approx. Order No. Weight, approx.

Preferred type kg Preferred type kg

Analog output 4 to 20 mA 1 NO, pnp 3RG61 14–3BF00 0.38 –1 NC, pnp 3RG61 14–3BE00 0.38 –

Analog output 0 to 20 mA 1 NO, pnp 3RG61 14–3CF00 0.38 –1 NC, pnp 3RG61 14–3CE00 0.38 –

Analog output 0 to 10 V 1 NO, pnp 3RG61 14–3GF00 0.38 –1 NC, pnp 3RG61 14–3GE00 0.38 –

With swivel sensor

Analog output 4 to 20 mA 1 NO, pnp 3RG61 24–3BF00 0.43 –1 NC, pnp 3RG61 24–3BE00 0.43 –

Analog output 0 to 20 mA 1 NO, pnp 3RG61 24–3CF00 0.43 –1 NC, pnp 3RG61 24–3CE00 0.43 –

Analog output 0 to 10 V 1 NO, pnp 3RG61 24–3GF00 0.43 –1 NC, pnp 3RG61 24–3GE00 0.43 –

Spherical sensor

Analog output 4 to 20 mA 2 NO, pnp – 3RG61 76–6BH002 NC, pnp – 3RG61 76–6BG00

Analog output 0 to 20 mA 2 NO, pnp – 3RG61 76–6CH002 NC, pnp – 3RG61 76–6CG00

Analog output 0 to 10 V 2 NO, pnp – 3RG61 76–6GH002 NC, pnp – 3RG61 76–6GG00


Compact range II


2



K IIHousing M 30 × 1.5Adjustable via potentiometers or using SONPROG 1)

Operates as diffuse sensor or reflex sensorForeground and background suppressionSynchronization capability, multiplex operationSolid-state outputs:• 1 or 2 switching outputs• Frequency output, suitable for

connection to LOGO!Electrical connection via M 12 connector, Type FTemperature range:• Operation –25 to 70 °C• Storage –40 to 85 °C

3RG 60 12–3..00 3RG 60 22–3..00 3RG 60 13–3..00 3RG 60 23–3..00

3RG 60 12–3..01 3RG 60 13–3..01

SONPROG

NS

D00

778

M 12x1

10,5

M 30x1,5

SW

36

8013

1

27,3M 30x1,5

SW 368013

112

30

2818

105°

45°

NS

D00

783

M 12x1

10,5

27,3

NS

D00

778

M 12x1

10,5

M 30x1,5

SW

36

8013

1

27,3M 30x1,5

SW 368013

112

30

2818

105°

45°

NS

D00

783

M 12x1

10,5

27,3

M 30x1,5

SW

36

801

31 14

8

NS

D00

786

M 12x1

10,5

27,3

M 1

8x1

25SW 24

Cable length1,6 m

SW 36

M 3

0x1

,5

25

M 30x1,5

SW

36

801

31 14

8

NS

D00

787

M 12x110,5

27,3

Cable length1,6 m


Rated operational voltage (DC) V 12 to 30 (± 10 % residual ripple included; for 12 to 20 V sensitivity reduced by 20 %)Rated operational current mA 300No-load supply current I0 mA < 50

Switching frequency Hz 8 4Response time ms 80 110Power-up delay ms 280

Differential travel H mm 10 10Repeat accuracy R mm ± 0.45 ± 2LED (switching state) Yellow


Housing material Brass, nickel-plated; converter cover CRASTIN; converter coating Epoxy resinDegree of protection IP 65; with separate sensor IP 68




1 switching output 1 NO, pnp 3RG60 12–3AF00 0.21 3RG60 13–3AF00 0.211 NC, pnp 3RG60 12–3AE00 0.21 3RG60 13–3AE00 0.21

2 switching outputs (plug connection Type G)

2 NO, pnp 3RG60 12–3AH00 0.21 3RG60 13–3AH00 0.212 NC, pnp 3RG60 12–3AG00 0.21 3RG60 13–3AG00 0.21

Frequency output 30 to 150 Hz, pnp suitable for LOGO!

3RG60 12–3RS00 0.21 –


– 3RG60 13–3RS00 0.21

With swivel sensor






Compact range II



K IIHousing M 30 × 1.5Adjustable via potentiometers or using SONPROG 1)

Operates as diffuse sensor or reflex sensorForeground and background suppressionSynchronization capability, multiplex operationSolid-state outputs:• 1 or 2 switching outputs• Frequency output, suitable for

connection to LOGO!Electrical connection via M 12 connector, Type FTemperature range:• Operation –25 to 70 °C• Storage –40 to 85 °C

3RG 60 15–3..00 3RG 60 25–3..00 3RG 60 14–3..00 3RG 60 24–3..00

SONPROG

M 3

0x1,

5S

W 3

633

19

47,534

9915

0

NS

D00

779

M 12x110

,5

27,3M 30x1,5

SW 368013

112

47,5

3418

100°

35°

NS

D00

784

M 12x1

10,5

27,3

2135

6534

153

M 3

0x1,

5S

W 3

6

101

NS

D00

780

M 12x1

10,5

27,3

NS

D00

785

M 30x1,5

SW 368013

112

25°

65

3718

95°

M 12x1

10,5

27,3











2 switching outputs (plug connection Type G)

2 NO, pnp 3RG60 15–3AH00 0.34 3RG60 14–3AH00 0.382 NC, pnp 3RG60 15–3AG00 0.34 3RG60 14–3AG00 0.38


3RG60 15–3RS00 0.34 –


– 3RG60 14–3RS00 0.38

With swivel sensor



Compact range I


2


K IHousing M 30 × 1.5Adjustable via potentiometerOperates as diffuse sensor or reflex sensorSolid-state output:• Switching outputElectrical connection via M 12 connector, Type E, FTemperature range:• Operation –25 to 70 °C• Storage –40 to 85 °C

3RG 60 12–3..00 3RG 60 22–3..00 3RG 60 13–3..00 3RG 60 23–3..00

3RG 60 12–3..01 3RG 60 13–3..01

NS

D00

778

M 12x1

10,5

M 30x1,5

SW

36

8013

1

27,3M 30x1,5

SW 368013

112

30

2818

105°

45°

NS

D00

783

M 12x1

10,5

27,3

NS

D00

778

M 12x1

10,5

M 30x1,5

SW

36

8013

1

27,3M 30x1,5

SW 368013

112

30

2818

105°

45°

NS

D00

783

M 12x1

10,5

27,3

M 30x1,5

SW

36

801

31 14

8

NS

D00

786

M 12x1

10,5

27,3

M 1

8x1

25SW 24

Cable length1,6 m

SW 36

M 3

0x1

,5

25

M 30x1,5

SW

36

801

31 14

8

NS

D00

787

M 12x110,5

27,3

Cable length1,6 m


Rated operational voltage (DC) V 20 to 30 (± 10 % residual ripple included)Rated operational current mA 300No-load supply current I0 mA < 50


Differential travel H mm 10 10Repeat accuracy R mm ± 0.45 ± 1.5LED (switching state) Yellow


Housing material Brass, nickel-plated; converter cover CRASTIN; converter coating Epoxy resinDegree of protection IP 65; with separate sensor IP 68




1 switching output 1 NO, pnp 3RG60 12–3AD00 0.21 3RG60 13–3AD00 0.211 NC, pnp 3RG60 12–3AC00 0.21 3RG60 13–3AC00 0.21

With swivel sensor






Compact range I


K IHousing M 30 × 1.5Adjustable via potentiometerOperates as diffuse sensor or reflex sensorSolid-state output:• Switching outputElectrical connection via M 12 connector, Type E, FTemperature range:• Operation –25 to 70 °C• Storage –40 to 85 °C

3RG 60 15–3..00 3RG 60 25–3..00 3RG 60 14–3..00 3RG 60 24–3..00

M 3

0x1,

5S

W 3

633

19

47,534

9915

0

NS

D00

779

M 12x110

,5

27,3M 30x1,5

SW 368013

112

47,5

3418

100°

35°

NS

D00

784

M 12x1

10,5

27,3

2135

6534

153

M 3

0x1,

5S

W 3

6

101

NS

D00

780

M 12x1

10,5

27,3

NS

D00

785

M 30x1,5

SW 368013

112

25°

65

3718

95°

M 12x1

10,5

27,3


Rated operational voltage (DC) V 20 to 30 (± 10 % residual ripple included)Rated operational current mA 300No-load supply rating I0 mA < 50









With swivel sensor



Compact ranges M 18, M 18 S


2



K M 18Housing M 18 × 1M 18 adjustable via potentiometers or using SONPROG 1)

M 18 S adjustable via teach-inVersions as diffuse sensor or reflex sensorForeground and background suppressionSynchronization capability, multiplex operationSolid-state outputs:• Switching output• Analog output (not for M 18 S)• Frequency outputElectrical connection via M 12 connector, Type FTemperature range:• Operation –25 to 70 °C• Storage –40 to 85 °C

3RG 62 3.–3A.00 3RG 62 3.–3.S00 3RG64 2.(angular sensor)

3RG64 3.(straight sensor)

SONPROG

LED (4x)

M 18x1

65

NSD0 0077690,5

10

4 (-

3)

SW

24

472,5

Pot.

LED (4x)

M 18x1

65

NSD00775

90,5

104

(-3)

SW

24

4

LED

M 18x1

51

NS

D01291a

SW

24

4

12

M 12x1

18,5

12

37

Sensingface

LED

M 18x1

51,5

NS

D01290a

SW

24

4

12

M 12x1

37

0,5

Type cm M 18 M 18 S M 18 M 18 S

Sensing range 5 to 30 3 to 20 15 to 100 10 to 70Standard target cm 1 × 1 2 × 2 2 × 2 2 × 2

Rated operational voltage (DC) V 10 to 30 (± 10 % residual ripple included; for 10 to 20 V sensitivity reduced by 20 %)

20 to 30 (± 10 % residual ripple included)

10 to 30 (± 10 % residual ripple included; for 10 to 20 V sensitivity reduced by 20 %)

20 to 30 (± 10 % residual ripple included)

Rated operational current mA 150No-load supply current I0 mA < 60 < 20 < 60 < 20

Switching frequency Hz 5 10 4 5Response time ms 100 50 120 100Power-up delay ms 280 20 280 20

Differential travel H mm 10 10Repeat accuracy R mm ± 1 ± 1 (freq. output ± 2.5) ± 2 ± 1 (freq. output ± 2.5)LED (switching state) Yellow






Straight form M 18

Switching output 1 NO, pnp 3RG62 32–3AB00 0.05 3RG62 33–3AB00 0.051 NC, pnp 3RG62 32–3AA00 0.05 3RG62 33–3AA00 0.05

Analog output 4 to 20 mA 3RG62 32–3LS00 0.05 3RG62 33–3LS00 0.05

0 to 20 mA 3RG62 32–3TS00 0.05 3RG62 33–3TS00 0.05

0 to 10 V 3RG62 32–3JS00 0.05 3RG62 33–3JS00 0.05

Frequency output, suitable for LOGO!

250 to 1500 Hz 3RG62 32–3RS00 0.05 –

150 to 1000 Hz – 3RG62 33–3RS00 0.05

Straight form M 18 S

Diffuse sensor 1 NO, pnp 3RG64 32–3AB00 0.05 3RG64 33–3AB00 0.05

Reflex sensor 1 NO, pnp 3RG64 32–3BB00 0.05 3RG62 33–3BB00 0.05

Frequency output

400 to 1600 Hz or 200 to 800 Hz 3RG64 32–3RS00 0.05 –

300 to 1400 Hz or 150 to 700 Hz – 3RG64 33–3RS00 0.05

Angular form M 18 S

Diffuse sensor 1 NO, pnp 3RG64 22–3AB00 0.05 3RG64 23–3AB00 0.05

Reflex sensor 1 NO, pnp 3RG64 22–3BB00 0.05 3RG62 23–3BB00 0.05

Frequency output

400 to 1600 Hz or 200 to 800 Hz 3RG64 22–3RS00 0.05 –

300 to 1400 Hz or 150 to 700 Hz – 3RG64 23–3RS00 0.05

Accessories

SONPROG interface unit, 100 to 240 V AC, 24 V DC

3RX4 000 0.5



Compact range 0


K 0Housing 65 × 88 × 30Adjustable via potentiometerOperates as diffuse sensorBackground suppressionSolid-state outputs:• Switching output• Analog outputElectrical connection via M 12 connector, Type FTemperature range:• Operation 0 to 55 °C• Storage –40 to 85 °C

3RG 63 4.–3..00 3RG 63 4.–3..01

M 12

NS

D00

772

768813,5

5365

5,3

30

24

Ultra-sonicconver-ter

Pot. + LED

M 12

76 8813,5

5365

5,3

30

25

A

B

NS

D0 0

0773

Pot. + LED

Type A B

3RG63 42–3..01

3RG63 43–3..01

M 18

M 30

SW 24

SW 36




Differential travel H mm 5 10Repeat accuracy R mm ± 0.45 ± 1.5LED (switching state) Yellow


Housing material CRASTIN; converter coating Epoxy resinDegree of protection IP 65; with separate sensor IP 68





Analog output 0 to 10 V 3RG63 42–3JK00 0.2 3RG63 43–3JK00 0.2



Analog output 0 to 10 V 3RG63 42–3JK01 0.3 3RG63 43–3JK01 0.3


Compact form 3SG16


2


KFHousing 80 × 130 × 40Adjustable via plug-in jumpersOperates as diffuse sensor or reflex sensorForeground and background suppressionSolid-state outputs:• 2 switching outputsTerminal compartment with screw-type terminalsTemperature range:• Operation –25 to 70 °C• Storage –40 to 85 °C

3RG 63 4.–3..00

8065

5,3

7,3x5,3

LED

135

65

Æ3340

19,5

NS

D00

777

Sensor connectorcan beretrofitted

Sensing range cm 20 to 100Standard target cm 2 × 2

Rated operational voltage (DC) V 10 to 35 (± 10 % residual ripple included; for 10 to 18 V sensitivity reduced by 30 %)No-load supply current I0 mA < 60

Switching output• Rated operational current mA 150• Voltage drop V 2• Off-state current mA 0.01

Switching frequency Hz 4Response time ms 120Power-up delay ms 280

Differential travel H mm 10Repeat accuracy R mm ± 2LED (switching state) Yellow

Ultrasonic frequency kHz 200

Housing material CRASTIN; converter coating Epoxy resinDegree of protection IP 65

Weight, approx. kg 0.39

Order No. Weight, approx.

Preferred type kg

2 switching outputs 2 NO, pnp 3SG16 67–1BJ87 0.39

Accessories

Aligning unit 3SX6 287



Compact form K 65


K 65Housing 65 × 120 × 30Adjustable via teach-in or SONPROG

Operates as diffuse sensor or reflex sensorSolid-state outputs:• 2 switching outputsElectrical connection via M 12 connector, Type GTemperature range:• Operation –25 to 70 °C• Storage –40 to 85 °C

3RG 62 5.–3AH00

SONPROG

12512

54

5,5

8,8

4664

,4106

1730

30NSD01138


Rated operational voltage (DC) V 20 to 30 (± 10 % residual ripple included)No-load supply current I0 mA < 60

Switching output• Rated operational current mA 150• Voltage drop V 2• Switching output function Smax NO• Switching output function Smin NO/NC programmable

Ultrasonic frequency kHz 400 200 100Measurement rate ms 20 25 50

Switching limit• Smax cm 8 25 35• Smin cm 45 140 230

Differential travel H• Hmax (adjustable) cm 2 5 10• Hmin (adjustable) cm 10 10 20

LED (switching state) 2 × yellowLED (operation) Green




2 switching outputs 2 NO, pnp 3RG62 52–3AH00 3RG62 53–3AH00 3RG62 55–3AH00

Accessories

SONPROG interface unit, 100 to 240 V AC, 24 V DC

3RX4 000


Sonar thru-beam sensor


2


Sonar thru-beam sensorHousing 40 × 40 × 193 measurement ranges can be setOperates as thru-beam sensor with emitter and receiverSolid-state output:• Switching outputConnection:• With 3 m cable• With M 8 connector, Type B• With M 12 connector, Type FTemperature range:• Operation 0 to 70 °C• Storage –25 to 85 °C

3RG62 43–0..00 3RG62 43–3..00. 3RG62 43–7..00

19

4031 4,5

314,

540

29

28

28

NS

D00

771

For M 4

19

4031 4,5

314,

540

29

28

28

NS

D00

774

For M 4

Sensing range cm – (receiver) 5 to 150 (emitter)Standard target• Up to 40 cm cm 2 × 2• Over 40 cm cm 1 × 1

Rated operational voltage (DC) V 20 to 30 (± 10 % residual ripple included)Rated operational current mA 100 –No-load supply current I0 mA < 20 < 30

Switching frequency• Up to 40 cm Hz 200 –• Up to 80 cm Hz 150 –• Up to 150 cm Hz 100 –Response time• Up to 40 cm ms 2 –• Up to 80 cm ms 1.5 –• Up to 150 cm ms 1 –Power-up delay ms < 40

LED (status indication) Green

Ultrasonic frequency kHz – 200





Receiver

With cable, 3 m, switching output

1 NO, pnp 3RG62 43–0PB00 0.21 NC, pnp 3RG62 43–0PA00 0.2

With M 8 connector, 4-pole, switching output


With M 12 connector, 4-pole, switching output


Emitter

With 3 m cable 3RG62 43–0NN00 0.2

With M 8 connector, 4-pole 3RG62 43–7NN00 0.2

With M 12 connector, 4-pole 3RG62 43–3NN00 0.2



Double-layer sheet monitoring


DKHousing 84 × 98 × 37Adjustable via teach-inWith 2 separate sensorsSolid-state outputs:• 2 switching outputsElectrical connection via M 12 connector, Type GTemperature range:• Operation 0 to 65 °C• Storage –40 to 85 °C

Signal evaluator Sensor

NS

D01

131

987810

74 5

M824 16

6484

4,313

2,537

M 12 x 113

NSD01132 M 1

8 x

1

25~2000

M 8

Sensing range mm 20 to 60Material thickness (paper, card) g 20 to 1100


Switching output• Rated operational current mA 200• Voltage drop at 200 mA V < 3

Switching frequency Hz 100Response time ms 5

LED (switching state) Red and yellow

Ultrasonic frequency kHz 200

Housing material• Signal evaluator Metal• Sensor Brass, nickel-plated; converter coating Epoxy resin

Degree of protection IP 65



kg

2 switching outputs 2 NO, pnp 3RX2 210 0.5


Modular range II


2


Time diagram

B IISignal evaluatorAdjustable via four keys and a two-line LCDOperates as diffuse sensor or reflex sensorOutputs:• 2 switching outputs• 1 analog output• 1 alarm output• 1 relay outputConnections• Screw terminalsTemperature range:• Operation 0 to 55 °C• Storage –10 to 70 °C

Signal evaluator

SIEMENS

SEL

LED 100

113

7090

4,8

5

1)

NSD00794

343

100

9685


Switching output• Current Ie /AC-12 at 230 V A 3.0• Current Ie /DC-12 at 230 V A 0.1• Life at switching frequency of

5000/h30 million operating cycles

Analog output• Range mA 4 to 20• Burden Ω 0 to 500• Max. voltage V 10• Resolution bit 8

Switching frequency Hz Depending on sensor typeResponse time ms Depending on sensor type

Display LCD, 2 lines of 16 characters

Mounting Screw fitting or snap-on fitting (standard mounting rail)Cable to sensor max. 100 m (shielded)

Housing material CRASTINDegree of protection IP 20



Preferred type kg

Standard version 3RX2 110 0.6

Extended version 3RX2 110–1A 0.6

a: Input SEND, output TEMP

b: Output RECValues depend on sensor type, see following pages.

Sending pulse width tSTemperature pulse time tPTemperature pulse width tiCycle time tW

Sending deadtime tTSound propagation time tLEcho duration tE

t s t p t i

t w

t T

t L t E

a

b

(24V) UA

(24V) UH

0V

0VNSD00766



Modular range II


B IIExternal sensorsConnections• M 12 connectorTemperature range:• Operation 0 to 55 °C• Storage –10 to 70 °C

3SG61 52–3MM00 3SG61 53–3MM00 3SG61 52–3MM00

3SG61 42–3MM00 3SG61 43–3MM00 3SG61 45–3MM00

13,74,

5

690

M 30x1,5

NS

D00

790

23,5

Æ 8

Æ 27,513,7

4,5

690

M 30x1,5

NS

D00

790

23,5

Æ 8

Æ 27,5

6,5

M 12x1

3319

108,

5

NS

D00

791

47,534

6012

72

3042

16 18Æ

28

36

NS

D01

173

41

Æ 5,3

30

6012

72

3042

16 18Æ

28

36

NS

D01

173

41

Æ 5,3

30

6012

72

3042

16 18Æ

36

36

NS

D01

174

41

Æ 5,3

47,5


Rated operational voltage (DC) V 20 to 30 (±10 % residual ripple included)No-load supply current I0 mA < 30

Switching frequency Hz 1 to 20 1 to 10 1 to 4Power-up delay ms < 50

Differential travel H mm AdjustableResolution mm 1 1 10

Ultrasonic frequency kHz 400 200 120

Sending pulse width tS µs 70 to 80 140 to 160 235 to 265Temperature pulse time tP ms 9 to 12 18 to 24 30 to 40Temperature pulse width ti µs 350 to 750Cycle time tW ms > 13 > 25 > 50Sending deadtime tT ms < 0.35 < 1.17 < 2.33Echo duration tE µs 40 to 400 100 to 800 100 to 800

Housing material• 3RG61 4. CRASTIN; converter coating Epoxy resin• 3RG61 5. Brass, nickel-plated; converter cover CRASTIN; converter coating Epoxy resinDegree of protection IP 65

Weight, approx.• 3RG61 4. kg 0.27 0.27 0.3• 3RG61 5. kg 0.21 0.21 0.3


Preferred type Preferred type Preferred type

Cubic housing with a swivel sensor

3RG61 42–3MM00 3RG61 43–3MM00 3RG61 45–3MM00

Cylindrical housing M 30 × 1,5 3RG61 52–3MM00 3RG61 53–3MM00 3RG61 55–3MM00


Modular range II


2


B IIExternal sensorsConnections• M 12 connectorTemperature range:• Operation 0 to 55 °C• Storage –10 to 70 °C

3SG61 54–3MM00 3SG61 74–6MM00, 3SG61 76–6MM00

3SG61 44–3MM00

6,5

M 12x1

NS

D00

792

2135

111,

5

6534

8,5

10°

26112

102

10°138

160

6990

160

NS

D00

781

6012

72

3042

16 18Æ

36

36

NS

D01

174

41

Æ 5,3

65


Rated operational voltage (DC) V 20 to 30 (±10 % residual ripple included)No-load supply current I0 mA < 30

Switching frequency Hz 1 to 3 1 to 2Power-up delay ms < 50

Differential travel H mm AdjustableResolution mm 10 10


Sending pulse width tS µs 330 to 370 470 to 530Temperature pulse time tP ms 45 to 60 60 to 80Temperature pulse width ti µs 350 to 700Cycle time tW ms > 95 > 130Sending deadtime tT ms < 3.5 < 4.66Echo duration tE µs 200 to 5000 200 to 5000

Housing material• 3RG61 4., 3RG61 7. CRASTIN; converter coating Epoxy resin• 3RG61 5. Brass, nickel-plated; converter cover CRASTIN; converter coating Epoxy resinDegree of protection IP 65

Weight, approx.• 3RG61 4. kg 0.39 –• 3RG61 5. kg 0.38 –• 3RG61 7. kg 1.85 1.9

Order No. Order No.

Preferred type

Cubic housing with a swivel sensor 3RG61 44–3MM00 –

Cylindrical housing M 30 × 1,5 3RG61 54–3MM00 –

Spherical housing 3RG61 74–6MM00 3RG61 76–6MM00

Opto-BERO 3RG7 Photoelectric Proximity Switches


D 4 and M 5 forms M 12 form M 18, M 18 M, M 18 P forms

3RG70 Page 3RG71 Page 3RG7 Page


Overview 3/4 Overview 3/4 Overview 3/4Introduction 3/8 Introduction 3/8 Introduction 3/8Technical data 3/11 Technical data 3/11 Technical data 3/11Connection diagrams 3/12 Connection diagrams 3/12 Connection diagrams 3/12Beam diagrams 3/14 Beam diagrams 3/14 Beam diagrams 3/14Dimension drawings 3/16 Dimension drawings 3/17 Dimension drawings 3/19

K 20 form K 30, K 31 and K 35 forms C 40 and K 40 forms

3RG74 Page 3RG70, 3RG73 Page 3RG72, 3RG70 Page


Overview 3/4 Overview 3/4 Overview 3/4Introduction 3/8 Introduction 3/8 Introduction 3/8Technical data 3/11 Technical data 3/11 Technical data 3/11Connection diagrams 3/12 Connection diagrams 3/12 Connection diagrams 3/12Dimension drawings 3/28 Beam diagrams 3/15 Beam diagrams 3/15

Dimension drawings 3/30 Dimension drawings 3/37



3

K 50 and K 65 forms K 80 form L 18 and L 50 forms(Laser sensors)



Overview 3/4 Overview 3/4 Overview 3/4Introduction 3/8 Introduction 3/8 Introduction 3/8Technical data 3/11 Technical data 3/11 Technical data 3/11Connection diagrams 3/12 Connection diagrams 3/12 Connection diagrams 3/12Dimension drawings 3/41 Beam diagrams 3/15 Dimension drawings 3/56

Dimension drawings 3/48

KL 40 form CL 40 form(color sensor)

C 80 and G 20 forms(color mark sensor)



Overview 3/4 Overview 3/6 Overview 3/6Introduction 3/8 Introduction 3/8 Introduction 3/8Technical data 3/11 Technical data 3/11 Technical data 3/11Connection diagrams 3/12 Connection diagrams 3/12 Connection diagrams 3/12Dimension drawings 3/52 Dimension drawings 3/53 Dimension drawings 3/54


Overview


Form Sensing range

50 m

m

120

mm

150

mm

50 c

m

60 c

m

1 m

1.2

m

2 m

2.5

m

4 m

6 m

12 m

15 m

50 m

70 m

Diffuse sensor D 4, M 5 50 mm

K 20 30 cm

M 12 30 cm

M 18 P 30 cm

M 18 M 30 cm

K 35 50 cm

M 18 60 cm

K 31 60 cm

K 50 90 cm

C40 1 m

K 30 1.2 m

K 40 2 m

K 65 2 m

K 80 2 m

Diffuse sensor with background suppression

K 20 100 mm

M 18 P 100 mm

M 18 120 mm

K 31 150 mm

C 40 25 cm

K 50 25 cm

K 65 50 cm

K 80 1 m

Laser L 50 150 mm

Opto-BEROs with optical fibers

K 35 75 mm

K 31 200 mm

KL 40 280 mm

K 30 400 mm

K 40 1500 mm

Laser diffuse sensor with analog output

L 50 45 to 85 mm


Overview


3

Voltage Output Connection Features

DC

AC

/DC

pnp

npn

Rel

ay

AS

-Int

erfa

ce

Ana

log

out

put

M 8

con

nect

or

M 1

2 co

nnec

tor

Cab

le

Term

inal

s

AS

-Int

erfa

ce

with

FK

con

nect

.

Tim

ing

func

tion

Ant

i-int

erfe

renc

e fu

nctio

n

Ena

blin

g in

put

Mol

ded

pla

stic

h.

Met

al h

ousi

ng

Pag

e

10 to 30 V 3/16

10 to 30 V 3/28

10 to 36 V 3/17

10 to 30 V 3/24

10 to 30 V 3/21

10 to 30 V 3/34

10 to 36 V 3/19

10 to 36 V 3/30

10 to 30 V 15 to 264 V 3/41

10 to 30 V 3/37

10 to 36 V 3/32

10 to 36 V 3/39

10 to 30 V 3/46

10 to 36 V 20 to 320 V 3/48

10 to 30 V 3/28

10 to 30 V 3/25

10 to 36 V 3/19

10 to 36 V 3/30

10 to 30 V 3/37

10 to 36 V 3/42

10 to 30 V 3/46

10 to 36 V 20 to 320 V 3/49

10 to 30 V 3/57

10 to 30 V 3/36

10 to 30 V 3/52

10 to 36 V 3/31

10 to 36 V 3/33

10 to 36 V 3/40

18 to 28 V 3/58


Overview


Form Sensing range

50 m

m

120

mm

150

mm

50 c

m

60 c

m

1 m

1.2

m

2 m

2.5

m

4 m

6 m

12 m

15 m

25 m

50 m

Retroreflective sensor

M 12 1.5 m

M 18 2 m

M 18 M 2 m

M 18 P 2 m

K 31 2 m

K 20 2.5 m

K 35 2.5 m

K 30 4 m

K 50 4 m

K 40 6 m

C 40 6 m

K 80 6 m

K 65 8 m

Laser L 50 12 m

Light array 1.4 m

Thru-beamsensor

D 4, M 5 25 cm

M 12 4 m

K 35 5 m

K 50 5 m

M 18 6 m

K 31 6 m

M 18 M 12 m

M 18 P 12 m

K 30 12 m

K 40 15 m

K 65 50 m

K 80 50 m

Laser L 18 50 m

Fork/slotsensor

G 20 2 mm

Color sensor CL 40 15 mm

Color mark BERO C 80 18 mm


Overview


3

Voltage Output Connection Features

DC

AC

/DC

pnp

npn

Rel

ay

AS

-Int

erfa

ce

M 8

con

nect

or

M 1

2 co

nnec

tor

Cab

le

Term

inal

s

AS

-Int

erfa

ce

with

FK

con

nect

.

Tim

ing

func

tion

Ant

i-int

erfe

renc

e fu

nctio

n

Ena

blin

g in

put

mol

ded

pla

stic

h.

Met

al h

ousi

ng

Pag

e

10 to 30 V 3/18

10 to 36 V 3/20

10 to 30 V 3/22

10 to 30 V 3/26

10 to 36 V 3/30

10 to 30 V 3/29

10 to 30 V 3/35

10 to 36 V 3/32

10 to 30 V 15 to 264 V 3/43

10 to 36 V 3/39

10 to 30 V 3/38

10 to 36 V 20 to 320 V 3/50

10 to 30 V 3/47

10 to 36 V 3/57

12 to 36 V 3/59

10 to 30 V 3/16

10 to 36 V 3/18

10 to 30 V 3/36

10 to 30 V 15 to 264 V 3/45

10 to 36 V 3/20

10 to 36 V 3/31

10 to 30 V 3/23

10 to 30 V 3/27

10 to 36 V 3/33

10 to 36 V 3/40

10 to 30 V 3/47

10 to 36 V 20 to 320 V 3/51

10 to 30 V 3/56

10 to 30 V 3/55

10 to 30 V 3/53

10 to 30 V 3/54


Introduction


Mode of operation

Opto-BEROs react to changes in the received quantity of light. The light beam emitted from the emitter diode is interrupted or reflected by the object to be detected.

Depending on the type of BE-RO, the interruption or reflection of the light beam is evaluated.

Opto-BEROs are available as• Diffuse sensors• Retroreflective sensors• Thru-beam sensors.

Due to the different physical principles of these systems, thru-beam sensors have wider ranges than retroreflective sen-sors. Diffuse sensors can also react to diffuse-reflecting mate-rials. The sensing range is therefore shorter than the range of retroreflective sensors.

Functions

Diffuse sensors (energetic sensors)

The light from the emitter falls on an object and is reflect-ed in a diffuse pat-

tern. Part of this reflected light reaches the receiver located in the same device. If the intensity of the received light is suffi-cient, the output is switched.

The sensing range depends on the size and color of the object involved as well as its surface texture. The sensing range can be varied within a wide range by means of the built-in potenti-ometer. The “energetic sensor” can therefore also be used to detect different colors.

Diffuse sensorswith background suppression

Diffuse sensors with background sup-pression can detect objects up to a spe-

cific sensing range. All objects beyond this range are sup-pressed. The focus level can be adjusted. The background is suppressed due to the geomet-ric constellation between the emitter and the receiver.

Retroreflective sensors

The light from the emitter diode is fo-cussed through a lens and directed

via a polarization filter to a re-flector (principle of a 3-way mir-ror).

Part of the reflected light pass-es through another polarization filter and reaches the receiver. The filters are selected and aligned in such a way that only the light reflected from the re-flector reaches the receiver and not the light reflected from other objects within the beam range.

An object that interrupts the light beam from the emitter through the reflector to the re-ceiver causes the output to switch.

Light array (7-beam retroflective sensor)

The light from all seven emitters of this special Opto-BERO is di-rected to one reflector and re-flected to the seven receivers of the BERO. The switching output switches as soon as one of the beams is interrupted. A line of 42 mm can be completely cov-ered. This Opto-BERO type can be used, for example, in con-veyor systems.

Thru-beam sensors

Thru-beam sensors comprise an emit-ter and a receiver. The emitter is

aligned in such a way that the greatest possible amount of pulsed light from the emitter di-ode reaches the receiver. The receiver evaluates the incoming light to clearly separate it from the ambient light and other light sources.

Any interruption of the light beam between emitter and re-ceiver causes the output to switch.

Devices for optical fibers

The basic opera-tion is the same for optical fibers made of glass or plastic.

Optical fibers are fitted in front of the emitter and receiver. They represent the “extended eye” of the Opto-BERO.

As optical fibers are very small and flexible, they provide a practical solution to the prob-lem of sensing at points that are not easily accessible. Further-more no electrical potential is transferred.


The analog laser BERO can measure the exact distance of an object within

its sensing range. Due to the use of visible laser light, the measurement is highly accu-rate and the output is extremely linear. All laser BEROs belong to laser protection class 2, i. e. they are harmless and can be used without health risks (e. g. to the eyes).

Fork/slot sensors

The object is placed inside the slot of the BERO. The emitted light of the sensor

passes through the object. Variations in contrast, cracks or holes will change the quality of the light received by the receiv-er. The BERO reacts to the change in the received quantity of light.

Color sensors

The color sensor uses three LEDs with the colors red, green and blue. The

light is emitted to the object.

When the BERO is set, the color of the object is measured and assigned to an output state. During the learning phase, the BERO saves the detected col-or in a non-volatile EEPROM. This ensures that the setting procedure will not have to be repeated whenever the supply for the BERO is switched on. One color or a color range can be set.

Color mark BERO

The color mark BERO uses green or red emitted light. The color is select-

ed automatically depending on the constrast. The mark color and the background color can be set separately by means of two keys.


Introduction


3


The devices can be mounted in any position. They should be in-stalled in such a manner as to prevent dirt deposits as far as possible. The available acces-sories enable the devices to be mounted easily and correctly.

Alignment

Diffuse sensors

The BERO must be aligned with the object to be sensed to en-sure reliable switching. In de-vices that have a surplus light function, the relevant LED must be active.

Retroreflective sensors

• Place the reflector at the re-quired location and secure it firmly.

• Cover the reflector with adhe-sive tape so that only the cen-ter (approximately 25 % of the surface) remains free.

• Install the retroreflective sen-sor so that it switches reliably.

• Finally remove the adhesive tape from the reflector.

Thru-beam sensors

• Place the receiver in the re-quired position and secure it firmly.

• Align the emitter with the re-ceiver as accurately as possi-ble.

Clearance

The Opto-BEROs must not in-terfere with each other. For this reason, a minimum clearance a between 2 devices must be ob-served.

The clearances shown in the ta-ble below are recommended values only. The values given are for maximum sensitivity.

Diffuse sensor

Retroreflective sensor

Thru-beam sensor

1) Focussing at 50 m.

Opto-BERO dictionary

Adjustment (potentiometer)

The sensitivity is adjusted via the built-in multi-turn potentio-meter. Turning it clockwise in-creases the sensitivity. The po-tentiometer cannot be over-wound (no stops).

Diffuse sensors

The sensitivity and the dis-tance should be set such that the object is reliably detected. If required, the surplus light LED should be activated. The object must then be removed. If the output remains On, the sen-sitivity must be reduced slightly.

Retroreflective sensors / thru-beam sensors

The potentiometer is normally set to maximum sensitivity (clockwise rotation). This results in maximum surplus light. It may be necessary to reduce the sensitivity in the case of transparent objects.

Ambient light limit

Ambient light is the light pro-duced by external light sour-ces. The luminance level is measured on the light inci-dence surface. Due to the use of modulated light, the sensors are largely insensitive to ambi-ent light.

There is, however, an upper lim-it for the intensity of any exter-nal light which is referred to as the ambient light limit. It is specified for sunlight (unmodu-lated light) and halogen light (light modulated at twice the frequency of the electricity sup-ply). Reliable operation is not possible above the respective ambient light limit.

Anti-interference function

This function prevents mutual interference between Opto-BEROs. The specified clear-ances between devices does not have to be observed for de-vices with an anti-interference function. It is therefore possible to align two retroreflective sen-sors with a common reflector.

Autocollimation

For these devices, the optical axes for the emitter and recei-ver are identical. The device has only one optical system. This means that there is no blind zone in front of the BERO and the accuracy of the switch-ing point is higher.

Cable length (maximum)

For the devices, a long cable length causes:• Additional capacitive load

(short-circuit protection)• Increased injection of interfer-

ence.

The specified maximum cable length should therefore not be exceeded.

Connection to AS-Interface

Allocation of data bits

Allocation of parameter bits

Correction factors (sensing range)

The specified sensing ranges of diffuse sensors are achieved with the specified surfaces by using matte-white standard pa-per. The correction factors sta-ted below are to be applied for other surfaces (guide values):

Test card 100 %White paper 80 %Gray PVC 57 %Printed newspaper 60 %Light-colored wood 73 %Cork 65 %White plastic 70 %Black plastic 22 %Black neoprene 20 %Automobile tyres 15 %Untreated alumin. sheet 200 %Black anodized aluminum sheet 150 %Dull aluminum sheet (brushed) 120 %Stainless steel, polished 230 %

Differential travel

The differential travel causes a defined switching response for the devices. The range is al-ways specified with regard to the pick-up point on approach.

NSD00795

a

NSD00796

a

Opto-BERO Clearance a

D 4/M 5M 12M 18K 31K 30K 40K 80L 18L 50 (diffuse)L 50 (retroreflective)

50 mm250 mm250 mm250 mm500 mm750 mm500 mm150 mm 1)

30 mm80 mm

a

NSD00797

Data bits Meaning

D0 Switching signal

D1 Surplus light

D2 –

D3 Enabling input for testing• 0: Emitter On• 1: Emitter Off

Parameter bits Meaning

P0 –

P1 Inversion of D0• 0: Inverted• 1: Not inverted

P2 –

P3 –


Introduction


Enabling input

Opto-BEROs with a test input allow the emitter to be selec-tively switched on or off. The output signal can be evaluated to check that the sensor is func-tioning correctly (thru-beam sensors: no obstruction of light beam / diffuse sensors: reflect-ing object exists).

To disable the BERO, the en-abling input must be connected to 0 V. For operation of the BERO, the enabling input does not have to be used.

IR light

IR is the abbreviation for “infra-red”. It refers to electromagnet-ic radiation with a wavelength between 780 and 1500 nm which is longer than that of visi-ble light (wavelength between 380 and 780 nm).

LEDs

In Opto-BEROs, LEDs are used as emitting sources. They have a small emission spectrum, can be easily modulated and have a long life. They are also used in the Opto-BERO to signal the switching state or the surplus light.

Modulated light

Opto-BEROs operate with mod-ulated light, i. e. the emitter is only active for a short time. De-pending on the type, the modu-lation frequency fmod of the modulated light is between 5 and 30 kHz.

If an Opto-BERO is operated within close proximity of ano-ther Opto-BERO with the same modulation frequency, interfer-ence might occur (see mini-mum distance).

Operation with modulated light provides the following advan-tages:• High degree of insensitivity to

ambient light• Wider range• Minimal temperature rise and

therefore longer service life of the emitter diodes.

Optical fibers

Optical fibers are plastic or glass fibers inside which light can also be guided round bends. Optical fibers can be used for applications in con-fined spaces and extreme environmental conditions.

Outputs

Dark-ON

The “dark-ON” function means that this output is switched through (current-carrying) when no light reaches the receiver.

Light-ON

The “light-ON” function means that this output is switched through (current-carrying) when light reaches the receiver.

Complementary

Devices with complementary outputs have 2 outputs. One output is dark-ON and the other is light-ON. This configuration is called complementary.

Surplus light

Alternatively some of the de-vices are available with a differ-ent configuration of the outputs: One output is light-ON and the other is for surplus light.

Output current

The devices are designed for maximum output current (see rated operational current in technical data). If this current is exceeded, even briefly, the built-in overload and short-cir-cuit protection will be activated. Destruction of the device is ef-fectively prevented. Incandes-cent lamps, capacitors and other strongly capacitive loads (e. g. long leads) have a similar effect on an overload. A mini-mum load current is not neces-sary. A built-in pull-up resistor ensures that an output signal is always available.

Parallel connection

Devices can be connected in parallel for logic gating of the outputs. Different logic opera-tions can be achieved by mixed use of dark-ON and light-ON outputs.

Please note:The power consumption increa-ses. Leakage currents add up so that even in the off state, the load may be energized. Dio-des in the output leads serve to decouple the pull-up resistors. They can be omitted when a small number of devices are connected in parallel.

Polarized light

Natural light (including the light from the emitter diodes or laser diodes) is unpolarized. When the light has passed through a polarization filter, only that part of the light remains which oscil-lates in the polarization direc-tion of the filter.

Retroreflective sensors use this polarized light to minimize the influence of unwanted reflec-tions. With polarization filters in front of the emitter and receiver, the retroreflective sensor only reacts to light that is reflected by a special reflector, the so-called 3-way mirror. Other re-flections do not cause a reac-tion.

Safety-related applications

The use of Opto-BEROs is not per-missible for appli-cations in which the safety of per-sons is dependent on the function of the BERO!

Solid-state lasers, laser diodes

These emit extremely high-in-tensity red light in a narrow light beam.

The lasers used meet the standards of protection class 2. They use visible red light.

Spurious signal suppression

The devices feature spurious signal suppression. It prevents the occurrence of spurious sig-nals from the moment of appli-cation of the operating voltage until the moment when the de-vice is ready for operation (ap-proximately 5 ms).

Surplus light

The surplus light is the excess radiant power that falls on the light incidence surface and that is evaluated by the light recei-ver. The surplus light can de-crease in the course of time due to pollution, changing of the reflection factor of the ob-ject and aging of the emitter di-ode, so that reliable operation is no longer guaranteed.

All devices are therefore equipped with a surplus light LED. Devices are also available in which this signal is connect-ed to one of the outputs. This can be used to recognize that operation can no longer be re-lied on.

f

NSD00799

mod

Z X

NSD00800

Y

NSD00801

t

10

10

NSD00798

Receive level

Surplus light

Differentialtravel

Output surplus light

Switching output


Introduction


3

General technical data

Special designs

Cable length

The designs including cables are normally supplied with a cable of 2 or 3 m in length (see selection data).

Longer cables can be ordered as necessary. In this case, the Order No. must be supplemen-ted with “–Z” and the required length should be specified in plain text.

Solid-state output Relay output (K 80) Devices with laser (L18, L 50)

Voltage drop at 200 mA Max. 2.0 V – Max. 2.4 mA

Operating capacity Max. 200 mA 2 A Max. 200 mA

Blocking output current Max. 0.1 mA – Max. 0.1 mA

Overload protection Built-in Not available Built-in

Overvoltage protection Built-in – Built-in

Short-circuit protection Built-in Back-up fuse necessary Built-in

Power-up delay Max. 20 ms Max. 300 ms Max. 300 ms

Max. lead length Max. 250 m Max. 250 m Max. 100 m

Differential travel (typical) for diffuse sensors

10 % 5 %

Repeat accuracy for diffuse sensors

5 % of operating distance 5 % of operating distance

Ambient light limit acc. to DIN

Sunlight 10,000 Lux

Halogen light 3,000 Lux

The use of Opto-BEROs is not permissible for applications in which the safety of persons is dependent on the function of the BERO.

NSD00801


Introduction


Connection diagramsFigure 1 Figure 2

M 8 connector, Type A, C, D

Cable

M 8 connector, Type A, C, D

Cable

Figure 3 Figure 4

M 8 connector, Type B

Cable

M 8 connector, Type B, 4-pole

Cable

Figure 5 Figure 6

M 12 connector, Type F, K, L

Cable

M 12 connector, Type F, K, L

Cable

Figure 7 Figure 8

M 12 connector, Type E, F, H, J, K, L

Cable

M 12 connector, Type G, M

Figure 9 Figure 10

M 12 connector, Type E, F, H, J, K, L,M

Cable

AS-Interface FK connection

Figure 11 Figure 12

Screw terminals Screw terminals

Figure 13 Figure 14

M 12 connector, Type E, F, H, J, K, L,N

Cable

M 12 connectorType E, F, H, J, K, L,N

Cable

Figure 15 Figure 16



Figure 17 Figure 18

M 8 connectorType B, 4-pole


Figure 19 Figure 20



NS

D00

867a

BN

BK

BU

(1)

(4)

(3)

4

1 3

U+

0 V

b

Output light-ON/dark-ON

NS

D00

873a

BN

BK

BU

(1)

(4)

(3)

4

1 3

4

1 3

+

Enable input

0 V

Ub

NS

D00

868b (1)

(2)

(4)

(3)

2

1 4

3

BN

WH

BK

BU

Output dark-ON

0 V

+ Ub

Output light-ON NS

D00

874a

2

1 4

3

BN

WH

BK

BU

(1)

(2)

(4)

(3)

+


Output light-ON

0 V

Ub

NS

D0

0086

9a BN

WH

BK

BU

(1)

(2)

(4)

(3)

2

3 4

1

+

0 V

Ub

Output light-ON

Output dark-ON

NS

D00

875a

2

3 4

1

BN

WH

BK

BU

(1)

(2)

(4)

(3)

+



0 V

Ub

NS

D0

0087

0a

2

3 4

1

BN

BK

BU

(1)

(4)

(3)

Enable input

+

0 V

Ub

NS

D00

876a

2

3 4

1

BN

WH

BK

BU

GR

(1)

(2)

(4)

(3)

(5)

+



0 V

Enable input

Ub

NS

D00

871a

BN

BU

(1)

(3)

2

3 4

1

+

0 V

Ub

NS

D00

877 (1)

(3)

AS-Interface

AS-Interface

NS

D00

872 (1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

+

0 V

NC (relay)

Common (relay)

NO (relay)

Ub

NS

D00

878 BN

WH

BK

BU

GR

(1)

(2)

(4)

(3)

(5)

+



0 V

Enable input

Ub

NS

D00

879

2

3 4

1

BN

BK

BU

(1)

(4)

(3)

+


0 V

Ub

NS

D00

886

2

3 4

1

BN

WH

BU

(1)

(2)

(3)

+


0 V

Ub

NS

D00

880

BU (3)

BK (4)

2

3 4

1 WH (2)

BN (1)

0 V

Output light-ON

Output dark-ON

+Ub 10 ... 30 V DC

NS

D01

084

BU (3)

BK (4)

2 4

31

WH (2)BN (1)

Switching output light-ON/dark-ON

Programming

0 V

+Ub DC 10 ... 30 V

NS

D00

881a

BU (3)

BK (4)

2 4

31

WH (2)BN (1)

0 V

Switching output

Changeover light-ON/dark-ON+Ub 10 ... 30 V DC

NS

D0

0108

5

BU (3)

BK (4)

2 4

31

WH (2)

BN (1)

Test input +

Test input

0 V

+Ub 10 ... 30 V DC

NSD0 01086

2

3 4

1Pin 1:

Pin 2:

Pin 3:

Pin 4:

0 V

Switching output pnp

Changeover light-ON/dark-ON

+Ub 10 ... 30 V DC

BK = Black GR = Gray

BN = Brown WH = White

BU = Blue YE = Yellow


Introduction


3

Connection diagrams (continued)Figure 21 Figure 22


M 12 connectorType E, F, H, J, K, L,N

Figure 23 Figure 24



Figure 25 Figure 26



Figure 27 Figure 28

Cable Cable

Figure 29 Figure 30

Cable Cable

Figure 31 Figure 32

Cable Cable

Figure 33 Figure 34

Cable Cable

Figure 35 Figure 36

Cable Cable

Figure 37 Figure 38

Cable M 12 connector, Type E, F, H, J, K, L,N

Cable

Figure 39 Figure 40



NSD0 01089

2

3 4

1Pin 1: +

Pin 2: Test input +

Pin 3: 0 V

Pin 4: Test input _

Ub 10 ... 30 V DC

NS

D00

880

BU (3)

BK (4)

2

3 4

1 WH (2)

BN (1)

0 V

Output light-ON

Output dark-ON

+Ub 10 ... 30 V DC

b

NSD00883

2 4

31

Pin 1: +

Pin 2: Programming

Pin 3: 0 V

Pin 4: Switching output

U 10 ... 30 V DC

NSD01087

2 4

31

Pin 1: +

Pin 2: Switching output npn

Pin 3: 0 V

Pin 4: Switching output pnp

Ub 10 ... 30 V DC

NSD0 01090

2 4

31

Pin 1: +

Pin 2: Time function

Pin 3: 0 V

Pin 4: Switching output

Ub 10 ... 30 V DC

NSD01088

2

3 4

1Pin 1:

Pin 2:

Pin 3:

Pin 4:

0 V

Switching output npn/pnp

Analog output

+Ub 10 ... 30 V DC

NS

D0

0088

4 BN

WH

BK

BU

+

Test input +

Test input

0 V

Ub 10 ... 30 V DC

NS

D00

704 BN

WH

BK

BU

RD

0 V

Changeover light:

Switching output pnp

+U b 10 ... 30 V DC

Ub

NS

D00

885 BN

WH

BK

BU

RD

+

Switching output npn

0 V

Changeover light-ON :

Ub 10 ... 30 V DC

Ub

NS

D00

887 BN

WHBKBURD

+

Switching output pnp0 VChangeover light: Alarm output

Ub 10 ... 30 V DC

Ub; dark: 0 V

NS

D00

888 BN

WHBKBURD

+Switching output npn

Alarm output

0 VChangeover light:

Ub 10 ... 30 V DC

Ub; dark: 0 V

NS

D0

0088

9

BK

BU15 ... 264 V AC/DC

NS

D00

890 WH

BN

RDBKBU

Switching output relay

15 ... 264 V AC/DC

NS

D00

891 BN

WH

BU

OR

+

Switching output

0 V

Programming

Ub 10 ... 30 V DC

NS

D00

892 BN

BKGRBU

RDWH

+Switching outputTime function0 V

Alarm outputProgramming

Ub 10 ... 30 V DC

NS

D00

893

BNWH

OR

BU

RD

GR

+Switching output npn/pnp

Control input B

0 V

Control input A

Analog output

Ub 10 ... 30 V DC

NS

D00

894 BN

WH

YE

GN

+

+_

0 V

Ub

Ua

Ua

Shielding

NS

D00

895 BN

WH

BK

BU

+

Switching output (npn), Progr. (pnp)

Progr. (npn), Switching output (pnp)

0 V

Ub 10 ... 30 V DC

NS

D01

205

PIN 3:

PIN 4:

2 1

43

PIN 2:

PIN 1:

0 V

Switching outputlight-ON/dark-ON

Programming

+Ub

NS

D01

206

PIN 3:

PIN 4:

2 1

43

PIN 2:

PIN 1:

5

PIN 5:

0 VSwitching outputlight-ON/dark-ON

Programming

+Ub


BK = Black BU = Blue OR = Orange WH = White

BN = Brown GR = Gray RD = Red YE = Yellow


Introduction


Beam diagrams

D 4 and M 5 forms

Diffuse sensor Thru-beam sensor

M 12 form

Diffuse sensor Retroreflective sensor Thru-beam sensor

M 18 form


30

20

10

40

01020 10 20 (mm)a

S (m)NSD00896a

S

a

50

60

0,05

0,10

04080 40 80 (mm)a

S (m)NSD00897a

0,15

0,20

0,25

Sa

0,30

0,1

0,2

01020 10 20 (mm)a

S (m)NSD00898a

S

a0,4

0,3

0,2

0,6

02040 20 40 (mm)a

S (m)NSD00899a

S

a

1,0

1,4

1,6

2,0

1,5

0150300 150 300 (mm)a

S (m)NSD00900a

2,5

3,5

4,5

Sa

0,2

0,4

04080 40 80 (mm)a

S (m)NSD00901a

S

a0,8

0,6

0,6

02040 20 40 (mm)a

S (m)NSD00902a

S

a

1,2

1,8

2,4

1,0

0300600 300 600 (mm)a

S (m)NSD00903a

3,0

5,0

7,0

Sa


Introduction


3

Beam diagrams (continued)

K 30 and K 31 forms


K 40 form


K 80 form


NSD00904a

1,2

0,9

0,6

0,3

0100200 100 200 (mm)a

S

a

S (m)

Series K 30Series K 31

3,0

2,0

1,0

4,0

04080 40 80 (mm)a

S (m)NSD00905a

S

a


NSD00906a

12

8

4

0400800 400 800 (mm)a

S (m)

Sa16

20


1,2

0,8

0,4

2,4

0200400 200 400 (mm)a

S (m)NSD00907a

S

a

1,6

2,0

3,0

2,0

1,0

4,0

0200400 200 400 (mm)a

S (m)NSD00908a

S

a

5,0

6,0NSD00909a

16

12

8

4

20

01,02,0 1,0 2,0 (m)a

S (m)

Sa

1,2

0,8

0,4

2,4

0200400 200 400 (mm)a

S (m)NSD00910a

S

a

1,6

2,0

3,0

2,0

1,0

4,0

04080 40 80 (mm)a

S (m)NSD00911a

S

a

5,0

6,0

30

20

10

40

010002000 1000 2000 (mm)a

S (m)NSD00912b

Sa50

60


D 4 and M 5 forms



Diffuse sensor Thru-beam sensor

D 4 and M 5Sensing range 50 mm (diffuse sensor; energetic sensor)Range 250 mm (thru-beam sensor)IR light10 to 30 V DCCable or M 8 connectorIP 67Solid-state outputTemperature range 0 to +55 °C Temperature coefficient 0.3 %/K

35

NS

D00

802

4

26,5

LED

45

NS

D00

803

4

2826,5

LED

35

NS

D00

802

4

26,5

LED

45

NS

D00

803

4

2826,5

LED

SW 7

35

NS

D00

804

M 5x0,5

3026,5

LED

SW 7

45

NS

D00

805

M 5x0,5

3026,5

LED

SW 7

35

NS

D00

804

M 5x0,5

3026,5

LED

SW 7

45

NS

D00

805

M 5x0,5

3026,5

LED

Sensing range/Range cm 5 (not adjustable) 25 (not adjustable)

Rated operational voltage (DC) V 10 to 30 (max. 20 % residual ripple) 10 to 30 (max. 20 % residual ripple)Rated operational current mA Max. 100 m Max. 100 mNo-load supply current I0 (typ.) mA 10 5 / 5 (emitter/receiver)

Switching frequency Hz 250 250Operating time ms 2.5 2.5

LEDs Yellow = Reliable detection; Yellow flashing = Surplus light low

Yellow = Reliable detection; Yellow flashing = Surplus light low

Standard target 100 mm × 100 mm (white) –Wave length (type of light) nm 880 (IR) 880 (IR)

Housing material D 4: Stainless steel; M 5: Brass, nickel-plated D 4: Stainless steel; M 5: Brass, nickel-platedDegree of protection IP 67 IP 67Weight (cable/connector) g 35 / 4 35 / 4

Order No. Connection diagram (see Page 3/12)


Preferred type Preferred type

Receiver

D 4 2 m cable, PUR, 3 × 0.14 mm2

pnp, light-ON 3RG70 40–0AB00 1 3RG70 42–0AB00 1npn, light-ON 3RG70 40–0GB00 1 3RG70 42–0GB00 1

M 8 connector, 3-pole, Type A


M 5 2 m cable, PUR, 3 × 0.14 mm2




For thru-beam sensors Emitter

D 4 2 m cable, PUR, 3 × 0.14 mm2 – 3RG70 42–0BG00 2

M 8 connector, 3-pole, Type A – 3RG70 42–7BG00 2

M 5 2 m cable, PUR, 3 × 0.14 mm2 – 3RG70 32–0BG00 2

M 8 connector, 3-pole, Type A – 3RG70 32–7BG00 2


M 12 form


3


Diffuse sensor

M 12Sensing range 30 cm (energetic sensor)Modulated red light, visible10 to 36 V DCCable or M 12 connectorIP 67Solid-state outputTemperature range –25 to +55°C Temperature coefficient 0.3 %/K

50

M 12x1N

SD

0 0

0806

LED

31,5

SW

17

4

Pot.

M 12x1

NSD0 00807

60 S

W 1

7

4

44

LEDPot.

Sensing range cm 30 (adjustable via potentiometer)

Rated operational voltage (DC) V 10 to 36 (max. 20 % residual ripple)Rated operational current mA Max. 200 mANo-load supply current I0 (typ.) mA 15

Switching frequency Hz 1000Operating time ms 0.5

LEDs Switching state indication (yellow), surplus light (green)Standard target 200 mm × 200 mm (white)Wave length (type of light) nm 660 (red, visible)

Housing material Brass, nickel-platedDegree of protection IP 67Weight (cable/connector) g 100 / 20


Preferred type

2 m cable, PUR, 3 × 0.34 mm2

pnp, light-ON 3RG71 20–0AB00 13pnp, dark-ON 3RG71 20–0AA00 14

npn, light-ON 3RG71 20–0GB00 13npn, dark-ON 3RG71 20–0GA00 14

M 12 connector4-pole, Type F

pnp, light-ON 3RG71 20–3AB00 13pnp, dark-ON 3RG71 20–3AA00 14

npn, light-ON 3RG71 20–3GB00 13npn, dark-ON 3RG71 20–3GA00 14

3


M 12 form



Retroreflective sensor Thru-beam sensor

M 12Range 1.5 m (retroreflective sensor)Range 4 m Enabling input for test purposes (thru-beam sensor)Red light10 to 36 V DCCable or M 12 connectorIP 67Solid-state outputTemperature range –25 to +55°C Temperature coefficient 0.3 %/KSupplied without reflector

50M 12x1

NS

D00

808

LED

31,5

SW

17

4

M 12x1

NSD00809

60

SW

17

4

44

LED

50

M 12x1

NS

D00

808

LED

31,5

SW

17

4

M 12x1

NSD00809

60

SW

17

4

44

LED

Range m 1.5 (adjustable via potentiometer) 4 (adjustable via potentiometer)

Rated operational voltage (DC) V 10 to 36 (max. 20 % residual ripple) 10 to 36 (max. 20 % residual ripple)Rated operational current mA Max. 200 mA Max. 200 mANo-load supply current I0 (typ.) mA 15 15 / 15 (emitter/receiver)


LEDs Switching state indication (yellow), surplus light (green) Switching state indication (yellow), surplus light (green)Standard target Reflector type D 84, 3RX7 916 –Wave length (type of light) nm 660 (red, polarized, visible) 660 (red, visible)

Housing material Brass, nickel-plated Brass, nickel-platedDegree of protection IP 67 IP 67Weight (cable/connector) g 100 / 20 100 / 20




Receiver

2 m cable, PUR, 3 × 0.34 mm2

pnp, light-ON 3RG71 21–0AB00 14 3RG71 22–0AB00 14pnp, dark-ON 3RG71 21–0AA00 13 3RG71 22–0AA00 13

npn, light-ON 3RG71 21–0GB00 14 3RG71 22–0GB00 14npn, dark-ON 3RG71 21–0GA00 13 3RG71 22–0GA00 13





2 m cable, PUR, 3 × 0.34 mm2 – 3RG71 22–0BG00 7

M 12 connector, 4-pole, Type F – 3RG71 22–3BG00 7


M 18 form


3


Diffuse sensor Diffuse sensor with background suppression

M 18Sensing range 60 mm (diffuse sensor; energetic sensor)Sensing range 30 to 120 mm (diffuse sensor with background suppression)Red light (visible)10 to 36 V DCCable or M 12 connectorIP 67Solid-state outputTemperature range –25 to +55°C Temperature coefficient 0.3 %/K

M 18x1

SW

24

4

NS

D0 0

0810

LED29

50

Pot.

M 18x1

SW

24

4

NSD0 00811

LED 4x

29

63,5

Pot.

M 18x1

SW

24

4

NS

D0 0

0810

LED

29

50

Pot.

M 18x1

SW

24

4

NSD0 00811

LED 4x

29

63,5

Pot.

Sensing range cm 60 (adjustable via potentiometer) 1 to 12 (adjustable via potentiometer)

Rated operational voltage (DC) V 10 to 36 (max. 20 % residual ripple) 10 to 36 (max. 20 % residual ripple)Rated operational current mA Max. 200 mA Max. 200 mANo-load supply current I0 (typ.) mA 15 25

Switching frequency Hz 1000 500Operating time ms 0.5 1

LEDs Switching state indication (yellow), surplus light (green) Switching state indication (yellow), surplus light (green)Standard target 200 mm × 200 mm (white) 50 mm × 50 mm (white)Wave length (type of light) nm 660 (red, visible) 660 (red, visible)




2 m cable, PUR, 3 × 0.34 mm2







M 18 form




M 18Range 2 m (retroreflective sensor)Range 6 m Enabling input for test purposes (thru-beam sensor)Red light10 to 36 V DCCable or M 12 connectorIP 67Solid-state outputTemperature range –25 to +55°C Temperature coefficient 0.3 %/KSupplied without reflector

M 18x1

SW

24

4

NS

D00

812

LED29

50M 18x1

SW

24

4

NSD00813

LED 4x

29

63,5

M 18x1

SW

24

4

NS

D00

812

LED

29

50

M 18x1

SW

24

4

NSD00813

LED 4x

29

63,5

Range m 2 (adjustable via potentiometer) 6 (adjustable via potentiometer)

Rated operational voltage (DC) V 10 to 36 V (max. 20 % residual ripple) 10 to 36 V (max. 20 % residual ripple)Rated operational current mA Max. 200 mA Max. 200 mANo-load supply current I0 (typ.) mA 15 15


LEDs Switching state indication (yellow), surplus light (green) Switching state indication (yellow), surplus light (green)Standard target Reflector type D 84, 3RX7 916 –Wave length (type of light) nm 660 (red, polarized, visible) 660 (red, visible)




Receiver

2 m cable, PUR, 3 × 0.34 mm2







2 m cable, PUR, 3 × 0.34 mm2 – 3RG71 32–0BG00 7

M 12 connector, 4-pole, Type E – 3RG71 32–3BG00 7


M 18 M form


3


Diffuse sensor Diffuse sensor

M 18 MSensing range 8 cm or 30 cm (diffuse sensor)10 to 30 V DCCable or M 12 connectorMetal housing, IP 67Light-ON/Dark-ON programmableSolid-state output pnp/npnTemperature range –15 to +55 °CSupplied without fixing accessories

23.5

16.6M 18x1

64

26

5

48

M 1216.6

NS

D0 0

0814

18.8

Pot.

4.5

23.5

3

66

542

11.9

16.6

Pot.

48

NS

D0 0

0815

Sensing range cm 30 (adjustable via potentiometer) 8 (not adjustable)

Rated operational voltage (DC) V 10 to 30Rated operational current mA 150Supply current mA < 30

Switching frequency Hz 500Operating time ms 1

LEDs Switching state (yellow)Standard target 100 mm × 100 mm (white)Wave length (type of light) nm 880 (IR)

Housing material Brass, nickel-platedDegree of protection IP 67Weight (cable/connector) g 100



Preferred type

2 m cable, PVC, 4 × 0.25 mm2

pnp/npn, light-ON or dark-ON

3RG76 00–1RH00 38 3RG76 00–1RH60 38



3RG76 00–3RH00 38 3RG76 00–3RH60 38


M 18 M form



Retroreflective sensor with polarization filter Retroreflective sensor without polarization filter

M 18 MRange 2 m10 to 30 V DCCable or M 12 connectorMetal housing, IP 67Light-ON/Dark-ON programmableSolid-state output pnp/npnTemperature range –15 to +55 °CSupplied without fixing accessories and without reflector

23.5

16.6M 18x1

64

26

8

48

M 1216.6

NS

D0 0

0818

18.8

Pot.

3

66

84

21

1.9

16.6

Pot.

48

NS

D0 0

0819

4.5

23.5

Range m 1.5 (adjustable via potentiometer) 2 (not adjustable)



LEDs Switching state (yellow)Standard target Reflector type S 48, 3RX7 922Wave length (type of light) nm 660 (red, visible) 880 (IR)




Preferred type

2 m cable, PVC, 4 × 0.25 mm2


3RG76 01–1RH00 38 3RG76 01–1RH51 38



3RG76 01–3RH00 38 3RG76 01–3RH51 38


M 18 M form


3


Thru-beam sensor

M 18 MRange 12 m10 to 30 V DCCable or M 12 connectorMetal housing, IP 67Light-ON/Dark-ON programmableSolid-state output pnp/npnTemperature range –15 to +55 °CSupplied without fixing accessories

Range m 12 (not adjustable)



LEDs Switching state (yellow)Standard target –Wave length (type of light) nm 880 (IR)



Receiver Preferred type

2 m cable, PVC, 4 × 0.25 mm²


3RG76 02–1RH00 38



3RG76 02–3RH00 38

Emitter

2 m cable, PVC, 4 × 0.25 mm²

3RG76 02–1BG00 21


3RG76 02–3BG00 21


M 18 P form



Diffuse sensor Diffuse sensor

M 18 PSensing range 8 cm (diffuse sensor)Sensing range 30 cm (diffuse sensor)10 to 30 V DCCable or M 12 connectorMolded plastic housing, IP 67Light-ON/Dark-ON programmableSolid-state output pnp/npnTemperature range –15 to +55 °CSupplied without fixing accessories

23.5

16.6M 18x1

64

26

5

48

M 1216.6

NS

D0 0

0814

18.8

Pot.

4.5

23.5

3

66

542

11.9

16.6

Pot.

48

NS

D0 0

0815

Sensing range cm 30 (adjustable via potentiometer) 8 (not adjustable)




Housing material Molded plastic (ABS)Degree of protection IP 67Weight (cable/connector) g 100



Preferred type

2 m cable, PVC, 4 × 0.25 mm2

pnp/npn, light-ON ordark-ON

3RG76 20–1RH00 38 3RG76 20–1RH60 38


pnp/npn, light-ON ordark-ON

3RG76 20–3RH00 38 3RG76 20–3RH60 38


M 18 P form


3



M 18 PSensing range 20 to 100 mm10 to 30 V DCCable or M 12 connectorMolded plastic housing, IP 67Light-ON/Dark-ON programmableSolid-state output pnp/npnTemperature range –15 to +55 °CSupplied without fixing accessories

Angular optical system Straight optical system

21.4

10

NS

D00824a

22

45.5

∅ 19

M 1

8x1

88.1

∅16.6

Sensing range cm 2 to 10 (not adjustable)

Rated operational voltage (DC) V 10 to 30 VRated operational current mA 100Supply current mA < 30


LEDs Switching state (yellow), surplus light (green)Standard target 100 mm × 100 mm (gray 18 %)Wave length (type of light) nm 660 (red, visible)





2 m cable, PVC, 4 × 0.25 mm2

pnp, light-ON, dark-ON (compatible)

3RG76 34–1CC00 15 3RG76 24–1CC00 15

npn, light-ON, dark-ON (compatible)

3RG76 34–1HC00 15 3RG76 24–1HC00 15



3RG76 34–3CC00 15 3RG76 24–3CC00 15


3RG76 34–3HC00 15 3RG76 24–3HC00 15


M 18 P form



Retroreflective sensor with polarization filter Retroreflective sensor without polarization filter

M 18 PSensing range 2 m10 to 30 V DCCable or M 12 connectorMolded plastic housing, IP 67Light-ON/Dark-ON programmableSolid-state output pnp/npnTemperature range –15 to +55 °CSupplied without fixing accessories and without reflector

23.5

16.6M 18x1

64

26

8

48

M 1216.6

NS

D0 0

0818

18.8

Pot.

3

66

84

21

1.9

16.6

Pot.

48

NS

D0 0

0819

4.5

23.5

Range m 1.5 (adjustable via potentiometer) 2 (not adjustable)



LEDs Switching state (yellow)Standard target Reflector type S 48, 3RX7 922Wave length (type of light) nm 660 (red, visible) 880 (IR)




Preferred type

2 m cable, PVC, 4 × 0.25 mm2


3RG76 21–1RH00 38 3RG76 21–1RH51 38



3RG76 21–3RH00 38 3RG76 21–3RH51 38


M 18 P form


3


Thru-beam sensor

M 18 PRange 12 m10 to 30 V DCCable or M 12 connectorMolded plastic housing, IP 67Light-ON/Dark-ON programmableSolid-state output pnp/npnTemperature range –15 to +55 °CSupplied without fixing accessories

Range m 12 (not adjustable)



LEDs Switching state indication (yellow)Standard target –Wave length (type of light) nm 880 (IR)



Receiver Preferred type

2 m cable, PVC, 4 × 0.25 mm2


3RG76 22–1RH00 38



3RG76 22–3RH00 38

Emitter

2 m cable, PVC, 4 × 0.25 mm2

3RG76 22–1BG00 38


3RG76 22–3BG00 38


K 20 form




K 20Sensing range 300 mm (diffuse sensor)Sensing range 20 to 100 mm (diffuse sensor with background suppression)Anti-interference functionAdjustment with teach-in function (interlocking possible)10 to 30 V DCCable or M 8 connectorMolded plastic housing, IP 67Solid-state outputTemperature range –20 to +60 °CSupplied without fixing accessories

10.720

5

3.2

4.2

24

4

12

NS

D00826

2.6

32

M 8x1

42

4

10.720

3.8

4.2

NS

D00827

2.6

3.212

Sensing range cm 30 (adjustable via "teach-in") 2 to 10 (adjustable via "teach-in")

Rated operational voltage (DC) V 10 to 30Rated operational current mA 100Supply current at 24 V DC mA Max. 35


LEDs Switching state indication (yellow), surplus light (green)Standard target 100 mm × 100 mm (white 90%) 100 mm × 100 mm (gray 18 %)Wave length (type of light) nm 660 (red, visible)

Housing material Molded plastic (ABS)Degree of protection IP 67Weight (with connector) g 40




2 m cable, PUR, 4 × 0.14 mm2

pnp, light-ON or dark-ON

3RG74 00–0CH00 16 3RG74 04–0CH00 16

npn, light-ON or dark-ON

3RG74 00–0HH00 16 3RG74 04–0HH00 16

M 8 connector, 4-pole, Type B


3RG74 00–7CH00 16 3RG74 04–7CH00 16


3RG74 00–7HH00 16 3RG74 04–7HH00 16

Accessories

Mounting bracket for K 20 3RX7 308

For mounting brackets, see also Page 3/66.


K 20 form


3


Retroreflective sensor Retroreflective sensor for transparent objects

K 20Range 0.1 m to 2.5 m (retroreflective sensor)Range 0.1 m to 3.5 m (retroreflective sensor with increased range)Range 50 cm (retroreflective sensor for transparent objects)Anti-interference functionAdjustment with teach-in function (interlocking possible)10 to 30 V DCCable or M 8 connectorMolded plastic housing, IP 67Solid-state outputTemperature range –20 to +60 °CSupplied without fixing accessories

10.720

5

3.2

4.2

24

4

12

NS

D00826

2.6

32

M 8x1

42

4

10.720

3.8

4.2

NS

D00827

2.6

3.212

Range cm 10 to 250 or 10 to 350 (adjustable via "teach-in") 50 (adjustable via "teach-in")

Rated operational voltage (DC) V 10 to 30Rated operational current mA 100Supply current at 24 V DC mA Max. 35


LEDs Switching state indication (yellow), surplus light (green)Standard target Reflector type R 60, 3RX7 305Wave length (type of light) nm 660 (red, visible)

Housing material Molded plastic (ABS)Degree of protection IP 67Weight (with connector) g 40



Range 2.5 m/50 cm Preferred type Preferred type

2 m cable, PUR, 4 × 0.14 mm2


3RG74 01–0CH00 16 3RG74 01–0CH52 16


3RG74 01–0HH00 16 3RG74 01–0HH52 19



3RG74 01–7CH00 16 3RG74 01–7CH52 16


3RG74 01–7HH00 16 3RG74 01–7HH52 16

Range 3.5 m

2 m cable, PUR, 4 × 0.14 mm2


3RG74 01–0CH61 16


3RG74 01–0HH61 16



3RG74 01–7CH61 16


3RG74 01–7HH61 16

Accessories




K 31 form



Diffuse sensor Retroreflective sensor

K 31Sensing range 30 to 150 mm (diffuse sensor with background suppression) red lightSensing range 60 cm (diffuse sensor; energetic sensor) IR lightRange 2 m (retroreflective sensor) red light (polarized)10 to 36 V DCCable or M 8 connectorMolded plastic housing, IP 65Solid-state outputTemperature range –25 to +55°C Temperature coefficient 0.3 %/KSupplied without fixing accessories and reflector

15

3021 4,5

21

4,5

30

14

20

21

21

NS

D00828

A

For M 4

15

3021 4,5

21

4,5

30

14

20

21

21

NS

D00830

For M 4

15

3021 4,5

21

4,5

301

420

5

21

21

NS

D00829

For M 4

15

3021 4,5

21

4,5

301

420

5

21

21

NS

D00831

For M 4

With background suppression

Energetic sensor

Sensing range/Range cm 3 to 15 (potentiometer) 60 (potentiometer) 200 (adjustable via potentiometer)

Rated operational voltage (DC) V 10 to 36 (max. 20 % residual ripple) 10 to 36 (max. 20 % residual ripple)Rated operational current mA Max. 200 mA Max. 200 mANo-load supply current I0 (typ.) mA 25 15 15

Switching frequency Hz 500 1000 1000Operating time ms 1 0.5 0.5

LEDs Switching state indication (yellow), surplus light (green) Switching state indication (yellow), surplus light (green)Standard target 100 mm × 100 mm (white) 200 mm × 200 mm (white) Reflector type D 84, 3RX7 916Wave length (type of light) nm 660 (red, visible) 880 (IR) 660 (red, polarized, visible)

Housing material Molded plastic (PBTP, Crastin) Molded plastic (PBTP, Crastin)Degree of protection IP 65 IP 65Weight (cable/connector) g 75 / 17 80 / 18



Energetic sensor Preferred type Preferred type

2 m cable, PUR, 3 × 0.14 mm2

pnp, light-ON 3RG70 10–0AB00 1 3RG70 11–0AB00 1pnp, dark-ON 3RG70 10–0AA00 1 3RG70 11–0AA00 1npn, light-ON 3RG70 10–0GB00 1 3RG70 11–0GB00 1npn, dark-ON 3RG70 10–0GA00 1 3RG70 11–0GA00 1



With background suppression

2 m cable, PUR, 3 × 0.14 mm2

pnp, light-ON 3RG70 14–0AB00 1 –pnp, dark-ON 3RG70 14–0AA00 1 –npn, light-ON 3RG70 14–0GB00 1 –npn, dark-ON 3RG70 14–0GA00 1 –


pnp, light-ON 3RG70 14–7AB00 1 –pnp, dark-ON 3RG70 14–7AA00 1 –npn, light-ON 3RG70 14–7GB00 1 –npn, dark-ON 3RG70 14–7GA00 1 –

Accessories




K 31 form


3


Thru-beam sensor BERO for plastic fiber-optic conductor

K 31Range 6 m (thru-beam sensor)IR light10 to 36 V DCCable or M 8 connectorMolded plastic housing, IP 65Enabling input for test purposes Solid-state outputTemperature range –25 to +55°C Temperature coefficient 0.3 %/KSupplied without fixing accessories

15

3021 4,5

21

4,5

30

14

20

21

21

NS

D00828

A

For M 4

15

3021 4,5

21

4,5

30

14

20

21

21

NS

D00830

For M 4

15

3021 4,5

21

4,5

30

20

4,5

21

21

NS

D00832

For M 4

15

3021 4,5

21

4,5

30

20

4,5

21

21

NS

D00833

For M 4

Range m 6 (adjustable via potentiometer) Dependent on fiber type

Rated operational voltage (DC) V 10 to 36 (max. 20 % residual ripple) 10 to 36 (max. 20 % residual ripple)Rated operational current mA Max. 200 mA Max. 200 mANo-load supply current I0 (typ.) mA 10 / 15 (emitter/receiver) 15


LEDs Switching state indication (yellow), surplus light (green) Switching state indication (yellow), surplus light (green)Standard target – 100 mm × 100 mm (white)Wave length (type of light) nm 880 (IR) 660 (red, visible)

Housing material Molded plastic (PBTP, Crastin) Molded plastic (PBTP, Crastin)Degree of protection IP 65 IP 65Weight (cable/connector) g 75 / 17 (emitter and receiver) 80 / 18




2 m cable, PUR, 3 × 0.14 mm2




Emitter for thru-beam sensors

2 m cable, PUR, 3 × 0.14 mm2 3RG70 12–0BG00 2

M 8 connector, 3-pole, Type A 3RG70 12–7BG00 2

Accessories


For mounting brackets, see also Page 3/66.For plastic fiber-optic conductors, see Pages 3/60 and 3/61.


K 30 form




K 30Sensing range 1.2 m (diffuse sensor) IR lightRange 4 m (retroreflective sensor) red light (polarized)10 to 36 V DCCable or M 8 connectorMolded plastic housing, IP 67Solid-state outputTemperature range –25 to +55°C Temperature coefficient 0.3 %/KSupplied with fixing accessories; without reflector

15

3021 4,5

21

4,5

30

14

20

21

21

NS

D00828

A

For M 4

15

3021 4,5

21

4,5

30

14

20

21

21

NS

D00830

For M 4

15

3021 4,5

21

4,5

301

420

5

21

21

NS

D00829

For M 4

15

3021 4,5

21

4,5

301

420

5

21

21

NS

D00831

For M 4

Sensing range/Range m 1.2 (adjustable via potentiometer) 4 (adjustable via potentiometer)

Rated operational voltage (DC) V 10 to 36 (max. 20% residual ripple) 10 to 36 (max. 20% residual ripple)Rated operational current mA Max. 200 mA Max. 200 mANo-load supply current I0 (typ.) mA 15 15


LEDs Switching state indication (yellow), surplus light (green) Switching state indication (yellow), surplus light (green)Standard target 200 mm × 200 mm (white) Reflector type D 84, 3RX7 916Wave length (type of light) nm 880 (IR) 660 (red, polarized, visible)





3 m cable, PUR, 4 × 0.14 mm2

pnp, light-ON and dark-ON (compatible)

3RG70 10–0CC00 3 3RG70 11–0CC00 3

pnp, light-ON and surplus light function

3RG70 10–0CD00 4 3RG70 11–0CD00 4

npn, light-ON and dark-ON (compatible)

3RG70 10–0HC00 3 3RG70 11–0HC00 3

npn, light-ON and surplus light function

3RG70 10–0HD00 4 3RG70 11–0HD00 4



3RG70 10–7CC00 17 3RG70 11–7CC00 3


3RG70 10–7CD00 4 3RG70 11–7CD00 4


3RG70 10–7HC00 3 3RG70 11–7HC00 3


3RG70 10–7HD00 4 3RG70 11–7HD00 4

Accessories




K 30 form


3



K 30Range 12 m (thru-beam sensor)IR light10 to 36 V DCCable or M 8 connectorMolded plastic housing, IP 67Enabling input for test purposes solid-state outputTemperature range –25 to +55°C Temperature coefficient 0.3 %/KSupplied without fixing accessories

15

3021 4,5

21

4,5

30

14

20

21

21

NS

D00828

A

For M 4

15

3021 4,5

21

4,5

30

14

20

21

21

NS

D00830

For M 4

15

3021 4,5

21

4,5

30

20

4,5

21

21

NS

D00832

For M 4

15

3021 4,5

21

4,5

30

20

4,5

21

21

NS

D00833

For M 4




LEDs Switching state indication (yellow), surplus light (green) Switching state indication (yellow), surplus light (green)Standard target – 100 mm × 100 mm (white)Wave length (type of light) nm 880 (IR) 660 (red, visible)





3 m cable, PUR, 4 × 0.14 mm2


3RG70 12–0CC00 3 3RG70 13–0CC00 3


3RG70 12–0CD00 4 3RG70 13–0CD00 4


3RG70 12–0HC00 3 3RG70 13–0HC00 3


3RG70 12–0HD00 4 3RG70 13–0HD00 4



3RG70 12–7CC00 3 3RG70 13–7CC00 3


3RG70 12–7CD00 4 3RG70 13–7CD00 4


3RG70 12–7HC00 3 3RG70 13–7HC00 3


3RG70 12–7HD00 4 3RG70 13–7HD00 4


3 m cable, PUR, 3 × 0.14 mm2 3RG70 12–0BE00 2

M 8 connector, 4-pole, Type B 3RG70 12–7BE00 2

Accessories




K 35 form



Diffuse sensor

K 35Sensing range 10 or 50 cmAnti-interference function10 to 30 V DCCable or M 8 connectorMolded plastic housing, IP 66pnp/npn (M 8 pnp only)Solid-state outputTemperature range –15 to +55 °CSupplied without fixing accessories

Straight optical system

Angular optical system

13

2016

23

26

4 844

52

∅1

3

∅ 3

.7

28

11.5

NSD00835

∅1

3M

8x1

15.5

13

∅13M 8x1

15.529.5

∅13

4

8

20 4

2

2629

25

50

NSD00834

Sensing range cm 50 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 (adjustable via potentiometer)




Housing material Molded plastic (ABS)Degree of protection IP 66Weight g 30



Preferred type


2 m cable, PVC, 5 × 0.2 mm2

npn/pnp, light-ON or dark-ON

0 3RG73 20–1RH00 28, 29 –



0 3RG73 20–7CH00 17 –



npn/pnp, light-ON or dark-ON

3RG73 30–1RH00 28, 29 3RG73 30–1RH60 28, 29



3RG73 30–7CH00 17 3RG73 30–7CH60 17

Accessories




K 35 form


3


Retroreflective sensor Retroreflective sensor without polarization filter

K 35Range 0.1 to 2.5 mAnti-interference function10 to 30 V DCCable or M 8 connectorMolded plastic housing, IP 66pnp/npn (M 8 pnp only)Solid-state outputTemperature range –15 to +55 °CSupplied without fixing accessories and without reflector




13

2016

23

26

4 844

52

∅1

3

∅ 3

.7

28

11.5

NSD00835

∅1

3M

8x1

15.5

13

∅13M 8x1

15.529.5

∅13

4

8

20 4

2

2629

25

50

NSD008341

3

∅13M 8x1

15.529.5

∅13

4

8

20 4

2

2629

25

50

NSD00834

Range m 1.8 (adjustable via potentiometer) 2.5 (adjustable via potentiometer)

Rated operational voltage (DC) V 10 to 30 10 to 30Rated operational current mA 100 100Supply current mA < 30 < 30

Switching frequency Hz 500 500Operating time ms 1 1

LEDs Switching state (yellow) Switching state (yellow)Standard target Reflector type S48, 3RX7 922 Reflector type S48, 3RX7 922Wave length (type of light) nm 660 (red, visible) 880 (IR)

Housing material Molded plastic (ABS) Molded plastic (ABS)Degree of protection IP 66 IP 66Weight g 30 30



Preferred type




0 3RG73 21–1RH00 28, 29 –



0 3RG73 21–7CH00 17 –




3RG73 31–1RH00 28, 29 3RG73 31–1RH51 28, 29



3RG73 31–7CH00 17 3RG73 31–7CH51 17

Accessories




K 35 form




K 35Range 5 mAnti-interference function10 to 30 V DCCable or M 8 connectorMolded plastic housing, IP 66pnp/npn (M 8 pnp only)Solid-state outputTemperature range –15 to +55 °CSupplied without fixing accessories





13

2016

23

26

4 844

52

∅1

3

∅ 3

.7

28

11.5

NSD00835

∅1

3M

8x1

15.5

13

∅13M 8x1

15.529.5

∅13

4

8

20 4

2

2629

25

50

NSD00834

28.5

11.5

8

3525.413

8467.5

23

61.5

13

NSD00837

∅3.7

∅1

3

3729.57.526

35

25

.49

46

8

∅13

36

54

13

∅3.7

NSD00836



Switching frequency Hz 250 500Operating time ms 2

LEDs Switching state (yellow) Switching state (yellow)Standard target –Wave length (type of light) nm 880 (IR) 880 (IR)








0 3RG73 22–1RK00 30, 31 0 3RG73 23–1RH00 30, 31



0 3RG73 22–7CK00 17 0 3RG73 23–7CH00 17




3RG73 32–1RK00 30, 31 3RG73 33–1RH00 30, 31



3RG73 32–7CK00 17 3RG73 33–7CH00 17




0 3RG73 22–1BG00 27


3RG73 32–1BG00 27



0 3RG73 22–7BG00 18


3RG73 32–7BG00 18

Accessories




C 40 form


3



C 40Sensing range 70 cm (diffuse sensor)Sensing range 5 to 25 cm (diffuse sensor with background suppression)Anti-interference functionAdjustment with teach-in function (interlocking possible)10 to 30 V DCM 12 connectorMolded plastic housing, IP 67Solid-state outputTemperature range –25 to +55°C Temperature coefficient 0.1 %/KSupplied with mounting bracket

4030 5,3x7,3

46

55

40

NS

D 0

1184

LED

69

40

M 12x14030 5,3x7,3

46

55

40

NS

D 0

1184

LED

69

40

M 12x1

Sensing range cm 70 (adjustable via "teach-in") 5 to 25 (adjustable via "teach-in")

Rated operational voltage (DC) V 10 to 30 10 to 30Rated operational current mA 200 250Supply current mA ≤ 35 ≤ 35


LEDs Switching state indication (yellow), surplus light (green) Switching state indication (yellow), surplus light (green)Standard target 200 mm × 200 mm (white) 100 mm × 100 mm (gray)Wave length (type of light) nm 660 (red, visible) 660 (red, visible)

Housing material Molded plastic (PBTP) Molded plastic (PBTP)Degree of protection IP 67 IP 67Weight g 0.40 0.40





3RG72 40–3CH00 39 3RG72 44–3CH00 40


3RG72 40–3HH00 39 3RG72 44–3HH00 40

N


C 40 form



Retroreflective sensor with polarization filter Retroreflective sensor for transparent objects

C 40Range 6 m (retroreflective sensor)Range 1 m (retroreflective sensor for transparent objects)Anti-interference functionAdjustment with teach-in function (interlocking possible)10 to 30 V DCM 12 connectorMolded plastic housing, IP 67Solid-state outputTemperature range –25 to +55°C Temperature coefficient 0.1 %/KSupplied with mounting bracket

4030 5,3x7,3

46

55

40

NS

D 0

1184

LED

69

40

M 12x14030 5,3x7,3

46

55

40

NS

D 0

1184

LED

69

40

M 12x1

Range m 6 (adjustable via "teach-in") 1 (adjustable via "teach-in")

Rated operational voltage (DC) V 10 to 30 10 to 30Rated operational current mA 200 200Supply current mA ≤ 35 ≤ 35


LEDs Switching state indication (yellow), surplus light (green) Switching state indication (yellow), surplus light (green)Standard target Reflector type D 84, 3RX7 916 Reflector type D 84, 3RX7 916Wave length (type of light) nm 660 (red, polarized, visible) 660 (red, polarized, visible)

Housing material Molded plastic (PBTP) Molded plastic (PBTP)Degree of protection IP 67 IP 67Weight g 0.40 0.40





3RG72 41–3CH00 39 3RG72 41–3CH52 40


3RG72 41–3HH00 39 3RG72 41–3HH52 40

N


K 40 form


3



K 40Sensing range 2 m (diffuse sensor) IR lightRange 6 m (retroreflective sensor) red light (polarized)10 to 36 V DCCable or M 8 and M 12 connectorIP 67Solid-state outputTemperature range –25 to +55°C Temperature coefficient 0.1 %/KSupplied with fixing accessories

19

4031 4,5

31

4,5

40

29

2828

NS

D00838

For M 4

19

4031 4,5

31

4,5

40

29

28

28

NS

D00840

For M 4

19

4031 4,5

31

4,5

40

29

16

5

28

28

NS

D00839

For M 4

19

4031 4,5

31

4,5

40

29

16

5

28

28

NS

D00841

für M 4

Sensing range/Range m 2 (adjustable via potentiometer) 6 (adjustable via potentiometer)

Rated operational voltage (DC) V 10 to 36 (max. 20 % residual ripple) 10 to 36 (max. 20 % residual ripple)Rated operational current mA Max. 200 mA Max. 200 mANo-load supply current I0 (typ.) mA 15 15


LEDs Switching state indication (yellow), surplus light (green) Switching state indication (yellow), surplus light (green)Standard target 400 mm × 400 mm (white) Reflector type D 84, 3RX7 916Wave length (type of light) nm 880 (IR) 660 (red, polarized, visible)




3 m cable, PUR, 4 × 0.14 mm2


3RG70 20–0CC00 3 3RG70 21–0CC00 3


3RG70 20–0CD00 4 3RG70 21–0CD00 4


3RG70 20–0HC00 3 3RG70 21–0HC00 3


3RG70 20–0HD00 4 3RG70 21–0HD00 4



3RG70 20–7CC00 3 3RG70 21–7CC00 3


3RG70 20–7CD00 4 3RG70 21–7CD00 4


3RG70 20–7HC00 3 3RG70 21–7HC00 3


3RG70 20–7HD00 4 3RG70 21–7HD00 4



3RG70 20–3CC00 5 3RG70 21–3CC00 5


3RG70 20–3CD00 6 3RG70 21–3CD00 6


3RG70 20–3HC00 5 3RG70 21–3HC00 5


3RG70 20–3HD00 6 3RG70 21–3HD00 6

Accessories




K 40 form



Thru-beam sensor BERO for glass fiber-optic conductor

K 40Range 15 m (thru-beam sensor)Red light10 to 36 V DCCable or M 8 and M 12 connectorMolded plastic housing, IP 67Enabling input for test purposes solid-state outputTemperature range –25 to +55°C Temperature coefficient 0.1 %/KSupplied with fixing accessories

19

4031 4,5

31

4,5

40

29

16

5

2828

NS

D00839

For M 4

19

4031 4,5

31

4,5

40

29

16

5

28

28

NS

D00841

For M 4

19

4031 4,5

31

4,5

40

29

28

28

NS

D00842

For M 4

19

4031 4,5

31

4,5

40

29

28

28

NS

D00843

For M 4




LEDs Switching state indication (yellow), surplus light (green) Switching state indication (yellow), surplus light (green)Standard target – 100 mm × 100 mmWave length (type of light) nm 880 (IR) 660 nm (red, visible)




3 m cable, PUR, 4 × 0.14 mm2


3RG70 22–0CC00 3 3RG70 23–0CC00 3


3RG70 22–0CD00 4 3RG70 23–0CD00 4


3RG70 22–0HC00 3 3RG70 23–0HC00 3


3RG70 22–0HD00 4 3RG70 23–0HD00 4



3RG70 22–7CC00 3 3RG70 23–7CC00 3


3RG70 22–7CD00 4 3RG70 23–7CD00 4


3RG70 22–7HC00 3 3RG70 23–7HC00 3


3RG70 22–7HD00 4 3RG70 23–7HD00 4



3RG70 22–3CC00 5 3RG70 23–3CC00 5


3RG70 22–3CD00 6 3RG70 23–3CD00 6


3RG70 22–3HC00 5 3RG70 23–3HC00 5


3RG70 22–3HD00 6 3RG70 23–3HD00 6


3 m cable, PUR, 3 × 0.14 mm2 3RG70 22–0BE00 2

M 8 connector, 3-pole, Type A 3RG70 22–7BE00 2

M 12 connector, 4-pole, Type F 3RG70 22–3BE00 7

Accessories


For mounting brackets, see also Page 3/60. For glass FO conductors., see P. 3/62 to 3/65.


K 50 form


3


Diffuse sensor

K 50Sensing range 90 cmAnti-interference functionDC or AC/DCM 12 connectorMolded plastic housing, IP 65Solid-state or relay outputTemperature range –15 to +55 °CSupplied without fixing accessories

18 16.2

M 122

0.4 11

.6

∅4

.6

4050

40

50

NSD00844

30

27

Sensing range cm 90 (adjustable via potentiometer)

Rated operational voltage V 10 to 30 DC 15 to 264 V AC/DCRated operational current mA 150 3 A (for 250 V AC, 30 V DC); min. 5 V/10 mASupply current mA < 30 < 40


LEDs Switching state (yellow)Standard target 100 mm × 100 mm (white)Wavelength (type of light) nm 660 (red, visible)







3RG73 00–1RH00 28, 29 –



3RG73 00–3RH00 20 –


Relay, light-ON or dark-ON

– 3RG73 00–1PH00 33

Accessories




K 50 form




K 50Range 5 to 25 cmAnti-interference functionDCM 12 connectorMolded plastic housing, IP 65Solid-state or relay outputAS-InterfaceTemperature range –15 to +55 °CSupplied without fixing accessories

18 16.2

M 122

0.4 11

.6

∅4

.6

4050

40

50

NSD00844

30

27

Sensing range cm 5 to 25 (adjustable via potentiometer)

Rated operational voltage V 10 to 30 DC From AS-InterfaceRated operational current mA 150 I/O Configuration 1, ID-Code 1Supply current mA < 30 < 30

Switching frequency Hz 500 –Operating time ms 1 < 5

LEDs Switching state (yellow)Standard target 100 mm × 100 mm (gray 18 %)Wavelength (type of light) nm 660 (IR)







3RG73 04–1RH00 28, 29 –



3RG73 04–3CH00 20 –

With AS-Interface connection, M 12 connector

– 3RG73 04–3WS00 19

Accessories




K 50 form


3


Retroreflective sensor with polarization filter

K 50Range 3 mAnti-interference functionDC or AC/DCM 12 connectorMolded plastic housing, IP 65Solid-state or relay outputAS-InterfaceTemperature range –15 to +55 °CSupplied without fixing accessories and without reflector

18 16.2

M 122

0.4 11

.6

∅4

.6

4050

40

50

NSD00844

30

27

Range m 3 (adjustable via potentiometer)

Rated operational voltage V 10 to 30 DC 15 to 264 V AC/DC From AS-InterfaceRated operational current mA 150 3 A (for 250 V AC, 30 V AC);

min. 5 V/10 mAI/O Configuration 1, ID-Code 1

Supply current mA < 30 < 40 mA < 30 mA

Switching frequency Hz 500 2 –Operating time ms 1 30 < 5

LEDs Switching state (yellow)Standard target Reflector S 48, 3RX7 922Wavelength (type of light) nm 660 (red, polarized, visible)







3RG73 01–1RH00 28, 29 –



3RG73 01–3CH00 20 –

With AS-Interface connection, M 12 connector

Light-ON or dark-ON – 3RG73 01–3WS00 19



– 3RG73 01–1PH00 33

Accessories




K 50 form



Retroreflective sensor without polarization filter

K 50Range 4 mAnti-interference functionDC or AC/DCM 12 connector Molded plastic housing, IP 65Solid-state or relay outputTemperature range –15 to +55 °CSupplied without fixing accessories and without reflector

18 16.2

M 122

0.4 11

.6

∅4

.6

4050

40

50

NSD00844

30

27




LEDs Switching state (yellow)Standard target Reflector S 48, 3RX7 922Wavelength (type of light) nm 660 (red, visible)







3RG73 01–1RH51 28, 29 –



3RG73 01–3CH51 20 –



– 3RG73 01–1PH51 33

Accessories




K 50 form


3


Thru-beam sensor

K 50Range 5 mAnti-interference functionDC or AC/DCM 12 connectorMolded plastic housing, IP 65Solid-state or relay outputTemperature range –15 to +55 °CSupplied without fixing accessories

18 16.2

M 122

0.4 11

.6

∅4

.6

4050

40

50

NSD00844

30

27




LEDs Switching state (yellow)Standard target –Wavelength (type of light) nm 660 (red, visible)




Receiver Preferred type Preferred type

2 m cable, PVC, 6 × 0.35 mm2

pnp/npn, light-ON or dark-ON, with alarm output

3RG73 02–1RH00 30, 31 –



3RG73 02–3CH00 20 –



– 3RG73 02–1PH00 33

Emitter

2 m cable, PVC 3RG73 02–1BG00 27 3RG73 02–1FG00 32

M 12 connector, 4-pole, Type F 3RG73 02–3BG00 21 –

Accessories




K 65 form




K 65Sensing range 2 m, adjustable via potentiometerTemperature range –20 to +60 °C

Sensing range 10 to 50 cm, adjustable via "teach-in"(background suppression)Temperature range –10 to +55 °C

Anti-interference function10 to 30 V DCCable or M 12 connectorMolded plastic housing, IP 66Solid-state outputSupplied without fixing accessories

5.555

∅ 4.3

53

61

0.8

41

NSD00845

22

20

40

16

10

M12

65

Sensing range cm 200 (adjustable via potentiometer) 10 to 50 (adjustable via "teach-in")


Switching frequency Hz 500 200Operating time ms 1 2.5

LEDs Switching state (yellow) Switching state (yellow), Ready (green)Standard target 100 mm × 100 mm (white) 100 mm × 100 mm (gray 18 %)Wavelength (type of light) nm 880 (IR) 660 (red, visible)

Housing material Molded plastic (ABS) ABSDegree of protection IP 66 IP 66Weight g 130 130




2 m cable, PVC, 4 × 0.25 mm2


3RG73 40–1CC00 22 3RG73 44–1CC00 22


3RG73 40–1HC00 22 3RG73 44–1HC00 22



3RG73 40–3CC00 22 3RG73 44–3CC00 22


3RG73 40–3HC00 22 3RG73 44–3HC00 22

Accessories




K 65 form


3



K 65Range 8 m (retroreflective sensor)Range 50 mm (thru-beam sensor)

Adjustment via potentiometerAnti-interference function10 to 30 V DCCable or M 12 connectorMolded plastic housing, IP 66Solid-state outputTemperature range –20 to +60 °CSupplied without fixing accessories and without reflector

5.555

∅ 4.3

53

61

0.8

41

NSD00845

22

20

40

16

10

M12

65

Range m 8 (adjustable via potentiometer) 50 (adjustable via potentiometer)



LEDs Switching state (yellow), surplus light (green) Switching state (yellow), surplus light (green)Standard target Reflector type D 84, 3RX7 916 –Wavelength (type of light) nm 660 (red, visible) 880 (IR)





2 m cable, PVC, 4 × 0.25 mm2


3RG73 41–1CC00 22 3RG73 42–1CC00 22


3RG73 41–1HC00 22 3RG73 42–1HC00 22



3RG73 41–3CC00 22 3RG73 42–3CC00 22


3RG73 41–3HC00 22 3RG73 42–3HC00 22

Emitter

2 m cable, PVC, 4 × 0.25 mm2 – 3RG73 42–1BG00 21

M 12 connector, 4-pole, Type F – 3RG73 42–3BG00 21

Accessories




K 80 form



Diffuse sensor

K 80Sensing range 2 mInfrared lightDC or AC/DCM 12 connector or Pg 11 molded plastic screw gland, molded plastic housing, IP 67ON-delay, OFF-delay, pulse shapingTime range 0.01 s to 10 sSolid-state or relay output, enabling input for test purposes, AS-Interface with FK connectionTemperature range –5 to +55°C Temperature coefficient 0.3 %/KSupplied without fixing accessories

NS

D0 0

084

6b

83

M 12x1

62

73

13,2

Pot. + LEDs

5

1020

3650

65

5,5

30

25

NS

D0 0

084

8b

83

PG 11

62

73

Pot. + LEDs

5

1020

3650

65

5,5

30

25

Sensing range m 2 (adjustable via potentiometer)

Rated operational voltage V 10 to 36 DC 20 to 320 AC/DC, From AS-InterfaceRated operational current 200 mA 2 A (at 240 V AC) I/O Configuration 1,

ID-Code 1Supply current ≤ 30 mA ≤ 2 VA ≤ 30 mA

Switching frequency Hz ≤ 1000 ≤ 20 –Operating time ms ≤ 0.5 ≤ 20 ≤ 5LEDs Switching state indication (yellow), surplus light (green)Standard target 400 mm × 400 mm (white)Wavelength (type of light) nm 880 (IR)

Housing material Molded plastic (PBTP)Degree of protection IP 67Weight g 95





Light-ON and dark-ON (compatible)

pnp 3RG72 00–3CC00 5 –

npn 3RG72 00–3HC00 –

M 12 connector, 5-pole, Type G, with enabling input

Light-ON or dark-ON, surplus light, with timing function (0.01 to 1 s)

pnp 3RG72 10–3DK00 8 –

npn 3RG72 10–3EK00 –

Pg 11 Light-ON and dark-ON (compatible)

pnp 3RG72 00–6CC00 12 –

npn 3RG72 00–6HC00 –

Pg 11, with enabling input

Light-ON or dark-ON, surplus light, with timing function (0.01 to 1 s)

pnp 3RG72 10–6DK00 12 –

npn 3RG72 10–6EK00 –

Pg 11 Relay, light-ON and dark-ON, with timing function (0.1 to 10 s)

– 3RG72 10–6MC00 11

FK connection AS-Interface, with timing function (0.01 to 1 s)

– 3RG72 10–5WS00 10

Accessories



K 80 form


3



K 80Sensing range 0.2 m to 1 mInfrared lightDC or AC/DCM 12 connector or Pg 11 molded plastic screw gland, molded plastic housing, IP 67ON-delay, OFF-delay, pulse shapingTime range 0.01 s to 10 sSolid-state output, enabling input for test purposes, AS-Interface with FK connectionTemperature range –5 to +55°C Temperature coefficient 0.3 %/KSupplied without fixing accessories

NS

D0 0

084

6b

83

M 12x1

62

73

13,2

Pot. + LEDs

5

1020

3650

65

5,5

30

25

NS

D0 0

084

8b

83

PG 11

62

73

Pot. + LEDs

5

1020

3650

65

5,5

30

25

Sensing range m 0.2 to 1 (adjustable via potentiometer)

Rated operational voltage V 10 to 36 DC From AS-InterfaceRated operational current mA 200 I/O Configuration 1,

ID-Code 1Supply current mA ≤ 45 ≤ 30

Switching frequency Hz ≤ 250 –Operating time ms ≤ 2 ≤ 5LEDs Switching state indication (yellow), surplus light (green)Standard target 200 mm × 200 mm (white)Wavelength (type of light) nm 880 (IR)






pnp 3RG72 04–3CC00 5 –

npn 3RG72 04–3HC00 –


Light-ON or dark-ON, surplus light ,with timing function (0.01 to 1 s)

pnp 3RG72 14–3DK00 8 –

npn 3RG72 14–3EK00 –


pnp 3RG72 04–6CC00 12 –

npn 3RG72 04–6HC00 –


Light-ON or dark-ON, surplus light ,with timing function (0.01 to 1 s)

pnp 3RG72 14–6DK00 12 –

npn 3RG72 14–6EK00 –


– 3RG72 14–5WS00 10

Accessories




K 80 form




K 80Range 6 m (autocollimation principle)Visible red lightDC or AC/DCM 12 connector or Pg 11 molded plastic screw gland, molded plastic housing, IP 67ON-delay, OFF-delay, pulse shapingTime range 0.01 s to 10 sSolid-state or relay output, enabling input for test purposes, AS-Interface with FK connectionTemperature range –5 to +55°C Temperature coefficient 0.3 %/KSupplied without fixing accessories and without reflector

NS

D0 0

084

6b

83

M 12x1

62

73

13,2

Pot. + LEDs

5

1020

3650

65

5,5

30

25

NS

D0 0

084

8b

83

PG 11

62

73

Pot. + LEDs

5

1020

3650

65

5,5

30

25


Rated operational voltage V 10 to 36 DC 20 to 320 AC/DC, From AS-InterfaceRated operational current 200 mA 2 A (at 240 V AC) I/O Configuration 1,


Switching frequency Hz ≤ 1000 ≤ 20 –Operating time ms ≤ 0.5 ≤ 20 ≤ 5LEDs Switching state indication (yellow), surplus light (green)Standard target Reflector type D 84, 3RX7 916Wavelength (type of light) nm 660 (red, polarized, visible)







pnp 3RG72 01–3CC00 5 –

npn 3RG72 01–3HC00 –


Light-ON or dark-ON, surplus light , with timing function (0.01 to 1 s)

pnp 3RG72 11–3DK00 8 –

npn 3RG72 11–3EK00 –


pnp 3RG72 01–6CC00 12 –

npn 3RG72 01–6HC00 –



pnp 3RG72 11–6DK00 12 –

npn 3RG72 11–6EK00 –


– 3RG72 11–6MC00 11


– 3RG72 11–5WS00 10

Accessories




K 80 form


3


Thru-beam sensor

K 80Range 50 mModulated infrared lightDC or AC/DCM 12 connector or Pg 11 molded plastic screw gland, molded plastic housing, IP 67ON-delay, OFF-delay, pulse shapingTime range 0.01 s to 10 sSolid-state or relay output, enabling input for test purposes, AS-Interface with FK connectionTemperature range –5 to +55°C Temperature coefficient 0.3 %/KSupplied without fixing accessories

NS

D0 0

084

6b

83

M 12x1

62

73

13,2

Pot. + LEDs

5

1020

3650

65

5,5

30

25

NS

D0 0

084

8b

83

PG 11

62

73

Pot. + LEDs

5

1020

3650

65

5,5

30

25


Rated operational voltage V 10 to 36 DC 20 to 320 AC/DC, From AS-InterfaceRated operational current 200 mA 2 A I/O Configuration 1,


Switching frequency Hz ≤ 1000 ≤ 20 –Operating time ms ≤ 0.5 ≤ 20 ≤ 5LEDs Switching state indication (yellow), surplus light (green)Standard target –Wavelength (type of light) nm 880 (IR)




Receiver Preferred type Preferred type



pnp 3RG72 02–3CC00 5 –

npn 3RG72 02–3HC00 –

M 12 connector, 4-pole, Type F


pnp 3RG72 12–3DK00 6 –

npn 3RG72 12–3EK00 –


pnp 3RG72 02–6CC00 12 –

npn 3RG72 02–6HC00 –



pnp 3RG72 12–6DK00 12 –

npn 3RG72 12–6EK00 –


– 3RG72 12–6MC00 11


– 3RG72 12–5WS00 10

Emitter

M 12 connector, 4-pole, Type F 3RG72 02–3BG00 7 –

Pg 11 3RG72 02–6BG00 12 3RG72 02–6FG00 12

FK connection for AS-Interface – 3RG72 02–5WG00 10

Accessories




KL 40 form



BERO for plastic fiber-optic conductor

KL 40Snap-on fitting (standard mounting rail)10 to 30 V DCCable or M 8 connectorMolded plastic housing, IP 65Programmable via teach-inSolid-state output npn or pnpTemperature range –10 to +55 °CSupplied without fixing accessories

64

44.5

25.75 24.65

3.6

6.3

12

17

16

12

NS

D00849

Programming

LED GN/RD

LED YE

Sensing range mm Max. 280


Switching frequency Hz 1500Operating time µs 333

LEDs Switching state (yellow), Set (red/green)Standard target –Wavelength (type of light) nm 660 (red)



Preferred type

2 m cable, PVC, 6 × 0.088 mm2


3RG74 13–1CH00 34


3RG74 13–1HH00 34



3RG74 13–7CH00 23


3RG74 13–7HH00 23

Accessories

Mounting bracket for KL 40 3RX7 313



CL 40 form


3


Color sensor

CL 40Sensing range 3 to 15 mm10 to 30 V DCCable or M 8 connectorMolded plastic housing, IP 65Programmable via teach-inVersion with cable: Also with remote teach-in and alarm outputSolid-state output npn/pnpTiming functionTemperature range –10 to +55 °CSupplied without fixing accessoriesSupplied with plastic fiber-optic conductor 3RX7 011

98

88

12

1224.6525.75

3.6

6.3

64

NS

D00850

44.5

Programming

LED RD/GN

LED YE

LED GN

Sensing range mm 3 to 15


Switching frequency Hz 550Operating time µs 100

LEDs Switching state (yellow), programming (red/green), timer (green)Standard target –Wavelength (type of light) nm 3 LEDs: 660 (red), 525 (green), 470 (blue)



Preferred type

2 m cable, PVC, 6 × 0.088 mm2

pnp 3RG75 50–1CA00 35

npn 3RG75 50–1HA00 35


pnp 3RG75 50–7CA00 25

npn 3RG75 50–7HA00 25

Accessories

Plastic fiber-optic conductor, 1 m long, for color sensor CL 40

3RX7 011

Mounting bracket for CL 40 3RX7 313



C 80 form



Color mark sensor

C 80Sensing range 9 or 18 mm10 to 30 V DCCable or M 12 connectorMetal housing, IP 67Programmable via teach-inON-delay, switchableSolid-state output pnp, analog output 0 to 5.5 VHorizontal or vertical light spotTemperature range –10 to +55 °CSupplied without fixing accessories

36.6 28 M 5

M 1

2x1

39

.8

24

42

.258

9

4.3

MARK BKGR

READY OUT

NSD00851

7.5

18

∅25

31

5.982.8

M 5 15

21

14.1 27.5 28

∅25

33.7

M 1220.9

Sensing range mm 9 18


Analog output (R i = 22 kΩ) V 0 ... 5.5

Switching frequency kHz 10Operating time µs 50

LEDs Switching state (yellow), Ready (green)Standard target –Wavelength (type of light) nm 660 (red) or 565 (green); automatic selection

Housing material Aluminum die-castDegree of protection IP 67Weight g 560




3 m cable, PVC, 6 × 0.15 mm² shielded

pnp, light-ON or dark-ON, vertical light spot

3RG75 60–1CH55 36 3RG75 60–1CH54 36


pnp, light-ON or dark-ON, vertical light spot

3RG75 60–3CH55 26 3RG75 60–3CH54 26

pnp, light-ON or dark-ON, horizontal light spot

3RG75 60–3CH53 26 3RG75 60–3CH56 26


G 20 form


3


Fork/slot, visible red/green Fork/slot, infrared

G 20Fork/slot width 2 mm10 to 30 V DCM 8 connectorMetal housing, IP 65Solid-state output, pnp and npnTeach-inTemperature range 0 to +55 °CSupplied without fixing accessories

16

12

904.25

7.5

18

4

18426

6

50

99

26

20

8

M8

97.5

20

7.5

2

NSD00852M4

Fork/slot width mm 2

Rated operational voltage (DC) V 10 to 30 Rated operational current mA 100Supply current mA < 55

Switching frequency kHz 6Operating time µs 80

LEDs Switching state (yellow)Standard target –Wavelength (type of light) nm Green/red IR

Housing material Aluminum die-castDegree of protection IP 65Weight g 115 g






3RG75 02–7RH57 24 3RG75 02–7RH58 24


L 18 form (Laser)



Laser thru-beam sensor

L 18Range 50 mVisible laser light, Laser Protection Class 210 to 30 V DCCable or M 12 connectorIP 65Solid-state outputTemperature range –10 to +60°C Temperature coefficient 0.1 %/KSupplied with focussing and adjustment tool; without fixing accessories



M 18x1

SW

24

4N

SD

0 0

0853

48

75

LED

Pot.

M 18x1

SW

24

4

NSD00854

37

64

5

4

27,7

SW

24

NSD00855

48

75

M 1

8x1

20

4N

SD

0 0

0856

48

75

LED

Pot.

SW

24

M 1

8x1 4

28,7

NS

D00857

75

5

SW

24

M 1

8x1

M 18x1

SW

24

NS

D0 0

0858

48

75

LED

Pot.

M 12x1

4

M 18x1

SW

24

4

NSD00859

37

64

M 12x1

5

4

27,7

NSD00860

48

75

M 12x1

SW

24

M 1

8x1

20

4N

SD

0 0

0861

48

75

LEDPot.

M 12x1

SW

24

M 1

8x1 4

28,7

NS

D00862

75

5

M 12x1

SW

24

M 1

8x1


Rated operational voltage (DC) V 10 to 30Rated operational current mA 200No-load supply current I0 (typ.) mA Emitter: ≤ 10, receiver: ≤ 15

Switching frequency Hz 6000Operating time µs ≤ 83

LEDs Operating voltage (green), switching state indication (yellow), surplus light (red)Standard target –Wavelength (type of light) nm 660 (red laser light, visible)

Housing material Brass, nickel-platedDegree of protection IP 65Weight (cable/connector) g 75 / 175



Receiver

3 m cable, PUR, 4 × 0.25 mm²


3RG71 35–0CC00 5 3RG71 75–0CC00 5


3RG71 35–0CD00 6 3RG71 75–0CD00 6



3RG71 35–3CC00 5 3RG71 75–3CC00 5


3RG71 35–3CD00 6 3RG71 75–3CD00 6

Emitter

3 m cable, PUR, 4 × 0.25 mm² 3RG71 35–0BE00 9 3RG71 75–0BE00 9

M 12 connector, 4-pole, Type F 3RG71 35–3BE00 9 3RG71 75–3BE00 9

Accessories

Mounting bracket for L 18 3RX7 300



L 50 form (Laser)


3


Laser diffuse sensor with background suppression Laser diffuse sensor

L 50Sensing range 30 to 150 mm (diffuse sensor with background suppr.)Range 12 m (retroreflective sensor)

Visible laser light, Laser Protection Class 2Cable or M 12 connectorIP 67Solid-state outputTemperature range –20 to +45°C Temperature coefficient 0.1 %/KSupplied without fixing accessories and without reflector

17

50

NS

D0 0

0863

50

4,3

Pot. + LEDs4

4044

44

16

46

17

50

NS

D0 0

0863

50

4,3

Pot. + LEDs4

4044

44

16

46

17

50

NS

D0 0

0864

50

4,3

M 12x1M 12x1

44

16

46

4440

4

27

,5

Pot. + LEDs 17

50

NS

D0 0

0864

50

4,3

M 12x1M 12x1

44

16

46

4440

4

27

,5

Pot. + LEDs

Sensing range/Range 30 to 150 mm (adjustable via potentiometer) 12 m (adjustable via potentiometer)

Rated operational voltage (DC) V 10 to 30 (max. 10 % residual ripple) 10 to 30 (max. 10 % residual ripple)Rated operational current mA 200 200No-load supply current I0 (typ.) mA ≤ 50 ≤ 50

Switching frequency Hz 2500 2500Operating time µs ≤ 200 ≤ 200

LEDs Operating voltage (green), switching state (yellow), surplus light (red)

Operating voltage (green), switching state (yellow), surplus light (red)

Standard target 100 mm × 100 mm (white) Reflector type RL 50, 3RX7 307Wavelength (type of light) nm 670 (red laser light) 670 (red laser light)

Housing material Molded plastic (ABS) Molded plastic (ABS)Degree of protection IP 67 IP 67Weight (cable/connector) g 140 / 40 145 / 45



Preferred type

2 m cable, PUR, 4 × 0.25 mm²

pnp, light-ON and dark-ON

3RG70 56–0CC00 5 3RG70 57–0CC00 5


3RG70 56–0CD00 6 3RG70 57–0CD00 6

npn, light-ON and dark-ON

3RG70 56–0HC00 5 3RG70 57–0HC00 5


3RG70 56–0HD00 6 3RG70 57–0HD00 6


pnp, light-ON and dark-ON

3RG70 56–3CC00 5 3RG70 57–3CC00 5


3RG70 56–3CD00 6 3RG70 57–3CD00 6

npn, light-ON and dark-ON

3RG70 56–3HC00 5 3RG70 57–3HC00 5


3RG70 56–3HD00 6 3RG70 57–3HD00 6

Accessories




L 50 form (Laser)



Characteristic


L 50Sensing range 45 to 85 mmResolution 80 µm/20 µmVisible laser light, Laser Protection Class 2 (acc. to IEC 825/VDE 0837)CableIP 67Voltage output 0 to 10 VTemperature range 0 to +45 °C, temperature drift 18 µm/KSupplied without fixing accessories

17

50

NS

D0 0

0863

50

4,3

Pot. + LEDs4

4044

44

16

46

Sensing range mm 45 to 85 (adjustable via potentiometer)

Resolution µm 80 20Linearity < 1 % of measuring range (40 mm)

Rated operational voltage (DC) V 18 to 28Analog output V 0 to 10 / max. 3 mANo-load supply current I0 (typ.) mA ≤ 35


LEDs Operating voltage (green), surplus light (red)Spot size when sensor is 65 mm from target

mm < 0.8




6 m cable, PVC, 4 × 0.34 mm² shielded

Analog output 0 to 10 V, rising

3RG70 56–1CM00 37 3RG70 56–1CM03 37


Analog output 0 to 10 V, rising

3RG70 56–3CM00 37 3RG70 56–3CM03 37

Accessories

Cable plug, shielded, 4 × 0.34 mm² 3RX1 680

Right angle cable plug, shielded, 4 × 0.34 mm²

3RX1 681



NS

D00

865

85 mm45 mm

10 V

0 V

Measuring range


Light array


3



LGRange 1.4 mVisible red light, 7 light beamsAutocollimation principle12 to 36 V DCM 8 connectorIP 54Solid-state outputTemperature range –10 to +50°C Temperature coefficient 0.1 %/KSupplied with fixing accessoriesSupplied without reflector

746

16

23

3060

M 4

2045

12

60

6x7

=42

9

NS

D00866

Direction of travel

A

LED YELED RE

Sensing range m 1.4

Rated operational voltage (DC) V 12 to 36Rated operational current mA Max. 200No-load supply current I0 (typ.) mA < 30


LEDs Switching state indication (yellow), fouling indic. (red)Standard target Reflector type R 45, 3RX7 924Wavelength (type of light) nm 660 (red, polarized, visible)

Housing material Molded plastic (PBTP, Crastin)Degree of protection IP 54Weight g 120


Preferred type


pnp, dark-ON and surplus light function

3RG70 71–7CD27 6

The switching output switches as soon as one of the 7 beams is interrupted.

Accessories

Reflector type R 45 3RX7 924


3RX7 plastic fiber-optic conductors


OverviewThe plastic fiber-optic conduc-tors are used in conjunction with the Opto-BEROs of types K 30, K 31, K 35 and KL 40.The sensing range of the plas-tic fiber-optic conductors de-pends on the type of Opto-BERO used.

The main advantages are:• Extremely small dimensions• Small bending radius• For cutting to length• Visible light• Wide range of types• Attractively priced

Typical beam diagram (fiber type 3RX7 003)

Technical data


NSD00913a

40

30

20

10

50

01020 10 20 (mm)a

TW

TW (mm)

a

TW = Sensing range

Temperature range –40 to +75 °C

Degree of protection• Sensor head IP 67• Sensor IP 65

Standard length 2 m ± 0.1 m

Bending radius Min. 25 mm

Tensile strength Max. 30 N

Attenuation Max. 0.4 dB/m at 660 nm

Sleeve material Polyethylene

Angle of incidence Max. ± 56°

Solvent resistance Not resistant

Design Order No. Weight

kg

Plastic fiber-optic conductors for diffuse sensorsSensing range:

Series K 31Series K 30Series K 35Series KL 40

20 mm40 mm20 mm35 mm

3RX7 001 0.01

2 individual fibers Ø 1 mm, can be cut

Adapter sleeves for Ø 2.2 mm contained in the scope of supply.

Sensing range:


60 mm120 mm50 mm

110 mm

3RX7 002 0.01

2 individual fibers Ø 2.2 mm, can be cut

Sensing range:


20 mm40 mm20 mm35 mm

3RX7 004 0.01

2 individual fibers Ø 1 mm, can be cut

Adapter sleeves for Ø 2.2 mm contained in the scope of supply.

Sensing range:


60 mm120 mm16 mm

100 mm

3RX7 005 0.01


712

2000 +- 100

M 3 (P=0,5)NSD00914

∅ 1

1,815

2000 +- 100

M 6 (P=0,75)

2,2

NSD00915

712

2000 +- 100

M 3 (P=0,5)NSD00917

90+- 2

1,2 ∅ 1

1,815

2000 +- 100

M 6 (P=0,75)NSD00918

90

∅ 2,2 ∅ 2,5


3RX7 plastic fiber-optic conductors


3


Design Order No. Weight, approx.kg

Plastic fiber-optic conductors for thru-beam sensorsRange: Series K 31

Series K 30Series K 35Series KL 40

60 mm120 mm32 mm90 mm

3RX7 006 0.01


(fine internal fiber)

Range: Series K 31Series K 30Series K 35Series KL 40

200 mm400 mm50 mm

280 mm

3RX7 007 0.01



60 mm120 mm14 mm60 mm

3RX7 008 0.01


(fine internal fiber)


200 mm400 mm75 mm

280 mm

3RX7 010 0.01


Front lensesFront lenses (1 pair)

for use with 3RX7 007 fiber type

3RX7 901 0.02


1500 mm3000 mm250 mm

2000 mm

Front lenses 90° (1 pair)

for use with 3RX7 007 fiber type

3RX7 902 0.02


250 mm500 mm

20 mm350 mm

712

2000 +- 100

M 3 (P=0,5)NSD00919

∅ 2,2 ∅ 3

3112000 +- 100

M 4 (P=0,7)

NSD00920

M 2,6 (P=0,45)

∅ 2,2

712

2000 +- 100

M 3 (P=0.5)NSD00921

90+- 2

∅ 2.2 ∅ 0.9

90112000 +- 100

M 4 (P=0,7)

NSD00922

+- 2

∅ 2,2

∅ 1,2

NSD00923

8,75,5M 2,6 (P=0,45)

∅ 4

∅ 4

,5

NSD00924

9,75,8

M 2,6 (P=0,45)

∅ 4

,5


3RX7 glass fiber-optic conductors


Overview

The glass fiber-optic conduc-tors are used in conjunction with the Opto-BEROs of type K 40.The main advantages are:• Small dimensions• Wide range of types• Large selection of fibers and

sensor heads• Detection of extremely small

parts

Depending on the type, glass fiber-optic conductors comprise 200 to 5000 individual fibers with a diameter of 30 to 50 mm. The bundle of fibers is surrounded by a sheath that can be selected according to the application:• Wound sheath of chrome-

plated brass• Silicon sheath with stainless

steel braiding for strain-relief for use in corrosive media and under mechanical stress.

The sensor heads are available with light outlet at the front or side. The range includes glass optical fibers for operation in retroreflective mode (with separate bundles of fibers for emitter and receiver) and for operation as diffuse sensors (the bundles for emitter and receiver are located in a common sleeve).

Typical beam diagram

Technical data


NS

D00

925

Temperature range• Silicon sheath –25 °C to +150 °C • Wound sheath –25 °C to +250 °C

Sensor head degree of protection IP 54 (optionally IP 68)

Optical fiber degree of protection• With wound sheath of chrome-

plated brassIP 50

• With silicon sheath sleeve IP 65

Standard lengths 0.25 m; 0.5 m; 1.0 m

Attenuation at 880 nm Max. 0.4 dB/m

Angle of incidence Max. ± 32°

Solvent resistance Not resistant

Design Order No. Weight, approx.

kg

Glass fiber-optic conductors for axial diffuse sensorsSensing range 5 mm

With flexible light outlet sleeve (minimum radius 4 mm) for detecting the smallest objects

Sheath: Silicon sheath Ø 4.7 mmMin. bending radius 20 mmMax. tensile strength 10 N

Length 250 mm

500 mm

1000 mm

3RX7 101–0CF

3RX7 101–0FA

3RX7 101–1AA

0.01

0.02

0.04

For special lengths, see Page 4/65.

Sensing range 15 mm

With flexible light outlet sleeve (minimum radius 5 mm) for practically inaccessible locations


Length 250 mm

500 mm

1000 mm

3RX7 104–0CF

3RX7 104–0FA

3RX7 104–1AA

0.01

0.02

0.04


Sensing range 15 mm

For detecting extremely small objects

Sheath: Wound sheath of chrome-plated brass Ø 4.7 mmMin. bending radius 23 mmMax. tensile strength 10 N

Length 250 mm

500 mm

1000 mm

3RX7 107–0CF

3RX7 107–0FA

3RX7 107–1AA

0.01

0.02

0.04


6 15

12

75

55056

1 0,7

NSD00926

6 15

12

100

58056

1,5 1

NSD00927

6 15 12 25

6

1

NSD00928




3



kg

Glass fiber-optic conductors for axial diffuse sensors (continued)Sensing range 50 mm

Universal sensor of medium range


Length 250 mm

500 mm

1000 mm

3RX7 111–0CF3RX7 111–0FA3RX7 111–1AA

0.010.020.04


Sensing range 150 mm


Length 250 mm

500 mm

1000 mm

3RX7 114–0CF3RX7 114–0FA3RX7 114–1AA

0.010.020.04


Axial headsSensing range 100 mm

For reducing the sensing range to 100 mm

Housing material: Polyamide

3RX7 903 0.02




3RX7 904 0.02

Glass fiber-optic conductors for radial diffuse sensorsSensing range 15 mm

For detecting the smallest objects

Limb length 14 mmSheath: Wound sheath of chrome-plated brass Ø 4.7 mmMin. bending radius 23 mmMax. tensile strength 10 N

Length 250 mm

500 mm

1000 mm

3RX7 201–0CF

3RX7 201–0FA

3RX7 201–1AA

0.01

0.02

0.04


Sensing range 30 mm

Universal design

Limb length 14 mmSheath: Wound sheath of chrome-plated brass Ø 6.7 mmMin. bending radius 25 mmMax. tensile strength 300 N

Length 250 mm

500 mm

1000 mm

3RX7 204–0CF

3RX7 204–0FA

3RX7 204–1AA

0.01

0.02

0.04


Sensing range 15 mm

Limb length 14 mm


Length 250 mm

500 mm

1000 mm

3RX7 207–0CF

3RX7 207–0FA

3RX7 207–1AA

0.01

0.02

0.04


6 15 12 25

8

5

NSD00929 10

6 15 12 25

8

6

NSD00930 10

3

12

24

3

NSD00931

156 15,3

3

12

24

3

NSD00931

156 15,3

6 15 12 206

NSD00932

1,5

14

1,25

6 15 12 208

NSD00933

5

14

3,5

6 15 12 208

NSD00934

6

14

4






kg

Radial headsSensing range 100 mm



3RX7 907 0.02




3RX7 908 0.02

Glass fiber-optic conductors for axial thru-beam sensorsRange 50 mm

With flexible light outlet sleeve (minimum radius 4 mm) for detecting the smallest objects


Length 250 mm

500 mm

1000 mm

3RX7 117–0CF

3RX7 117–0FA

3RX7 117–1AA

0.02

0.04

0.08


Range 200 mm

With flexible light outlet sleeve (minimum radius 5 mm) for practically inaccessible locations


Length 250 mm

500 mm

1000 mm

3RX7 121–0CF

3RX7 121–0FA

3RX7 121–1AA

0.02

0.04

0.08


Range 200 mm

For detecting the smallest objects


Length 250 mm

500 mm

1000 mm

3RX7 124–0CF

3RX7 124–0FA

3RX7 124–1AA

0.025

0.05

0.1


Range 800 mm

Universal design


Length 250 mm

500 mm

1000 mm

3RX7 127–0CF

3RX7 127–0FA

3RX7 127–1AA

0.025

0.05

0.1

For special length, see Page 4/65.

Range 1500 mm


Length 250 mm

500 mm

1000 mm

3RX7 131–0CF

3RX7 131–0FA

3RX7 131–1AA

0.025

0.05

0.1


4

12

NSD00935

6 15,3

13

5

2115

∅

4

12

NSD00935

6 15,3

13

5

2115

∅

6 15

12

75

55056

1 0,7

NSD00936

6 15

12

100

58056

1,5 1

NSD00937

6 15 12 25

6

1

NSD00938

6 15 12 25

8

6

NSD00939 10

6 15 12 25

8

6

NSD00939 10




3


Special designs

Special lengths for glass fiber-optic conductorsThe design is indicated in the first seven positions of the Or-der No. in accordance with Pages 4/62 to 4/65.

Positions 8 to 10 ("–0AZ") indi-cate special lengths.The required length must be specified in the order as fol-lows: Order No. and additional-ly the length in cm.

Ordering exampleThe glass fiber-optic conductor 3RX7 127 is ordered with a length of 75 cm. The order is specified as follows:3RX 127–0AZ Length: 75 cm


kg

Glass fiber-optic conductors for radial thru-beam sensorsRange 200 mm

For detecting extremely small objects


Length 250 mm

500 mm

1000 mm

3RX7 211–0CF

3RX7 211–0FA

3RX7 211–1AA

0.025

0.05

0.1

For special lengths, see below.

Range 800 mm

Universal design


Length 250 mm

500 mm

1000 mm

3RX7 214–0CF

3RX7 214–0FA

3RX7 214–1AA

0.025

0.05

0.1


Range 1500 mm


Length 250 mm

500 mm

1000 mm

3RX7 217–0CF

3RX7 217–0FA

3RX7 217–1AA

0.025

0.05

0.1


6 15 12 206

NSD00940

1,5

14

1,25

6 15 12 208

NSD00941

5

14

3,5

6 15 12 208

NSD00942

6

14

4


3RX7 101–0AZ 3RX7 204–0AZ 3RX7 131–0AZ

3RX7 104–0AZ 3RX7 207–0AZ 3RX7 211–0AZ

3RX7 107–0AZ 3RX7 117–0AZ 3RX7 214–0AZ

3RX7 111–0AZ 3RX7 121–0AZ 3RX7 217–0AZ

3RX7 114–0AZ 3RX7 124–0AZ

3RX7 201–0AZ 3RX7 127–0AZ


3RX7 accessories




Mounting bracketsMounting bracket for Opto-BEROs of Series K 20

3RX7 308 0.013

Mounting bracket for Opto-BEROs of Series K 30, K 31

Material: Galvanized steel

3RX7 910 0.02

Mounting bracket for 35 mm mounting rail for Opto-BEROs of Series K 30, K 31


3RX7 304 0.032

Mounting bracket for Opto-BEROs of Series K 35, KL 40 and CL 40

3RX7 313 0.017

Mounting bracket for Opto-BEROs of Series K 40 (included in scope of supply)


3RX7 911 0.035

3,3

30

7,5

NSD00943

20 1,2

146

3,3

5

18,753,3

∅

21 4,5

∅4,2

10°10°

214,

5

16,5

42

8°8°

4,5 2130

33

1,5

7,5

NS

D0

09

44

a

∅4,2

∅4,2∅4,2

2141

4,5

21

4,5

30

49

37,5

15 NSD00945a

NSD00946

1 13,8

4

3413,8

4

4,2x12

11

4,2x12

1

19

19

1

31 4,5

10°10°

314,

5

16,5

52

8°8°

4,5 2130

45

1,5

7,5

NS

D0

09

47

a

∅4,2

∅4,2

∅4,2

∅4,2


3RX7 accessories


3



Mounting bracketsMounting bracket for Opto-BEROs of Series K 50

3RX7 310 0.061

Mounting bracket for Opto-BEROs of Series K 65

3RX7 311 0.08

Mounting bracket for Opto-BEROs of Series K 80


3RX7 303 0.245

Mounting bracket for Laser BEROs of Series L 50


3RX7 302

NSD00948

20

40

9

2

10°

40 560

15

58

9

20°

40∅ 4,5

∅ 4,5

∅ 5,5

∅ 6,510

°

NSD00949

16°

22

530

9

2

46,4

12

30°

15°

36

55

5,5

36 575

2

R36

4

R36

∅ 4,2

∅ 6,4

R62

R73

16°

8°

5137

63

10R14

R25

R25

34°63°

NSD00950

26,5

3013

31,5

∅5,3

19

48

24°

423

32

49

2

NS

D0

09

51

∅4,3 7,5

4,3

10,5


3RX7 accessories




Mounting bracketsMounting bracket for Opto-BEROs with M 18 housing

(alignable, specially designed for laser BEROs of Series L 18)


3RX7 300

Universal mounting bracket for Opto-BEROs with M 18 housing


3RX7 301

Metal supports and cutting tool for fiber-optic conductorsMetal support for fiber-optic conductors

• Ø 3.5 mm 3RX7 940 0.03

• Ø 4.5 mm 3RX7 941 0.03

• Ø 6 mm 3RX7 942 0.03

• Ø 7 mm 3RX7 943 0.04

• Ø 8 mm 3RX7 944 0.04

• Ø 10 mm 3RX7 945 0.04

Cutting tool for plastic fiber-optic conductors 3RX7 918 0.02

28

13

30

42

4,2x6,2

50

50 M 18

NSD00952

20

18,5 40

33 1

2

6

40

32

NS

D0

09

53

M 3

A

12168

NS

D00

954

4

B ∅3,

2∅

6

A

B3,5

204,5

206

207

25

825

1025

51NS

D00

95

5


3RX7 accessories


3



ReflectorsD 22

25 mm diameter

Range typ. approx. 40% of that for Type D 84 (3RX7 916)

3RX7 914 0.005

D 40

46 mm diameter


3RX7 915 0.01

D 84

85 mm diameter

3RX7 916 0.02

S 48


3RX7 922 0.01

R 70


3RX7 920 0.005

R 45


3RX7 924 0.01

R 60

Reflector 40 mm × 60 mm

Range typ. approx. 40 to 50 % of that for Type D 84 (3RX7 916)

3RX7 305 0.01

R 84

Reflector 84 mm × 84 mm, high reflection factor for wide ranges

3RX7 306 0.02

RL 50

Laser reflector 50 mm × 50 mm, special reflector for laser retroreflective sensors

3RX7 307 0.01

Reflecting foil 100 mm × 100 mm 3RX7 917 0.005

25 2,25

NS

D0

095

6

46 6NS

D0

095

7

85 10NS

D0

095

8

8,5

4,8

48 74

NS

D0

09

59

55

86

8,5

ø4,

5

5

71 82

7,5

ø4,

5

4

NS

D0

096

0

22,5

ø8

45 51 61 71

365860

8

ø4,

3

4

NS

D0

096

1

52 60

34

NS

D0

096

2

40,5

ø3,

5

77 84,5

77

NS

D0

096

3

84,5

ø3,

5

51 61

10

NS

D0

096

4

51,5

4,3

BERO 3RG4 Inductive Proximity Switches


Mini (D 3 to D 6.5, M 5,

Shorty (M 8 to M 30)

Cylindrical type (M 8 to M 30)


Selection and ordering data 4/19, 4/38 Selection and ordering data 4/25 Selection and ordering data 4/26

Overview 4/4 Overview 4/4 Overview 4/4Introduction 4/10 Introduction 4/10 Introduction 4/10Technical data 4/16 Technical data 4/16 Technical data 4/16Special designs 4/16 Special designs 4/16 Special designs 4/16Connection diagrams 4/17 Connection diagrams 4/17 Connection diagrams 4/17Typical circuits 4/18 Typical circuits 4/18 Typical circuits 4/18Response characteristics 4/19, 4/38 Response characteristics 4/25 Response characteristics 4/26Mounting instructions 4/19, 4/38 Mounting instructions 4/25 Mounting instructions 4/26Dimension drawings 4/19, 4/38 Dimension drawings 4/25 Dimension drawings 4/26

Cubic type (5 mm × 5 mm, 8 mm × 8 mm)

Cubic type (40 mm × 40 mm)

Cubic type(60 mm × 80 mm, 80 mm × 100 mm)


Selection and ordering data 4/20, 4/23 Selection and ordering data 4/46 Selection and ordering data 4/49

Overview 4/4 Overview 4/4 Overview 4/4Introduction 4/10 Introduction 4/10 Introduction 4/10Technical data 4/16 Technical data 4/16 Technical data 4/16Special designs 4/16 Special designs 4/16 Special designs 4/16Connection diagrams 4/17 Connection diagrams 4/17 Connection diagrams 4/17Typical circuits 4/18 Typical circuits 4/18 Typical circuits 4/18Response characteristics 4/20, 4/23 Response characteristics 4/46 Response characteristics 4/49Mounting instructions 4/20, 4/23 Mounting instructions 4/46 Mounting instructions 4/49Dimension drawings 4/20, 4/23 Dimension drawings 4/46 Dimension drawings 4/49



4

IP 68 degree of protectionCylindrical type

IP 68 degree of protectionCubic type

Explosion-protected acc. to NAMUR and DIN 19 234



Overview 4/4 Overview 4/4 Overview 4/4Introduction 4/10 Introduction 4/10 Introduction 4/10Technical data 4/16 Technical data 4/16 Technical data 4/16, 4/110Special designs 4/16 Special designs 4/16 Special designs 4/16Connection diagrams 4/17 Connection diagrams 4/17 Description 4/106Typical circuits 4/18 Typical circuits 4/18 Connection diagrams 4/107Response characteristics 4/73 Response characteristics 4/81 Typical circuits 4/107Mounting instructions 4/73 Mounting instructions 4/81 Response characteristics 4/108Dimension drawings 4/73 Dimension drawings 4/81 Dimension drawings 4/108

U BERO cylindrical (insensitive to magnetic fields)

U BERO cubic type (insensitive to magnetic fields)

3RG46 Page 3RG46 Page

Selection and ordering data 4/95 Selection and ordering data 4/99

Overview 4/4 Overview 4/4Introduction 4/10 Introduction 4/10Technical data 4/16 Technical data 4/16Special designs 4/16 Special designs 4/16Connection diagrams 4/17 Connection diagrams 4/17Typical circuits 4/18 Typical circuits 4/18Response characteristics 4/95 Response characteristics 4/99Mounting instructions 4/95 Mounting instructions 4/99Dimension drawings 4/95 Dimension drawings 4/99



Overview

Operating distance Cylindrical type

3 m

m d

iam

eter

4 m

m d

iam

eter

M 5

6.5

mm

dia

met

er

6.5

mm

dia

met

er

M 8

M 8

8 m

m d

iam

eter

M 1

2

M 1

2

12 m

m d

iam

eter

12 m

m d

iam

eter

M 1

8

M 1

8

18 m

m d

iam

eter

18 m

m d

iam

eter

20 m

m d

iam

eter

M 3

0

M 3

0

Shielded / unshielded s s s s us s us s s us s us s us s us us s us

Standard duty

0.6 mm 4/19

0.8 mm 4/19 4/20

1 mm 4/21

1.5 mm 4/224/24

4/224/254/26

4/25

2 mm 4/274/28

2.5 mm 4/32 4/30

4 mm 4/344/35

5 mm 4/374/38

4/38

8 mm 4/394/40

10 mm 4/43 4/414/42

15 mm 4/444/45

20 mm

25 mm

30 mm

40 mm

Standard duty (PLC)

1 mm 4/51

2 mm 4/51

2.5 mm

4 mm 4/52

5 mm 4/53

8 mm 4/53

10 mm 4/54

15 mm 4/54

20 mm

Pressure-resistant up to 500 bar (7250 psi)

3 mm 4/103

With analog output

0 to 6 mm 4/104



Overview

4

Cubic type Operating distance

30 m

m d

iam

eter

30 m

m d

iam

eter

34 m

m d

iam

eter

5 m

m ×

5 m

m

8 m

m ×

8 m

m

Box

with

M 1

4

Box

with

M 1

4

12 m

m ×

32

mm

12 m

m ×

40

mm

12 m

m ×

40

mm

40 m

m ×

40

mm

40 m

m ×

40

mm

60 m

m ×

80

mm

60 m

m ×

80

mm

80 m

m ×

100

mm

80 m

m ×

100

mm

100

mm

× 1

00 m

m

s us us s s s us s s us s us s us s us us Shielded / unshielded

Standard duty

0.6 mm

4/20 0.8 mm

1 mm

4/23 1.5 mm

4/29 4/294/304/31

2 mm

4/33 2.5 mm

4/36 4 mm

4/36 5 mm

8 mm

10 mm

4/464/47

15 mm

4/43 4/44 20 mm

4/48 25 mm

4/49 30 mm

4/50 40 mm

Standard duty (PLC)

1 mm

2 mm

4/52 2.5 mm

4 mm

5 mm

8 mm

10 mm

4/55 15 mm

4/55 20 mm



Overview


3 m

m d

iam

eter

4 m

m d

iam

eter

M 5

6.5

mm

dia

met

er

6.5

mm

dia

met

er

M 8

M 8

8 m

m d

iam

eter

M 1

2

M 1

2

12 m

m d

iam

eter

12 m

m d

iam

eter

M 1

8

M 1

8

18 m

m d

iam

eter

18 m

m d

iam

eter

20 m

m d

iam

eter

M 3

0

M 3

0


Extra duty (65 V DC or AC/DC)

1 mm 4/56

2 mm 4/574/64

2.5 mm

4 mm 4/574/64

5 mm 4/594/66

8 mm 4/594/66

10 mm 4/68 4/604/67

15 mm 4/604/67

20 mm

30 mm

40 mm

Extreme environment (IP 68)

0.6 mm 4/73 4/73

1 mm

2 mm 4/74 4/74

2.5 mm 4/75 4/75

4 mm 4/744/76

4/74

5 mm 4/77 4/77

8 mm 4/764/77

4/77

10 mm 4/78

15 mm 4/784/79

Optimized for DESINA (IP 68)

2 mm 4/105

4 mm 4/105



Overview

4


30 m

m d

iam

eter

30 m

m d

iam

eter

34 m

m d

iam

eter

5 m

m ×

5 m

m

8 m

m ×

8 m

m

Box

with

M 1

4

Box

with

M 1

4

12 m

m ×

32

mm

12 m

m ×

40

mm

12 m

m ×

40

mm

40 m

m ×

40

mm

40 m

m ×

40

mm

60 m

m ×

80

mm

60 m

m ×

80

mm

80 m

m ×

100

mm

80 m

m ×

100

mm

100

mm

× 1

00 m

m


Extra duty (65 V DC or AC/DC)

1 mm

2 mm

4/584/65

2.5 mm

4 mm

4/58 5 mm

8 mm

10 mm

4/614/694/70

15 mm

4/68 4/614/69

20 mm

4/624/71

4/634/72

30 mm

4/634/72

4/624/71

40 mm


0.6 mm

1 mm

2 mm

2.5 mm

4 mm

5 mm

8 mm

4/78 10 mm

4/78 4/794/80

15 mm



Overview


3 m

m d

iam

eter

4 m

m d

iam

eter

M 5

6.5

mm

dia

met

er

6.5

mm

dia

met

er

M 8

M 8

8 m

m d

iam

eter

M 1

2

M 1

2

12 m

m d

iam

eter

12 m

m d

iam

eter

M 1

8

M 1

8

18 m

m d

iam

eter

18 m

m d

iam

eter

20 m

m d

iam

eter

M 3

0

M 3

0


Greater rated operating distance

2 mm 4/81

3 mm 4/82 4/82

4 mm 4/83

6 mm 4/84 4/84

8 mm 4/85

10 mm 4/85

12 mm 4/86

15 mm 4/86

20 mm 4/87

22 mm 4/88

25 mm

30 mm

35 mm

40 mm 4/92

50 mm

65 mm

No reduction factor

1.5 mm 4/95

3 mm 4/96

4 mm 4/95

5 mm 4/97

8 mm 4/96

10 mm 4/98

12 mm 4/97

15 mm

20 mm 4/98

25 mm

35 mm

40 mm

75 mm



Overview

4


30 m

m d

iam

eter

30 m

m d

iam

eter

34 m

m d

iam

eter

5 m

m ×

5 m

m

8 m

m ×

8 m

m

Box

with

M 1

4

Box

with

M 1

4

12 m

m ×

32

mm

12 m

m ×

40

mm

12 m

m ×

40

mm

40 m

m ×

40

mm

40 m

m ×

40

mm

60 m

m ×

80

mm

60 m

m ×

80

mm

80 m

m ×

100

mm

80 m

m ×

100

mm

100

mm

× 1

00 m

m



2 mm

4/83 3 mm

4 mm

6 mm

8 mm

10 mm

12 mm

15 mm

4/874/884/894/90

20 mm

22 mm

4/91 4/93 25 mm

4/91 30 mm

4/894/90

35 mm

4/924/93

40 mm

4/94 50 mm

4/94 65 mm

No reduction factor

1.5 mm

3 mm

4 mm

5 mm

8 mm

10 mm

12 mm

4/99 15 mm

20 mm

4/100 25 mm

4/101 35 mm

4/101 40 mm

4/102 75 mm


Introduction


Mode of operation

The inductive BEROs are posi-tion switches that can be oper-ated without contact, that con-tain no mechanical parts sub-ject to wear and that are mainly insensitive to environmental conditions.

They are used in applications with stringent requirements for reliability, switch point accura-cy, service life, number of switching operations, operat-ing speed, and so on.

A high-frequency alternating field is generated in the BERO and emerges at the sensing face. The physical size of this alternating field determines the “range” of the device. When a material that is a good conduc-tor of electricity and/or magne-

tism comes into close proximity with the sensing surface, the field is damped. Both states (field damped or undamped) are evaluated in the BERO and result in a change in the output state of the switch.


The inductive BERO proximity switches are classified in ac-cordance with their applica-tions or their technical charac-teristics:

BEROs for standard duty

See Page 4/19.

• Rated operational voltage: 15 to 34 V DC3RG46: 10 to 30 V DC

• Output- 3-wire BERO:

1 NO or 1 NC up to 200 mA- 4-wire BERO:

1 NO and 1 NC (compatible),pnp, up to 200 mA

• Operating frequency up to 3000 Hz (Ø 4 mm)

• Operating distance acc. to standard

• The actuation distance is between 0 and 81 % of the rated operating distance.

Optimized for solid-state inputs (PLC)

See Page 4/51.

• Rated operational voltage: 15 to 34 V DC,

• Output2-wire BERO: 1 NO up to 25 mA,

• Off-state current and voltage drop to suit PLC inputs

• Operating frequency up to 1500 Hz (Ø 8 mm, M 8),



Advantages:• Minimum wiring overheads• Direct replacement of

mechanical position switches possible in installations that are not safety-oriented

• Power is supplied from the PLC input

• npn as well as pnp switching

BEROs for extra duty

See Page 4/56.

• Rated operational voltage- 3-wire BERO:

10 to 65 V DC- 2-wire BERO:

20 to 320 V AC/DC,• Output

- 3-wire BERO: 1 NO or 1 NC, pnp, up to 300 mA

- 2-wire BERO: 1 NO or 1 NC, resistive load up to 300 mA

• Operating frequency up to 5000 Hz (M 8)


Advantages:• Problem-free adaptation to

different rated operational voltages

• Insensitive to voltage deviations

BEROs for extreme environment (IP 68)

See Page 4/73.


20 to 320 V AC/DC,- 3-wire BERO:

15 to 34 V DC,10 to 65 V DC

- 4-wire BERO: 15 to 34 V DC,

• Output- 3-wire BERO:

1 NO or 1 NC, pnp, up to 300 mA

- 4-wire BERO: 1 NO and 1 NC (compatible), pnp, up to 200 mA


Advantages:• Can be used under extreme

environmental conditions according to IP 68 by use of a well-sealed housing with a special potting compound.

BEROs with greater rated operating distance

See Page 4/81.

• Rated operational voltage: 10 to 65 V DC(for 3RG46: 10 to 30 V DC)

• Output3-wire BERO: 1 NO or 1 NC, pnp, up to 300 mA

• Operating frequency up to 1000 Hz (Ø 6.5 mm),

• Operating distance considerably higher than German standard: Up to 3 times the standard rated operating distance


Advantages• Wide range of mounting

adjustment• A smaller type can be

selected for the required operating distance

• Reduction of actuation distance is corrected for non-ferrous metals

No reduction factor

See Page 4/95.


10 to 30 V DC• Output

- 3-wire BERO: 1 NO, pnp, up to 200 mA

• Operating frequency up to 3000 Hz

Advantages:• No reduction factor for non-

ferrous metals• Magnetic field resistant, i. e.

these BEROs are insensitive to welding current. Magnetic field resistant up to 160 mT r.m.s. = 21 kA at 25.4 mm; exceptions: 3RG46 48: 140 mT r.m.s. 3RG46 44: 140 mT r.m.s. 3RG46 43: 75 mT r.m.s.

NSD00296a

BERO

Standard duty

Extra duty

3-wire, DC 15 to 34 V3RG46: DC 10 to 30 V

2-wire, 15 to 34 V DC 2-wire, 20 to 320 V AC/DC3-wire, 10 to 65 V DC


Extremeenvironment(IP 68)

4-wire, 10 to 30 V DC

2-wire, 20 to 320 V AC/DC3-wire, 15 to 34 V DC 3-wire, 10 to 65 V DC4-wire, 15 to 34 V DC

Analog output

Greater ratedoperatingdistance

3-wire, 10 to 30 V DC 3-wire, 10 to 65 V DC

3-wire, 10 to 65 V DC4-wire, 10 to 65 V DCinsensitive to magnetic fields

No reductionfactorPressure resistant

3-wire, up to 500 bar

NAMUR (non-selfcontained)

2-wire, 5 to 25 V DCEEx ib IIC

DESINA

AS-Interface

2-wire, AS-Interface

2-wire, 10 to 55 V DC3-wire, 10 to 30 V DC


Introduction


4


BEROs pressure-resistant up to 500 bar (7250 psi)

See Page 4/103.

• Rated operational voltage: 10 to 30 V DC

• Output3-wire BERO: 1 NO, pnp, up to 200 mA


• Operating distance: 3 mm.

Advantages:• Suitable for extreme dynamic

mechanical stress• Easy to install: BERO can be

screw fastened against a stop, no adjustment required

• Sensing face seal is gas-tight

BEROs with analog output

See Page 4/104.

• Rated operational voltage10 to 30 V DC

• Output- Voltage output

0 to 5 V DC- Current output

1 to 5 mA• Short-circuit protection,

inductive interference protection,total reverse polarity protection

• Non-linearized design• Connection via cable or S12

connector

BEROs for DESINA

See Page 4/105.

DESINA describes a compre-hensive overall concept for the standardization and decentrali-zation of the electrical and fluid-ic installation of machines and installations.

• Acc. to Specification 06• Rated operational voltage:

- 3-wire BERO10 to 30 V DC

- 2-wire BERO10 to 55 V DC

• Output- 3-wire BERO: 1 NO, pnp,

up to 200 mA- 2-wire BERO: 1 NO,

up to 200 mA- Additional diagnostics

output, rated operational current up to 50 mA


Advantages:• Standardized connection

technique• Diagnostic functions• Adjustment aid

BEROs to NAMUR and DIN 19 234 standards

See Page 4/106.

• Intrinsically safe for use in potentially explosive areas (not Zone 0)

• Rated operational voltage: 5 to 25 V DC(can be extended with series-connection switching devices)

• Output 2-wire current loop for series connection of switching devices (continuous characteristic curve)

• Operating frequency up to 5000 Hz (Ø 4.5 mm, M 8)



Advantages:• Intrinsically safe, EEx ib IIC,

certified by PTB (No. Ex-88.B.2145),

• Small types• Matching SIMATIC NAMUR

input modules• Wire-break and short-circuit

monitoring by series-connection switching devices

Applications in Zone 2

to DIN VDE 0165/2.91, Section 6.3

The proximity switches with the order designations• 3RG40 . . • 3RG41 . . • 3RG46 . .

are permitted to be implemented in Zone 2 in accordance with DIN VDE 0165 Subsection 6.3.

The following requirements are met or must be complied with.

• The proximity switches operate without contact. No sparks or arcing occur during operation.

• The maximum surface temperature with reference to the ambient temperature is +50 K.

• The requirements of the IP 54 degree of protection are met.

• For devices with plugs and connectors, they must be interlocked, such that plugging in and unplugging is only possible with the power turned off. A warning notice “Do not operate when live” must be applied to them.

In addition, the general require-ments of the DIN VDE 0165 standard for the installation of electrical equipment in poten-tially explosive areas must be observed.

Approvals

3RG40 and 3RG41 sensors with M 12 or M 18 connectors as well as terminal compart-ments are UL and CSA listed.

For a complete overview, see the Appendix.

Personnel safety

The use of inductive BEROs is not permissible for applica-tions in which the safety of per-sons is dependent on the func-tion of the BERO.


Introduction


Functions

Built-in protection

The protective circuits built into most BEROs (see selection da-ta) make them easy to handle and protect the devices from damage.

Protection is possible against• Wire-break

(connection L– or L+),• Spurious signals• Short-circuit and overload

(DC)• Overvoltage peaks• Swapped connectors• Radio interference

Wire-break protection

The DC version is designed such that the BERO does not output a false signal in the event of a wire-beak in any con-nection (not for 3RG46 and all 4-wire BEROs). A false signal is any signal other than 0 that re-mains active for longer than 2 ms whose current is larger than the off-state current.

Spurious signalsuppression

When the operating voltage is suddenly applied, the damped status is simulated due to the transient state of the sensor in-ductor even when an object is not present. This protection function prevents the output from switching during this peri-od.

Inductive interference protection

When inductive loads are deac-tivated, the output voltage rises (without a protection circuit) to a high value which can destroy the output transistor. The induc-tive BERO proximity switches therefore have a Zener diode connected to the output that limits the switch-off voltage to a safe value (3-wire BERO).

When inductive loads are con-nected with a current > 100 mA as well as an operating fre-quency > 10 Hz, it is recom-mended that a free-wheeling di-ode is connected directly to the load (due to the power loss in the built-in Zener diode).

Short-circuit and overload protection

All DC devices are equipped with short-circuit and overload protection. Short-circuits be-tween the output and the oper-ational voltage connections will not damage the proximity switches and are permitted to be continuous; there are also no restrictions on the duration of an overload. During the short-circuit, the LEDs are not functional.

Reverse polarity protection

All inductive proximity switches are protected against the wrong connection of all connectors.

Protection against interference from radio equipment

The high-frequency sensitivity is so low that it meets the re-quirements of IEC 60 801-3, Level 3 (testing level 10 V/m).

Protection against static electricity

The devices are constructed such that they will not be dam-aged if charged with static electricity to IEC 60 801-3, Level 3 (8 kV).

Electromagnetic compatibility

All inductive BEROs meet the protection requirements of EMC guideline No. 89/336/EWG. This is verified by application of the standard EN 60 947-5-2 and certified by the appropriate au-thority.

The following EMC standards are applicable for the individual tests:• ENV 50 140• ENV 50 141• EN 55 011• EN 55 022• EN 61 000-4-2• EN 61 000-4-4

LEDs

The cylindrical BEROs (with the exception of BEROs for ex-treme environmental conditions and BEROs according to NAMUR) are equipped with one or two light emitting diodes (LEDs).

The yellow LEDs indicate the operating status, i. e.• For the NO function:

BERO damped = LED lit

• For the NC function: BERO not damped = LED lit

The green LED indicates that the operational voltage is ap-plied. This function is only avail-able in certain devices.


Specifications

EN 60 947-5-2 (VDE 0660, Part 208)

Clearance

Mutual interference between the proximity switches is not permitted. For this reason, a minimum clearance a between BEROs must be observed.

The clearance a depends on the housing size and device type (see diagrams in selection tables).

Connectors

For the cylindrical types, 8 mm combined plugs or plugs with M 12 threads are offered as standard (3-pole or 4-pole). A cable plug is additionally re-quired for the plug-and-socket connections, see Accessories. As an option, plugs with an M 18 thread (3-pole) are also of-fered for the M 18 and M 30 types.

Cables

In general, highly flexible ca-bles with oil-resistant outer cas-ings of polyurethane (PUR) are used that are 2 m long as stan-dard.

For applications where cables come into contact with acids or alkalis, please order devices with PVC cables.

For devices used in applica-tions to UL and CSA, PVC ca-bles must be ordered.

Other cable lengths and materi-als are available on request.

Cable length

For the BERO proximity switch-es, long cables cause:• Capacitive loading of the

output• Increased injection of

interference.

Cables should be shorter than 300 m even under favorable conditions.

Cable routing

The connecting leads of the proximity switches should not be routed in a cable duct alongside cables that are used to switch inductive loads (e. g. contactor coils, solenoid valves or motors) or that carry the cur-rents of electronic motorized operating mechanisms. The lead lengths should be as short as possible; they can, however, be up to 300 m in length under the best conditions (minimal coupling capacitance, low in-terference voltage levels.

Interference can be reduced by means of the following mea-sures:• Clearance from interfering

cables > 100 mm,• Shielding• Connection of coils (of

contactors, relays or solenoid valves) with RC elements or varistors.

NSD00796

a


Introduction


4

BERO dictionary

Actuating distance sa

See “Operating distance”

Actuating element

The actuating elements are the structural parts made from met-al that are used to actuate the BERO during normal operation.

Their shape, material and di-mensions have an effect on the response characteristic of the BERO (see “Reduction fac-tors”).

The rated operating distances sn specified were determined using the minimum surface area defined in the standard (see the characteristic curve). If the surface area used is less than this minimum, the usable operating distance is reduced su.

Axial approach

Axial approach is when the ac-tuating element approaches the sensing face centrally along the reference axis z.

Build-up time tsThis is the time that elapses at the output between removal of the actuation and the change in signal, defined as s = 0.5 sn.

Non-equivalent outputs

The 4-wire BEROs have two outputs:• A1 with NO function and• A2 with NC function.

Current consumption

Current consumption (supply current) is defined as the cur-rent consumed by the proximity switch itself for operation of the oscillator, amplifier, etc. This does not include the current that flows through the load.

The no-load supply current I0 is the current that is drawn from the electricity supply when a load is not connected.

Degree of protection

Degree of protection to DIN 40 050/IEC 60 529.

IP 67 degree of protection

Where:6 indicates protection against

the ingress of dust. Complete protection against contact with live parts.

7 indicates protection against the effects of immersion in water at a specified pressure for a specified duration. Water must not penetrate in quantities that can cause adverse effects.

Test conditions:• Immersion depth 1 m• Immersion time 30 min


Where:6 indicates the same protection

as above.8 indicates protection against

the effects of immersion in water.

Differential travel H

The differential travel H is the distance between the switch-on point and the switch-off point of the BERO. It causes a defined switching response for the de-vices. The operating distance is always specified with refer-ence to the switch-on point.

EMC

The electromagnetic compati-bility of the devices meets the most stringent requirements. The following requirements are met:• IEC 60 801-2, Level 3• IEC 60 801-3, Level 3• IEC 60 801-4, Level 3• IEC 60 255-4/E, Class III

This is supplemented by strict practical tests.

Free zone ZF

This is the zone that surrounds the damping zone and that has to be kept free of metal parts as does the damping zone itself. Its volume is determined by the dimensions r, c and w, g.

Ak Response characteristicA Response pointc, g Partial height of the transition zoned Diameter of the BEROQ Sensing facer Radius of the free zonew Mounting statusz Reference axisZB Damping zoneZF Free zoneZJ Inactive zone

Functions

NO function

An inductive BERO is said to have an NO function when its output is switched through in the damped state and blocked in the non-damped state.

NC function

An inductive BERO is said to have an NC function when its output is blocked in the damped state and switched through in the non-damped state.

Magnetic fields

Permanent magnetic fields and low-frequency alternating fields do not generally affect the func-tion of the proximity switches. Intense fields may saturate the ferrite core of the switch and therefore increase the operat-ing distance or allow the device to switch through. Damage is however unlikely to occur.

High-frequency fields with fre-quencies of several hundred kHz can have a detri-mental effect on the function (operational frequency of the devices). In the event of prob-lems with interference fields, shielding should be implement-ed.

Minimum load current

The minimum load current is the lowest current that is necessary to ensure reliable operation of the BERO in the switched through state (for 2-wire BEROs).

Mounting

Proximity switches for shielded mounting

Proximity switches for shielded mounting can be shielded-mounted in any type of metal. The specified clearance must be observed to ensure that the proximity switch functions cor-rectly.

Proximity switches for unshielded mounting

When proximity switches for un-shielded mounting are mounted in conductive materials (met-als), the specified clearances between the sensor and the conductive material must be observed. This also applies in the case of semi-shielded mounting.

Shielded mounting in non-con-ductive materials is permissi-ble.

NSD01053

Switch-off pointSwitch-on point

Operating dis-tance s

Responsecurves

Differential travel

Direction of movement

w

dQ

ZFAk

ZJ

AZB

r

cg

z NSD01061

NSD01060

Metal BERO

Sensing face

NSD01062

Metal BERO

Sensing face


Introduction


BERO dictionary

npn circuit

The output stage contains an npn transistor that switches the load onto the negative operat-ing voltage (0 V). The load is connected between the output and the positive operating volt-age (+UB).

Oil resistance

The proximity switches to the IP 67 degree of protection are not suitable for continuous op-eration in oily environments. It is important to note the following:

Lubricating oils

Usually unproblematic.

Hydraulic oils, cutting oils

These oils attack most plastics. In particular, PVC cables are discolored and become brittle.

Action: Avoid contact with these liquids wherever possi-ble, especially on the sensing surface.

Off-state current

The off-state current is the cur-rent that flows through the out-put transistor when the output is inhibited and that therefore also flows through the load (this is particularly important in the case of connection in parallel).

Operating distance

The operating distance is the distance at which a target ap-proaching the sensing surface of the proximity switch causes a signal change. The operating distance is measured in accor-dance with EN 50 010 using a standard target in the axial di-rection.

Rated operating distance sn

The rated operating distance sn of the BERO is a characteristic value of the device that does not take into account the practi-cal deviations caused by exter-nal influences such as tempera-ture and voltage.

This operating distance is ap-plicable when using the stan-dard actuating element speci-fied in EN 50 010. If the actuat-ing element deviates from this with regard to its material and/or size, reduction factors must be applied.

Effective operating distance sr

This is the operating distance that applies to a specific exam-ple in accordance with EN 50 010. The manufacturing tolerance is 10 %:0.9 sn < sr < 1.1 sn

Usable operating distance su

This includes the expected de-viations that are caused by temperature variations and op-erating voltage variations with-in a specified range. Taking into account the effective operating distance, the following is true for a reliable situation:0.81 sn < su < 1.21 sn

Assured operating distance (actuating distance) sa

This is the minimum usable op-erating distance:sa = 0.81 sn

sa Operating distancesn Rated operating distancesr Effective operating distancesmin Min. usable operating distance su (= Actuating distance sa)smax Max. usable oper. distance su

Operating frequency f

The operating frequency f is the maximum possible number of changeovers between the damped and undamped states of a BERO at which the output circuit still supplies a defined signal sequence in accordance with the operation.

This specifies the highest per-missible number of pulses per second for a constant ratio of Pulse:Interval = 1:2 and half the rated operating distance sn. Measurement was performed in accordance with EN 50 010.

Operating temperature

The specified operating tem-perature range must not be ex-ceeded. Otherwise, the proxim-ity switch may be damaged and the operating response is undefined.

Output

The BERO proximity switch is available with different types of outputs.2-wire, DC or AC/DC, load is in series with BERO

3-wire, DC, pnp, load is between A and L–

3-wire, DC, npn, load is between A and L+

4-wire, compatible, DC, load is between A1, A2 and L–

Output current

The devices are designed for a specified maximum output cur-rent. If this current is exceeded, even briefly, the built-in over-load protection will be activat-ed. Incandescent lamps, ca-pacitors and other strongly ca-pacitive loads, e. g. long leads, have a similar effect to an over-load.

Output resistance

To ensure that the output volt-age follows the switching state even when an external load is not connected, the BERO prox-imity switches have a built-in output resistance. For operation at high operating frequencies, a load resistance must be con-nected (to reduce the electrical time constant).

Parallel connection

Proximity switches can be con-nected in parallel to implement logic gating operations without any problems in the case of 3-wire and 4-wire BEROs but not in the case of 2-wire BEROs.

Please note:• The power consumption

increases.• Leakage currents add up so

that even in the off state, an impermissible voltage drop can occur across the load.

See diagrams on Page 4/18.

NSD01049

+U

A

B

0 V

R L

Load

t

m

d

NSD01051

NSD01063

120%

100%

80%

0%

sn

sr

-10%

+10%

min

s rmax

smin

-10%

+10%

smax

s s 20%

N n+

saSensingface

BERO

s / 2

NSD01052

n

m2 m

Proximityswitch

Non-conductivematerial

Disc

Target

NSD01055

L+

L-

I

NSD01057

L+

L-

AI

NSD01056

L+

L-

AI

NSD01058

L+

L-

A2

A1

I


Introduction


4

BERO dictionary

pnp circuit

The output stage contains a pnp transistor that switches the load onto the positive operating voltage (+UB) The load is con-nected between the output and the negative operating voltage (0 V).

Power supply units

Single-phase power supply units must be smoothed with at least 1000 µF/A. For the pur-pose of interference suppres-sion, this action must also be taken in the case of three-phase power supply units.

Power-up delay teThis is the device-specific time that elapses before the BERO is ready for operation after the op-erating voltage is applied (see also “Spurious signal suppres-sion”).

Programming

The NO or NC function can be selected by setting a sliding-dolly switch in the base of the housing or by setting a jumper in the electronics socket. This is only possible in box-shaped BEROs with increased require-ments and with increased oper-ating distance.

Rated operational voltage

The rated operational voltage is specified inclusive of 10 % re-sidual ripple.

Reduction factors

The specified operating dis-tance s refers to precisely de-fined measuring conditions (see “Operating distance”). Un-der other conditions, the oper-ating distance is usually re-duced.

The reduction factors (see the technical data) are only approx-imate values. Deviations can occur due to differences in ma-terial composition and type.

The influence of geometry

If a smaller plate is used in-stead of the standard actuating element specified in EN 50 010, the operating state must be corrected with a reduction fac-tor.

Reference axis z

The reference axis is the axis that passes vertically through the center of the sensing face of the BERO proximity switch (see also “Mounting”).

Repeat accuracy R

The repeat accuracy R is de-fined as the repeat accuracy of the effective operating distance sr for two successive switching operations within a period of eight hours for housing temper-ature between 18 and 28 °C at rated operating voltage Un.

The specified repeat accuracy is based on this definition. The deviation from the effective dis-tance sr is permitted to be up to 10 %. The repeat accuracy is usually significantly better for measurements that follow each other immediately.

Residual ripple σ

The maximum value of residual ripple peak-to-peak is not per-mitted to exceed 10 % of the rated voltage Un.

If the residual ripple is exces-sive, the operating response can be undefined. This can be rectified by means of a larger smoothing capacitor or a stabi-lized power supply.

Residual voltage

The residual voltage is the volt-age that is measured across the load when the output is in-hibited.

Response characteristic Ak

This is the line on which all the response points A for a BERO are located. They were deter-mined using a standard actua-tion element. The device-spe-cific characteristic values can be read from the response characteristic. The BERO axis z is aligned with the y-axis.

Ak Response characteristicA Response pointB Switchback pointH Differential travels Operating distancex Direction of motion∆x Tripping distancey Distance to BEROz Reference axis

Response point A

This is the location of the actu-ating element at the moment of signal output. The reference point is the lower front edge of the actuating element.

Response time tA

This is the time that elapses at the output between actuation and the change in signal, de-fined as s = 0.5 sn.

Sensing face

The sensing face of a BERO proximity switch is the surface that the actuating element has to approach before the output will switch.

Series connection

See diagrams on Page 4/18.

Shielded mounting

See “Mounting”.

Standard target

Actuating elements with speci-fied dimensions that are used to determine the response characteristic.

Material of the standard target: St 37, 1 mm thickness

Surface dimensions of the square standard target: The length of the sides is identical to the diameter of the circle drawn on the sensing face of the BERO (in accordance with EN 50 010) or equal to three times the rated operating dis-tance sn, provided that 3 × sn is larger than the diameter of the circle.

Switchback point B

This is the location of the lower rear edge of the actuating ele-ment, e. g. in the damping zone, at the moment when the signal changes on departure of the actuating element.

Temperature drift

The specified operating dis-tances are based on an ambi-ent temperature of 20 °C. Within the permissible temperature range of –25 to +70 °C, the op-erating distance varies by up to ±10 % of the value for 25 °C.

The temperature of the actuat-ing element itself has a negligi-ble effect on the operating dis-tance.

Tightening torque

If the nuts are over-tightened, the BERO proximity switches can be mechanically damaged. The maximum permissible tightening torques are specified in the technical data.

Tripping distance ∆x

Distance between the actuating element and BERO axis z at re-sponse point A.

Unshielded mounting

See “Mounting”.

Voltage drop

In the switched through state, a (current-dependent) voltage drop occurs across the output transistor; the output voltage does not therefore reach the as-sociated operating voltage (particularly important to note in the case of series connection and solid-state inputs).

Weld-resistant

Devices that are characterized as weld-resistant are insensitive to magnetic fields of up to 0.23 Tesla (peak value). This corresponds to an effective cur-rent of up to 21 kA for 25.4 mm spacing.

NSD01050

+U

R

A

0 V

L

B

Load

1,0

1,21,00,80,60,40,20

0,8

0,6

0,4

0,2

0

NS

D01054

Relative side length of target

Red

uct

ion

fact

or

NSD0 01059

y z

x

x

x

x

Ak

BA

B H s

x

x

Ax

Sensing face



Introduction

Technical data

Special designs

Differential travel H H ≤ 0.2 sr

Cable length

Max. permissible (unshielded)

AC

DC

100 m300 m

Degree of protection Molded cablePlug with cable plugTerminal compartment

For extreme environmentalconditions / DESINA

IP 67IP 67IP 65

IP 68

Ambient temperature During operationDuring storage

–25 to +85 °C 1)2)–40 to +85 °C 1)

Shock resistance 30 × g, 18 ms duration

Vibration strength 55 Hz, 1 mm amplitude

Reduction factor

U BERO

BERO for shielded mounting/unshielded mounting(typical values)

Stainless steelAlCuMs

1

0.7 to 0.90.35 to 0.50.2 to 0.40.3 to 0.6

Voltage drop

2-wire BERO

3-wire BERO

4-wire BERO

≤ 8 V

≤ 2.5 V

≤ 2.5 V

Longer connecting cables3RG40/41 inductive BEROs can be supplied with longer connecting cables (PUR).

3RG46 inductive BEROs can be supplied with longer connecting cables.

Minimum order quantity 50 units.

Delivery times on request.

Price supplement per m

The Order No. must be supplemented with “–Z” and the short code for the required length should be appended.

Up to 9.9 m in steps of 0.1 m:Short code A10 Length 1.0 m

A21 Length 2.1 mA99 Length 9.9 m

Note: These details do not apply to the standard design with a cable length of 2 m (no supplement). For shorter lengths under 2 m, the normal price applies.

From 10 m in steps of 1 m:Short code B10 Length 10 m

B99 Length 99 m

Example: 3RG40 12–0AB00–ZExample: B10

Stainless steel housingMany types of 3RG4 cylindrical inductive BEROs (from type M 12 onwards) with metal housings can also be supplied in stainless steel.

Can be supplied on request.

Extended temperature rangeThe 3RG40 BEROs can be supplied for an operating temperature range of –40 to +85 °C or –25 to +100 °C.

Price supplement

Can be supplied on request.

Special cables3RG4 inductive BEROs can also be supplied with other types of cable – See the table below.

The Order No. must be supplemented with “–Z” and the required cable and cable length should be specified in plain text.

(3RG46 . . on request)

If UL and CSA approvals are required, please order the approved PVC cable.

Delivery times and prices will be supplied on request.

Version with cable (standard 2 m PUR or PVC cable, depending on type)

Cable type OuterDiameter

Perm. conductor cross-section

mm mm2

2-wire BERO LiYY11Y (PUR)PVC (UL + CSA approved)

4.54.5

2 × 0.252 × 0.56

3-wire BERO LiYY11Y (PUR)PVC (UL + CSA approved)PVC (oil resistant)TeflonSilicon

4.54.84.64.05.5

3 × 0.253 × 0.563 × 0.253 × 0.553 × 0.25

4-wire BERO LiYY11Y (PUR)PVC (UL + CSA approved)PVC (oil resistant)Teflon

4.55.34.64.3

4 × 0.144 × 0.344 × 0.144 × 0.55

Type Material Tightening torque

Nm

M 8 Stainless steelBrass

52

M 12 BrassMolded plasticStainless steel

101

25

M 14 Molded plastic 0.5


203

50


405

100

1) For 3RG41 and 3RG46, up to +70 °C.2) Maximum switching current for 3-wire BERO for normal requirements

is 150 mA for operating temperatures >50 °C.



Connection diagrams

4

Connection diagrams

Figure 1

Figure 2

Figure 3

Figure 4

Figure 5

Figure 6

Figure 7

Figure 8

Figure 9

Figure 10

Figure 11

Figure 12

Figure 13

Figure 14

Figure 15

Figure 16

Figure 17

Figure 18

Figure 19

Figure 20

Figure 21

Figure 22

Figure 23

Figure 24

Figure 25

Figure 26

Figure 27

Figure 28

Figure 29

Figure 30

Figure 31

Figure 32

Abbreviations for color identification of the connecting cables according to DIN IEC 60 757:

BK= Black BN = BrownBU= Blue WH = White

1

243

L+

L

NSD00642

NO+NC

I

1

4

3

L+

LNO

NSD00643

I

1

2

3

L+

LNC

NSD00644

I

1

4

3

L+

LNO

NSD00645

I

1

2

3

L+

LNC

NSD00646

I

1

4

L+

LNO

NSD00647

I

1

4

3

L+

L

NONSD00648

I

3

4

L1/L+

NONSD00649

N/L

N/LL1/L+

I

1

2NC

NSD00650

L1/L+N/L

L1/L+N/L

I

L

L+

NSD00651

NO+NC

WH

BN

BK

BU

I

L+

L

NSD00652a

NO

BN

BK

BU

I

NCNSD00653

BN

BK

BU

L+

L

I

NONSD00654

BN

BK

BU

L+

L

I

NCNSD00655

BN

BK

BU

L+

L

I

NONSD00656

BN

BU

L+

L

I

NONSD00657

BK

BK

L1/L+

N/L

(N/L )

(L1/L+)

I

NCNSD00658

BK

BK

L1/L+

N/L

(N/L )

(L1/L+)

I

1

42

3

L+

LNO+NC

NSD00659

I

1

2/4

3

L+

LNO

NSD00660

I

1

2/4

3

L+

LNC

NSD00661

I

1

2/4

3

L+

LNO

NSD00662

I

1

4

L+

LNO

NSD00663

I

1

2/4

3

L+

LNC NO

NSD00664

I

1/3

2/4

L1/L+

NC NONSD00665

(N/L )

N/L

(L1/L+)

I

3

42

1 L+

L

NO+NCNSD00666

I

1/3

X

2/4

L+

L

NSD00667

NO

I

1/3

X

2/4

L+

L

NSD00668

NC NO

I

1

4

3

L+

LNO

NSD01167

I

1

4

3

L+

LNO

NSD01168

I

+UB

R L2

A1

A2

0 V

=

39 V

39 V

BN

BK

WH

BUR L1

NSD00669

1

4

2NO

NSD01182

IL+

L

1

4

2

3

Sensor

Monitor

1

4

3

L+

LNO

NSD01183

I2

1

4

2

3

Sensor

MonitorM



Connection diagrams

Typical circuits

DC versionParallel connection Series connection 1) Parallel connection with

1 contact (NO or NC)Series connection with 1 contact (NO or NC) 1)

2-wire BERO, for solid-state inputs (PLC)

Not possible, because the sum of all residual currents of the BERO must be less than the holding current of the load.

Not possible, because

n ≤

Ub PLC: 24 V

3-wire BERO, pnp

n ≤ + 1

Uc = Ub – (n · 2.5 V)

No other circuits are permitted.

3-wire BERO, npn

n ≤ + 1

Uc = Ub – (n · 2.5 V)

4-wire BERO, pnp

AC/DC versionParallel connection Series connection 1) Parallel connection with

1 contact (NO or NC)Series connection with 1 contact (NO or NC) 1)

With 2 connections

The sum of all off-state currents of the BERO must be less than the holding current of the load.

n ≤

Uc = Ub – (n · 8 V)

For DC operation, a diode must be connected in parallel with the mainly inductive load.

Ub 15 V–

8 V-------------------

NSD00671

BN

BU L

L

I

NSD00670

BN

BU L

L

I

NSD00672

BN

BK

BU

L L

BN

BK

BU

I

I

NSD00673

BN

BK

BU

L

L

BN

BK

BU

I

I

Ub Umin–

2,5 V--------------------

NSD00675

L

BN

BK

BU

L

I

NSD00674

L

BN

BK

BU

L

I

NSD00676

BU

BK

BN

L L

BU

BK

BN

I

I

NSD00677

BU

BK

BN

L

L

BU

BK

BN

I

I

Ub Umin–

2,5 V--------------------

NSD00679

L

BU

BK

BN

L

I

NSD00678

L

BU

BK

BN

L

I

NSD01187 LL

BNBK

I

I

BU

BNBKWHBU

WH

NSD01188

BNBK

I

I

BU

BNBKWHBU

WH

L

L

IBNBKWHBU

NSD01190

L

L

IBNBKWHBU

NSD01189

L

L

NSD00680

BK

BK

BK

BK N(L )

L1(L )I

I

NSD00681

BK

BK

BK

BK N(L )

L1(L )

I

I

Ub

20 V---------

NSD00683

BK

BK

L1(L )

N(L )I

NSD00682

BK

BK N(L )

L1(L )

I

Ub = Operational voltageUc = Minimum operating voltage of the loadn = Number of BEROsUmin = Minimum permissible operational voltage

Abbreviations for color identification of the connecting cables according to DIN IEC 60 757:BK = Black BN = BrownBU = Blue WH= White

1) The power-up delay for the devices must be taken into account when calculating the operating times.




Standard duty

4


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions

Connecting wires

Housing material

Rated operational voltage (DC) VIndicatorNo-load supply current I0 mARated operational current mA

Operating frequency HzRepeat accuracy mmPower-up delay ms

Protective measures

With 2 m cable, PUR, 3 × 0.055 mm2

NO func., pnp


NO func., pnp

Response characteristicsMounting instructions

Protective measuresNot availableSpurious signal suppressionShort-circuit and overload protectionReverse polarity protectionWire-break protectionInductive interference protectionRadio interference protection

123456

0.6 mm

Ø 3 mm

Shielded

Type

3-wire

Stainless steel

10 to 30LED≤ 10100

50000.0110

Type Order No. Weight, approx.

Conn. diagr. P. 4/17

Preferred type kg No.

3RG46 03–2AB00 0.021 11

–

1

NS

D00298

22 1

6

LED

Æ 3

1 2 3 5 6

1

Determined with standard target

A = Sensing faceB = Metal-free space

ymm

mm mm

0,8

1 0 1

NS

D00301

-x +x

0,6

0,2

1

0,51,5 1,50,5

0,4

A

B

NS

D003

02

6

1,5

A

B4,5

0.8 mm

Ø 4 mm

Shielded

Type

3-wire

Stainless steel

10 to 30LED≤ 10200

50000.018




–

3RG46 00–1AB00 0.033 11

2

NS

D00307

25

18

LED

Æ 4

1 2 3 5 6

2



ymm

mm mm

0,8

2 1 0 1

NS

D00303

-x +x 2

0,6

0,4

0,2

1

A

B

NS

D003

04

8

2,4

A

B6




Standard duty


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions

Sg = Connecting thread

Connecting wires

Housing material


Switching frequency HzRepeat accuracy mmPower-up delay ms

Protective measures


NO func., pnpNO func., npn

With 8 mm combined plug, Type A, C




123456

0.8 mm

M 5

Shielded

Type Type

3-wire

Brass, nickel-plated

10 to 30LED≤ 10200

50000.0110




3RG46 10–0AG00 0.04 113RG46 10–0GB00 0.04 13

3RG46 10–7AG00 0.01 23RG46 10–7GB00 0.01 4

1 2

25

SW 7

NS

D00308

18

M 5x0,5

LED2

0

NS

D00309a

SW

7

M 5x0,5

23

15

18

LEDSg

M 8x1

1 2 3 5 6

1

2



ymm

mm mm

0,8

2 1 0 1

NS

D00303

-x +x 2

0,6

0,4

0,2

1

A

B

NS

D003

06

10

2,4

A

B7,5

0.8 mm

5 mm × 5 mm

Shielded

Type

3-wire


10 to 30LED≤ 10200

50000.0110




3RG46 36–0AG00 0.026 113RG46 36–0GB00 0.026 13

––

3

3

5x5 1,5

5,5

14

M 1,6

NS

D00310

25

1 2 3 5 6

3



ymm

mm mm

0,8

2 1 0 1

NS

D00303

-x +x 2

0,6

0,4

0,2

1

NSD00311

10

2,4

A

B

A

B

7,5




Standard duty

4


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions


Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures


NO func., pnpNC func., pnpNO func., npn


NO and NC func., pnp

With 8 mm comb. plug• Type A, C NO func., pnp• Type A NC func., pnp

With 8 mm combined plug, Type B


With M12 connector• Type E, F NO func., pnp• Type F NC func., pnp• Type E, F NO func., npn

With M 12 connector, Type F




123456

1 mm

M 8

Shielded

Type Type Type

3-wire

Stainless steel

15 to 34LED≤ 17 (24 V); ≤ 30 (34 V)200 (≤ 50 °C); 150 (≤ 85 °C)

15000.140




3RG40 11–0AG00 0.08 113RG40 11–0AF00 0.08 12

3RG40 11–0GB00 0.08 13

–

3RG40 11–7AG00 0.018 23RG40 11–7AF00 0.018 3

–

3RG40 11–3AG00 0.021 23RG40 11–3AF00 0.021 33RG40 11–3GB00 0.021 4

–

1 2 3

NS

D00

312

LED

50

M 8x1

34S

W 1

3LED

M 8x1

SW

13

NSD00313

34

45

2

Sg

LED

M 8x1

SW

13

NS

D00

31

4b

34

55

M 12x1

1 2 3 4 5 6

1

2

3



y

mm mm2 1 0 1

NS

D00318

-x +x2

0,4

0,2

1,0

0,8

0,6

mm

A

B

NS

D003

19

4 12

3

A

B

1 mm

M 8

Shielded

Type Type Type

4-wire

Stainless steel

10 to 30LED≤ 1.050

15000.140




–––

3RG40 11–0CC00 0.072 10

––

3RG40 11–7CC00 0.018 1–

––

3RG40 11–3CC00 0.021 1

4 5 6

NS

D00

312

LED

50

M 8x1

34S

W 1

3

LED

M 8x1

SW

13

NSD00313

34

45

2

Sg

LED

M 8x1

SW

13

NS

D00

31

4b

34

55

M 12x1

1 2 3 5 6

4

5

6



y

mm mm2 1 0 1

NS

D00318

-x +x2

0,4

0,2

1,0

0,8

0,6

mm

A

B

NS

D003

19

4 12

3

A

B




Standard duty


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions


Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures


NO func., pnp

With 8 mm combined plug, Type A




123456

1.5 mm

Ø 6.5 mm

Shielded

Type Type

3-wire

Stainless steel

10 to 30LED≤ 10200

30000.0210




3RG46 01–1AB00 0.035 11

3RG46 01–7AG00 0.01 2–3RG46 01–7GB00 0.01 4

1 2

16

Æ 6,5

NS

D00

32

8 LED

20

29

LED (4x)

NSD00329

Æ 6,5

Sg

1 2 3 5 6

1

2



mm

mm mm

1,5

0,5

1

3 1 0 21

NS

D00331

-x 2 +x3

y

A

B

NS

D0033

2

4 13

4,5

A

B

1.5 mm

M 8

Shielded

Type Type

3-wire


10 to 30LED≤ 10200

30000.0110




3RG46 11–0AG31 0.044 11

3RG46 11–7AG31 0.016 23RG46 11–7AF31 0.016 33RG46 11–7GB31 0.016 4

3 4

M 8x1

16N

SD

0033

8 LED

SW

13

M 8x1

17

29

SW

13

NSD00339b

LED(4x)

Sg

1 2 3 5 6

3

4



mm

mm mm

1,5

0,5

1

3 1 0 21

NS

D00331

-x 2 +x3

y

A

B

NS

D003

19

4 12

3

A

B




Standard duty

4


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions


Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures



With 8 mm combined plug• Type A NO func., pnp• Type A NC func., pnp• Type A NO func., npn• Type A NC func., npn



123456

1.5 mm

8 mm × 8 mm

Shielded

Type Type

3-wire


10 to 30LED≤ 10200

10000.0710




3RG46 37–0AB00 0.045 113RG46 37–0GG00 0.045 13

3RG46 37–7AB00 0.02 23RG46 37–7AA00 0.02 33RG46 37–7GG00 0.02 43RG46 37–7GF00 0.02 5

1 2

NS

D00333a

40

8x8

5

3

10

20

M 3

37

LED

NSD00334a

5

10

20

M 3

50

59

8x8 3

Sg

37

LED

1 2 3 5 6

1



mm

mm mm

1,5

0,5

1

3 1 0 21

NS

D00331

-x 2 +x3

y

NSD00337

4 12

3

A

B

A

B




Standard duty


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions


Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures


NO func., pnpNC func., pnpNO func., npnNC func., npn




123456

1.5 mm

Ø 6.5 mm

Shielded

Type Type

3-wire

Stainless steel

15 to 34LED≤ 17 (24 V); ≤ 30 (34 V)200 (≤ 50 °C); 150 (≤ 85 °C)

15000.140



kg No.

3RG40 50–0AG33 0.066 113RG40 50–0AF33 0.066 123RG40 50–0GB33 0.066 133RG40 50–0GA33 0.066 14


1 2

35

NS

D00326

LED

Æ 6,5

NSD00327

45

LED (4x)

33

Æ 6,5

Sg

1 2 3 4 5 6

1

2



ymm

mm mm

1,5

0,5

1

3 1 0 21

NS

D00330

-x 2 +x3

A

B

NS

D003

19

4 12

3

A

B

1.5 mm

Ø 6.5 mm

Shielded

Type Type

3-wire

Stainless steel

15 to 34LED≤ 17 (24 V); ≤ 30 (34 V)200 (≤ 50 °C); 150 (≤ 85 °C)

15000.140



kg No.



3 4

34

50

LED

NS

D0

03

35

Æ 6,5

34

52LED

NS

D0

03

36

M 8x1

Æ 6,5

1 2 3 4 5 6

3

4



mm

mm mm

1,5

0,5

1

3 1 0 21

NS

D00331

-x 2 +x3

y

A

B

NS

D003

19

4 12

3

A

B




Standard duty

4


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions


Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures






123456

1.5 mm

Ø 8 mm

Shielded

Type Type

3-wire

Stainless steel

15 to 34LED≤ 17 (24 V); ≤ 30 (34 V)200 (≤ 50 °C); 150 (≤ 85 °C)

15000.140




3RG40 51–0AG33 0.07 11 3RG40 51–0AF33 0.07 12

3RG40 51–0GB33 0.07 133RG40 51–0GA33 0.07 14

3RG40 51–7AG33 0.01 2 3RG40 51–7AF33 0.01 3

3RG40 51–7GB33 0.01 43RG40 51–7GA33 0.01 5

1 2

35

NS

D00

35

1 LED

Æ 8

NSD00352

45

LED (4x)

33

Æ 8

Sg

1 2 3 4 5 6

1

2



ymm

mm mm

1,5

0,5

1

3 1 0 21

NS

D00330

-x 2 +x3

A

B

NS

D003

19

4 12

3

A

B

1.5 mm

M 8

Shielded

Type Type

3-wire

Stainless steel

15 to 34LED≤ 17 (24 V); ≤ 30 (34 V)200 (≤ 50 °C); 150 (≤ 85 °C)

15000.140




3RG40 11–0AG33 0.07 11 3RG40 11–0AF33 0.07 12

3RG40 11–0GB33 0.07 133RG40 11–0GA33 0.07 14

3RG40 11–7AG33 0.017 2 3RG40 11–7AF33 0.017 3

3RG40 11–7GB33 0.017 43RG40 11–7GA33 0.017 5

3 4

35

M 8x1

NS

D00

340 LED

SW

13

33

M 8x1

LED(4x)

45 S

W 1

3

SgNSD00341b

1 2 3 4 5 6

3

4



ymm

mm mm

1,5

0,5

1

3 1 0 21

NS

D00330

-x 2 +x3

A

B

NS

D003

19

4 12

3

A

B




Standard duty


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions


Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures





With 8 mm combined plug• Type A, C NO func., pnp• Type A, C NC func., pnp

With 8 mm combined plug, Type B


With M12 connector• Type E, F NO func., pnp• Type F NC func., pnp• Type E, F NO func., npn• Type F NC func., npn





123456

1.5 mm

M 8

Shielded

Type Type Type

3-wire

Stainless steel

15 to 34LED≤ 17 (24 V); ≤ 30 (34 V)200 (≤ 50 °C); 150 (≤ 85 °C)

15000.140





–

3RG40 11–7AG05 0.018 23RG40 11–7AF05 0.018 3

–


–

1 2 3

NS

D00

312

LED

50

M 8x1

34S

W 1

3LED

M 8x1

SW

13

NSD00313

34

45

2

Sg

LED

M 8x1

SW

13

NS

D00

31

4b

34

55

M 12x1

1 2 3 4 5 6

1

2

3



mm

mm mm

1,5

0,5

1

3 1 0 21

NS

D00331

-x 2 +x3

y

A

B

NS

D003

19

4 12

3

A

B

1.5 mm

M 8

Shielded

Type Type Type

4-wire

Stainless steel

10 to 30LED≤ 1.050

15000.140



kg No.

––––

3RG40 11–0CC05 0.071 10

––

3RG40 11–7CC05 0.02 1–

––––

3RG40 11–3CC05 0.02 1

4 5 6

NS

D00

312

LED

50

M 8x1

34S

W 1

3

LED

M 8x1

SW

13

NSD00313

34

45

2

Sg

LED

M 8x1

SW

13

NS

D00

31

4b

34

55

M 12x1

1 2 3 5 6

4

5

6



mm

mm mm

1,5

0,5

1

3 1 0 21

NS

D00331

-x 2 +x3

y

A

B

NS

D003

19

4 12

3

A

B




Standard duty

4


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions


Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures






123456

2 mm

M 12

Shielded

Type Type

3-wire


15 to 34LED≤ 17 (24 V); ≤ 30 (34 V)200 (≤ 50 °C); 150 (≤ 85 °C)

12000.140




3RG40 12–0AG33 0.085 113RG40 12–0AF33 0.085 12

3RG40 12–0GB33 0.085 133RG40 12–0GA33 0.085 14

3RG40 12–3AG33 0.03 23RG40 12–3AF33 0.03 3

3RG40 12–3GB33 0.03 43RG40 12–3GA33 0.03 5

1 2

NS

D00

366

35

M 12x1

SW

17

LED

4

LED(4x)

NSD00367b

M 12x1

45 3

4

SW 17

4

Sg

1 2 3 4 5 6

1

2



ymm

-x +x

2

0,5

1

4 2 0 2 4

NS

D00362

mm mm

A

B

NS

D003

63

6 12

5

A

B

2 mm

M 12

Shielded

Type Type

3-wire


15 to 34LED≤ 17 (24 V); ≤ 30 (34 V)200 (≤ 50 °C); 150 (≤ 85 °C)

12000.140




3RG40 12–0AG01 0.085 113RG40 12–0AF01 0.085 12

3RG40 12–0GB00 0.085 133RG40 12–0GA00 0.085 14

3RG40 12–3AG01 0.031 23RG40 12–3AF01 0.031 3

3RG40 12–3GB00 0.031 4–

3 4

LED

NS

D00360a

50

4

M 12x1

SW

17

NSD00361b

59

M 12x1

48

SW

17

4

Sg

LED(4x)

1 2 3 4 5 6

3

4



ymm

-x +x

2

0,5

1

4 2 0 2 4

NS

D00362

mm mm

A

B

NS

D003

63

6 12

5

A

B




Standard duty


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions


Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures







123456

2 mm

M 12

Shielded

Type Type

4-wire


15 to 34LED≤ 1.050

8000.13



kg No.

3RG40 12–0CD10 0.08 10

3RG40 12–3CD11 0.04 1

1 2

NS

D00373

40

M 12x1

LEDS

W 1

74

NSD00374a

50

M 12x1

39

LED (4x)

SW

17

4

Sg

1 2 3 5 6

1

2



ymm

-x +x

2

0,5

1

4 2 0 2 4

NS

D00362

mm mm

A

B

NS

D003

63

6 12

5

A

B

2 mm

M 12

Shielded

Type Type

4-wire


15 to 34LED≤ 25 (24 V); ≤ 40 (34 V)200 (≤ 50 °C); 150 (≤ 85 °C)

12000.140


Conn. diagr.P. 4/17


3RG40 12–0CD00 0.085 10

3RG40 12–3CD00 0.032 1

3 4

LED

NS

D00360a

50

4

M 12x1

SW

17

NSD00361b

59

M 12x1

48

SW

17

4

Sg

LED(4x)

1 2 3 4 5 6

3

4



ymm

-x +x

2

0,5

1

4 2 0 2 4

NS

D00362

mm mm

A

B

NS

D003

63

6 12

5

A

B




Standard duty

4


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions

Connecting wiresHousing material



Protective measures


NO func., pnp




NO func., pnp



123456

2 mm

Block 12 mm × 40 mm

Shielded

Type

Type

3-wireMolded plastic

15 to 34LED≤ 17 (24 V); ≤ 30 (34 V)200 (≤ 50 °C); 150 (≤ 85 °C)

8000.240




3RG40 70–0AG45 0.08 11

–

3RG40 70–7AG45 0.02 2

1

NSD00376b

2618 4

32

4

40

3,2x5

Æ 3,2

12

16

10M3

6

LEDSensor center

2

2618 4

32

4

40

NSD0 00377b

Sensor center

M33,2x5

Æ 3,2

1216

10

M 8x1

6

LED

1 2 3 4 5 6

1

2



These BEROs can be connected in series.

ymm

-x +x

2

0,5

1

4 2 0 2 4

NS

D00362

mm mm

NS

D0

037

8

6

5

A

B

A

B

2 mm


Shielded

Type


15 to 34–≤ 1.0200 (≤ 50 °C); 150 (≤ 85 °C)

12000.140




–

3RG40 71–0CD00 0.073 10

–

3

NSD00382

32

12,6

Æ 2,6

27

8

13

2,4

1 2 3 5 6

3




ymm

-x +x

2

0,5

1

4 2 0 2 4

NS

D00362

mm mm

NS

D0

037

8

6

5

A

B

A

B




Standard duty


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions





Protective measures


NO func., pnpNC func., pnp


NO func., pnp

With M12 connector• Type E, F NO func., pnp• Type F NC func., pnp



123456

2 mm


Shielded

Type

Type


15 to 34LED≤ 17 (24 V); ≤ 40 (34 V)200 (≤ 50 °C); 150 (≤ 85 °C)

12000.140



kg No.

3RG40 70–0AG01 0.08 113RG40 70–0AF01 0.08 12

3RG40 70–7AG01 0.021 2

––

1

44

6

17

3240

12

26

6,5 NS

D00379b3,2

LED

Æ

Sensor center

2

Sg

4

4

6

17

3240

12

26

6,5

NS

D003803

4

10

Æ 3,2

Sensor center

LED

1 2 3 4 5 6

1

2




ymm

-x +x

2

0,5

1

4 2 0 2 4

NS

D00362

mm mm

NS

D0

037

8

6

5

A

B

A

B

2 mm


Shielded

Type


15 to 34LED≤ 17 (24 V); ≤ 40 (34 V)200 (≤ 50 °C); 150 (≤ 85 °C)

12000.140



kg No.

––

–

3RG40 70–3AG01 0.023 23RG40 70–3AF01 0.023 3

3

Sg

4

4

6

17

3240

12

26

6,5

NS

D00381

36

Æ 3,2

LED

Sensor center

1 2 3 4 5 6

3




ymm

-x +x

2

0,5

1

4 2 0 2 4

NS

D00362

mm mm

NS

D0

037

8

6

5

A

B

A

B




Standard duty

4


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions





Protective measures









123456

2 mm


Shielded

Type

Type


15 to 34LED≤ 25 (24 V); ≤ 40 (34 V)200 (≤ 50 °C); 150 (≤ 85 °C)

12000.140




3RG40 70–0CD00 0.08 10

3RG40 70–7CD01 0.023 1(LED corresponds to NO f.)

3RG40 70–7CD02 0.023 1(LED corresponds to NC f.)

–

1

44

6

17

3240

12

26

6,5 NS

D00379b3,2

LED

Æ

Sensor center

2

Sg

4

4

6

17

3240

12

26

6,5

NS

D003803

4

10

Æ 3,2

Sensor center

LED

1 2 3 4 5 6

1

2

2




ymm

-x +x

2

0,5

1

4 2 0 2 4

NS

D00362

mm mm

NS

D0

037

8

6

5

A

B

A

B

2 mm


Shielded

Type


15 to 34LED≤ 25 (24 V); ≤ 40 (34 V)200 (≤ 50 °C); 150 (≤ 85 °C)

12000.140



kg No.

–

–

–

3RG40 70–3CD00 0.023 1

3

Sg

4

4

6

17

3240

12

26

6,5

NS

D00381

36

Æ 3,2

LED

Sensor center

1 2 3 4 5 6

3




ymm

-x +x

2

0,5

1

4 2 0 2 4

NS

D00362

mm mm

NS

D0

037

8

6

5

A

B

A

B




Standard duty


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions


Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures






123456

2.5 mm

Ø 6.5 mm

Unshielded

Type Type

3-wire

Stainless steel

15 to 34LED≤ 17 (24 V); ≤ 30 (34 V)200 (≤ 50 °C); 150 (≤ 85 °C)

12000.140



kg No.



1 2

4

6,5

NS

D00386

LED

35 4

NSD00387

LED (4x)

33

45

6,5

Sg

1 2 3 4 5 6

1

2



ymm

mm mm24 0 4

NS

D00390

-x +x2

1

0,5

2,5

2

1,5

A

B

NS

D00391

10 20

866

A

B

2.5 mm

M 8

Unshielded

Type Type

3-wire

Stainless steel

15 to 34LED≤ 17 (24 V); ≤ 30 (34 V)200 (≤ 50 °C); 150 (≤ 85 °C)

12000.140



kg No.



3 4

4 SW

13

M 8x1

NS

D00388 LED

35

LED (4x)

4

NSD00389a

SW

13

M 8x1

45 3

3

Sg

1 2 3 4 5 6

3

4



ymm

mm mm24 0 4

NS

D00390

-x +x2

1

0,5

2,5

2

1,5

A

B

NS

D00391

10 20

866

A

B




Standard duty

4


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions


Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures


NO func., npnNC func., npn



With M12 connector• Type E, F NO func., npn• Type F NC func., npn





123456

2.5 mm

Block with M 14

Shielded

Type Type

Viewed from above

3-wire

Molded plastic

15 to 34LED≤ 17 (24 V); ≤ 30 (34 V)200 (≤ 50 °C); 150 (≤ 85 °C)

8000.140




3RG40 72–0GB00 0.085 13 3RG40 72–0GA00 0.085 14

–

3RG40 72–3GB00 0.03 43RG40 72–3GA00 0.03 5

–

1 2

LED

23

203,5

M 14x1

20

56

NS

D00398a

6x3,5

5,5

NS

D00399a

LED

23

203,5

M 14x1

20

56

66

Sg

6x3,5

5,5

NS

D00

400 12

27

1 2 3 4 5 6

1

2




ymm

mm mm24 0 4

NS

D00401

-x +x2

1

0,5

2,5

2

NS

D0

040

2a

7

6

A

B

A

B

2.5 mm

Block with M 14

Shielded

Type Type

Viewed from above

4-wire

Molded plastic

15 to 34LED≤ 25 (24 V); ≤ 40 (34 V)200 (≤ 50 °C); 150 (≤ 85 °C)

8000.140




––

3RG40 72–0CD00 0.085 10

––

3RG40 72–3CD00 0.03 1

1 2

LED

23

203,5

M 14x1

20

56

NS

D00398a

6x3,5

5,5

NS

D00399a

LED

23

203,5

M 14x1

20

56

66

Sg

6x3,5

5,5

NS

D00

400 12

27

1 2 3 4 5 6

1

2




ymm

mm mm24 0 4

NS

D00401

-x +x2

1

0,5

2,5

2

NS

D0

040

2a

7

6

A

B

A

B




Standard duty


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions


Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures






123456

4 mm

M 12

Unshielded

Type Type

3-wire


15 to 34LED≤ 17 (24 V); ≤ 30 (34 V)200 (≤ 50 °C); 150 (≤ 85 °C)

8000.240



kg No.



1 2

LED

6,5

SW

17

35

NS

D00427

M 12x1

4LED (4x)

NSD00428

6,54

5 34

M 12x1

4S

W 1

7

Sg

1 2 3 4 5 6

1

2



ymm

-xmm

1

2

4 2 0 42

NS

D00422

4

+xmmmm

NS

D004

23

15 27

889

A

B

A

B

4 mm

M 12

Unshielded

Type Type

3-wire


15 to 34LED≤ 17 (24 V); ≤ 30 (34 V)200 (≤ 50 °C); 150 (≤ 85 °C)

8000.240




3RG40 22–0AG01 0.08 11 3RG40 22–0AF01 0.08 12 3RG40 22–0GB00 0.08 13

3RG40 22–0GA00 0.08 14

3RG40 22–3AG01 0.032 23RG40 22–3AF01 0.032 3

3RG40 22–3GB00 0.032 43RG40 22–3GA00 0.032 5

3 4

NS

D00

42

0

46,5

56

SW

17

LED

M 12x1

NSD00421a

65

LED(4x)

54

M 12x1

6,5

4

SW

17

Sg

1 2 3 4 5 6

3

4



ymm

-xmm

1

2

4 2 0 42

NS

D00422

4

+xmmmm

NS

D004

23

15 27

889

A

B

A

B




Standard duty

4


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions


Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures







123456

4 mm

M 12

Unshielded

Type Type

4-wire


15 to 34LED1.050

8000.240



kg No.

3RG40 22–0CD10 0.083 10

3RG40 22–3CD11 0.04 1

1 2

LED

6,540

NS

D00444

M 12x1

SW

17

4

NSD00448a

50

LED (4x)

39

M 12x1

6,5

4

SW

17

Sg

1 2 3 5 6

1

2



ymm

-xmm

1

2

4 2 0 42

NS

D00422

4

+xmmmm

NS

D004

23

15 27

889

A

B

A

B

4 mm

M 12

Unshielded

Type Type

4-wire


15 to 34LED≤ 25 (24 V); ≤ 40 (34 V)200 (≤ 50 °C); 150 (≤ 85 °C)

8000.240




3RG40 22–0CD00 0.08 10

3RG40 22–3CD00 0.03 1

3 4

NS

D00

42

0

46,5

56

SW

17

LED

M 12x1

NSD00421a

65

LED(4x)

54

M 12x1

6,5

4

SW

17

Sg

1 2 3 5 6

3

4



ymm

-xmm

1

2

4 2 0 42

NS

D00422

4

+xmmmm

NS

D004

23

15 27

889

A

B

A

B




Standard duty


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions




Protective measures


NO func., pnp


NO func., pnp







123456

4 mm


Unshielded

Type

Type


15 to 34LED≤ 17 (24 V); ≤ 30 (34 V)200 (≤ 50 °C); 150 (≤ 85 °C)

8000.240


Conn. diagr.P. 4/17


3RG40 80–0AG45 0.08 11

3RG40 80–7AG45 0.02 2

–

–

1

NSD00376b

2618 4

32

4

40

3,2x5

Æ 3,2

12

16

10M3

6

LEDSensor center

2

2618 4

32

4

40

NSD0 00377b

Sensor center

M33,2x5

Æ 3,2

1216

10

M 8x1

6

LED

1 2 3 4 5 6

1

2



ymm

-xmm

1

2

4 2 0 42

NS

D00422

4

+xmmmm

NSD01073

27

889

A

B

A

B

15

5 mm

Block with M 14

Unshielded

Type Type

Viewed from above


15 to 34LED≤ 25 (24 V); ≤ 40 (34 V)200 (≤ 50 °C); 150 (≤ 85 °C)

3000.140




–

–

3RG40 82–0CD00 0.085 10

3RG40 82–3CD00 0.03 1

3 4

LED

23

203,5

M 14x1

20

56

NS

D00398a

6x3,5

5,5

NS

D00399a

LED

23

203,5

M 14x1

20

56

66

Sg

6x3,5

5,5

NS

D00

400 12

27

1 2 3 4 5 6

3

4



ymm

mm mm8 0 8

NS

D00474

-x +x

1

5

4 4

2

4

3

NS

D0

04

75

a

20 40

15

1212

A

B

A

B




Standard duty

4


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions


Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures




With M 18 connector, Type P

NO func., pnp



123456

5 mm

M 18

Shielded

Type Type

3-wire


15 to 34LED≤ 17 (24 V); ≤ 30 (34 V)200 (≤ 50 °C); 150 (≤ 85 °C)

8000.1540






–

1 2

M 18x1

NS

D0

044

7

35

LED

SW

24

4

LED (4x)

M 18x1

31

NSD00456

34

45

SW 24

4

Sg

1 2 3 4 5 6

1

2



ymm

-x +x

54

3

2

1

8 4 0 4 8

NS

D00450

mm mm

A

B

NS

D004

51

11 30

10

A

B

5 mm

M 18

Shielded

Type Type Type

3-wire


15 to 34LED≤ 17 (24 V); ≤ 30 (34 V)200 (≤ 50 °C); 150 (≤ 85 °C)

8000.1540




3RG40 13–0AG01 0.12 113RG40 13–0AF01 0.12 12

3RG40 13–0GB00 0.12 133RG40 13–0GA00 0.12 14


3RG40 13–2AG01 0.06 2

3 4 5

M 18x1

NS

D0

04

45

54

LED

SW

24

4

LED

M 18x1

NS

D0

044

9a

42

74

Sg

SW

24

4

1 2 3 4 5 6

3

4

5



ymm

-x +x

54

3

2

1

8 4 0 4 8

NS

D00450

mm mm

A

B

NS

D004

51

11 30

10

A

B




Standard duty


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions


Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures





With single cores, 0.5 m, PVC, 3 × 0.25 mm2




123456

5 mm

M 18

Shielded

Type Type

4-wire


15 to 34LED≤ 25 (24 V); ≤ 40 (34 V)200 (≤ 50 °C); 150 (≤ 85 °C)

8000.1540




3RG40 13–0CD00 0.1 10

3RG40 13–3CD00 0.061 1

–––

1 2

M 18x1

NS

D0

04

45

54

LED

SW

24

4

1 2 3 4 5 6

1

2



ymm

-x +x

54

3

2

1

8 4 0 4 8

NS

D00450

mm mm

A

B

NS

D004

51

11 30

10

A

B

5 mm (3.2 mm)

Ø 18 mm

Shielded 1)

Type

1) 3RG40 75–0GJ00 for unshielded mounting: Rated operating distance sn = 3.2 mm

3-wire

Molded plastic

10 to 30–≤ 1.550

1000.151.0




–

–

3RG40 75–0AJ00 0.011 11 3RG40 75–0AH00 0.011 12 3RG40 75–0GJ00 0.011 13

3

18

NS

D0

04

64

9,93,8515,95

3 5 6

3



ymm

-x +x

54

3

2

1

8 4 0 4 8

NS

D00450

mm mm

A

B

NS

D 0

0467

15 30

10

A

B




Standard duty

4


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions


Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures








123456

8 mm

M 18

Unshielded

Type Type

3-wire


15 to 34LED≤ 17 (24 V); ≤ 30 (34 V)200 (≤ 50 °C); 150 (≤ 85 °C)

5000.240



kg No.



––

1 2

NS

D0

05

02 LED

M 18x1

35

10,5

SW

24

4NSD00503

M 18x1

45

10,5

LED (4x)

3431

SW

24

4

Sg

1 2 3 4 5 6

1

2



ymm

-x +x

10

2

4

8 4 0 84

NS

D00499

8

6

mmmm

NS

D0050

0

20 28

15

1511

A

B

A

B

8 mm

M 18

Unshielded

Type Type Type

3-wire


15 to 34LED≤ 17 (24 V); ≤ 30 (34 V)200 (≤ 50 °C); 150 (≤ 85 °C)

5000.240




3RG40 23–0AG01 0.115 113RG40 23–0AF01 0.115 123RG40 23–0GB00 0.115 13–

3RG40 23–3AG01 0.07 23RG40 23–3AF01 0.07 33RG40 23–3GB00 0.07 4–

3RG40 23–2AG01 0.06 23RG40 23–2AF01 0.06 3

3 4 5

NS

D0

049

3

LED

M 18x1

54

10,5

SW

24

4

LED(4x)

55

58,5

69

M 18x1

10,5

SW

24

4

M 12x1

NSD00494b

LED

M 18x1

NSD00497a

42

10,5

74

SW

24

4

Sg

1 2 3 4 5 6

3

4

5



ymm

-x +x

10

2

4

8 4 0 84

NS

D00499

8

6

mmmm

A

B

NS

D0050

1

50

15

1511

A

B20




Standard duty


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions


Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures









123456

8 mm

M 18

Unshielded

Type Type Type

4-wire


15 to 34LED≤ 25 (24 V); ≤ 40 (34 V)200 (≤ 50 °C); 150 (≤ 85 °C)

5000.240



kg No.

3RG40 23–0CD00 0.1 10

3RG40 23–3CD00 0.06 1

3RG40 23–2CD00 0.05 1

1 2 3

NS

D0

049

3

LED

M 18x1

54

10,5

SW

24

4

LED(4x)

55

58,5

69

M 18x1

10,5

SW

24

4

M 12x1

NSD00494b

LED

M 18x1

NSD00497a

42

10,5

74

SW

24

4

Sg

1 2 3 4 5 6

1

2

3



ymm

-x +x

10

2

4

8 4 0 84

NS

D00499

8

6

mmmm

NS

D0050

0

20 28

15

1511

A

B

A

B




Standard duty

4


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions


Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures








123456

10 mm

M 30

Shielded

Type Type

3-wire


15 to 34LED≤ 17 (24 V); ≤ 30 (34 V)200 (≤ 50 °C); 150 (≤ 85 °C)

3000.340






––

1 2

NS

D0

05

23

M 30x1,5

LED

35

SW

36

5NSD00524

M 30x1,5

31

45

LED (4x)

34

SW 36

5

Sg

1 2 3 4 5 6

1

2



mm

-x +x

10

8

6

4

2

10 5 1050

NS

D00516

y

mmmm

A

B

NS

D005

21

25 37

16

A

B

10 mm

M 30

Shielded

Type Type Type

3-wire


15 to 34LED≤ 17 (24 V); ≤ 30 (34 V)200 (≤ 50 °C); 150 (≤ 85 °C)

3000.340




3RG40 14–0AG01 0.2 11 3RG40 14–0AF01 0.2 12 3RG40 14–0GB00 0.2 13

–

3RG40 14–3AG01 0.18 23RG40 14–3AF01 0.18 33RG40 14–3GB00 0.18 4–

3RG40 14–2AG01 0.15 23RG40 14–2AF01 0.15 3

3 4 5

NS

D0

051

8a

M 30x1,5

LED

54

SW

36

5

NS

D0

051

9a

M 30x1,5

55

69

LED(4x)

58,5

SW

36

5

M 12x1 LED

NS

D00520b

64

M 30x1,5

84

53

SW

36

5

M 18x1

1 2 3 4 5 6

3

4

5



mm

-x +x

10

8

6

4

2

10 5 1050

NS

D00516

y

mmmm

A

B

NS

D005

22

25 45

16

A

B




Standard duty


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions


Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures







123456

10 mm

M 30

Shielded

Type Type

4-wire


15 to 34LED≤ 25 (24 V); ≤ 40 (34 V)200 (≤ 50 °C); 150 (≤ 85 °C)

3000.340




3RG40 14–0CD00 0.17 10

3RG40 14–3CD00 0.15 1

1 2

NS

D0

051

8a

M 30x1,5

LED

54

SW

36

5

NS

D0

051

9a

M 30x1,5

55

69

LED(4x)

58,5

SW

36

5

M 12x1

1 2 3 4 5 6

1

2



mm

-x +x

10

8

6

4

2

10 5 1050

NS

D00516

y

mmmm

A

B

NS

D005

21

25 37

16

A

B

10 mm

M 30

Shielded

Type

4-wire (designed for Mercedes-Benz)


10 to 30–15300

3000.340



kg No.

–

3RG40 14–3CD01 0.17 1

3

NSD00528 Sg

M 30x1,5

50

80

SW

36

5

1 2 3 4 5 6

3



mm

-x +x

10

8

6

4

2

10 5 1050

NS

D00516

y

mmmm

A

B

NS

D005

21

25 37

16

A

B




Standard duty

4


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions

BERO with terminal compartment: Now supplied with metric thread M 16 or M 20 for molded plastic screw gland.

A fixing clamp is included in the scope of supply.

Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures

With terminal compart-ment for cables 0.75 to 2.5 mm2

NO func., pnp


NO or NC, pnp, programmable



123456

10 mm

Ø 20 mm

Unshielded

Type

3-wire

Molded plastic

10 to 36LED≤ 5250

3000.36



kg No.

3RG46 25–6AG00 0.074 26

–

1

M 16

92

LED

62

30

NS

D00533a

63

20

1 2 3 5 6

1



mm

-x +x

10

8

6

4

2

10 5 1050

NS

D00516

y

mmmm

NS

D00534

40 60

60

2020

A

B

A

B

20 mm

Ø 34 mm

Unshielded

Type

3-wire

Molded plastic

10 to 36LED5200

3500.7520



kg No.

–

3RG46 26–6AD00 0.16 27

2

M 20

98

LED

34

60

38

NSD00579a

70

1 2 3 5 6

2



y

mm mm816 0 16

NS

D00581

-x +x8

8

4

20

12

mm

NS

D00

582

102

60

40

A

B

A

B

68

34




Standard duty


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions


Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures








123456

15 mm

M 30

Unshielded

Type Type

3-wire


15 to 34LED≤ 17 (24 V); ≤ 30 (34 V)200 (≤ 50 °C); 150 (≤ 85 °C)

3000.440






––

1 2

35

M 30x1,5

16

NS

D00551 S

W 3

6

5LED

LED (4x)

31

M 30x1,5

16

NSD00552

45 3

4S

W 3

65

Sg

1 2 3 4 5 6

1

2



A

B

NS

D005

48

30 80

25

1515

A

B

15 mm

M 30

Unshielded

Type Type Type

3-wire


15 to 34LED≤ 17 (24 V); ≤ 30 (34 V)200 (≤ 50 °C); 150 (≤ 85 °C)

3000.440





3RG40 24–3AG01 0.165 23RG40 24–3AF01 0.165 33RG40 24–3GB00 0.165 4–

3RG40 24–2AG01 0.14 23RG40 24–2AF01 0.14 3

3 4 5

54

M 30x1,5

16

NS

D00544a

LED

SW

36

5

LED(4x)

55

M 30x1,5

16

NSD00545b

69 58,5

SW

36

5

M 12x1

LED

NS

D00546b

64

M 30x1,5

16

84

53

SW

36

5

M 18x1

1 2 3 4 5 6

3

4

5



A

B

NS

D005

48

30 80

25

1515

A

B




Standard duty

4


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions

Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures







123456

15 mm

M 30

Unshielded

Type Type

4-wire


15 to 34LED≤ 25 (24 V); ≤ 40 (34 V)200 (≤ 50 °C); 150 (≤ 85 °C)

3000.440




3RG40 24–0CD00 0.15 10

3RG40 24–3CD00 0.15 1

1 2

54

M 30x1,5

16

NS

D00544a

LED

SW

36

5

LED(4x)

55

M 30x1,5

16

NSD00545b

69 58,5

SW

36

5

M 12x1

1 2 3 4 5 6

1

2



A

B

NS

D005

48

30 80

25

1515

A

B




Standard duty


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions

All BEROs with terminal compartment: Supplied with Pg 13.5 thread for molded plastic screw gland.

Corresponding adapter for M 12 connector: 3RX1 566 (see Part 6, Accessories)

Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures


NO and NC func., pnpNO and NC func., npn





123456

15 mm


Shielded

Type

The sensing face can be set to 5 different planes.

4-wire

Molded plastic

15 to 342 LEDs≤ 30 (24 V); ≤ 40 (34 V)200 (≤ 50 °C); 150 (≤ 85 °C)

500.75100




3RG40 38–3CD00 0.13 1

3RG40 38–3GD00 0.13

–––

1 N

4030 5,3x7,3

46

55

40

NS

D 0

1163

LED

69

40

M 12x1

1 2 3 4 5 6

1



ymm

-x +x

NS

D01170

mm mm0816 8 16

4

8

12

16

20

NSD 01164

25 75 B

A 30

A

B

15 mm


Shielded

Type


3-wire

Molded plastic

15 to 342 LEDs≤ 25 (24 V); ≤ 40 (34 V)200 (≤ 50 °C); 150 (≤ 85 °C)

1000.75100




–

–

3RG40 31–6AG01 0.23 193RG40 31–6AF01 0.23 20

3RG40 31–6GB00 0.23 21

2

45

60

120

30

7,3x5,3

5,3

40

40

LED

40

NS

D00564

LED

Pg 13,514

1 2 3 4 5 6

2



NS

D005

63

75

30

A

B

A

B

25




Standard duty

4


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions



Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures





123456

15 mm


Shielded

Type


4-wire

Molded plastic

15 to 342 LEDs≤ 30 (24 V); ≤ 50 (34 V)200 (≤ 50 °C); 150 (≤ 85 °C)

1000.75100




3RG40 31–6CD00 0.23 18

1

45

60

120

30

7,3x5,3

5,3

40

40

LED

40

NS

D00564

LED

Pg 13,514

1 2 3 4 5 6

1



NS

D005

63

75

30

A

B

A

B

25

15 mm


Shielded

Type

With screw sensor.The sensing face can be set to 5 different planes.


Molded plastic

15 to 342 LEDs≤ 30 (24 V); ≤ 50 (34 V)200 (≤ 50 °C); 150 (≤ 85 °C)

1000.75100




3RG40 34–6CD00 0.24 18

2

45

60

118

30

7,3x5,3

5,3

40

40

LED

40

NS

D00570

LED

Pg 13,514

1 2 3 4 5 6

2



ymm

-x +x

20

16

8

4

NS

D00562

16 8 1680mm mm

NS

D005

63

75

30

A

B

A

B

25




Standard duty


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions



Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures







123456

20 mm


Unshielded

Type


3-wire

Molded plastic

15 to 342 LEDs≤ 25 (24 V); ≤ 40 (34 V)200 (≤ 50 °C); 150 (≤ 85 °C)

750.75100




3RG40 41–6AG01 0.23 193RG40 41–6AF01 0.23 203RG40 41–6GB00 0.23 21

–

1

45

60

120

30

7,3x5,3

5,3

40

40

LED

40

NS

D00564

LED

Pg 13,514

1 2 3 4 5 6

1



y

mm mm816 0 16

NS

D00581

-x +x8

8

4

20

12

mm

NS

D0

058

3

100

40

4050

A

B

A

B

70

20 mm


Unshielded

Type


4-wire

Molded plastic

15 to 342 LEDs≤ 30 (24 V); ≤ 50 (34 V)200 (≤ 50 °C); 150 (≤ 85 °C)

750.75100




–––

3RG40 41–6CD00 0.23 18

2

45

60

120

30

7,3x5,3

5,3

40

40

LED

40

NS

D00564

LED

Pg 13,514

1 2 3 4 5 6

2



y

mm mm816 0 16

NS

D00581

-x +x8

8

4

20

12

mm

NS

D0

058

3

100

40

4050

A

B

A

B

70




Standard duty

4


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions



Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures





123456

25 mm


Shielded

Type

4-wire

Molded plastic

15 to 342 LEDs≤ 30 (24 V); ≤ 50 (34 V)200 (≤ 50 °C); 150 (≤ 85 °C)

701100




3RG40 32–6CD00 0.27 18

1

LED GN

LED

YE24,5

77

5,3

Pg 13,5

NS

D00601

45

4560

41

1 2 3 4 5 6

1



ymm

-x +x

25

5

10

20 10 0 2010

NS

D00594

15

20

mmmm

NSD00603

55 210

50

A

B

A

B

30 mm


Unshielded

Type

4-wire

Molded plastic

15 to 342 LEDs≤ 30 (24 V); ≤ 50 (34 V)200 (≤ 50 °C); 150 (≤ 85 °C)

501100



kg No.

3RG40 42–6CD00 0.27 18

2

LED GN

LED

YE24,5

77

5,3

Pg 13,5

NS

D00601

45

4560

41

1 2 3 4 5 6

2



ymm

mm +x

30

6

12

30 15 0 3015

NS

D00604

18

24

-xmm

NSD00608

90 210

90

4060

A

B

A

B




Standard duty


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions



Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures





123456

40 mm


Unshielded

Type

4-wire

Molded plastic

15 to 342 LEDs≤ 30 (24 V); ≤ 50 (34 V)200 (≤ 50 °C); 150 (≤ 85 °C)

101200



kg No.

3RG40 43–6CD00 0.47 18

1

27,5

100

5,3

Pg 13,5

NS

D00625LED

YE

LED GN

65

65

41,5

80,3

1 2 3 4 5 6

1



ymm

-x +x

50

10

20

30

30 15 0 3015

NS

D00626

40

mm mm

NSD00613

80 160

90

4015

A

B

A

B





4


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions


Connecting wires

Housing material

Rated operational voltage (DC) VIndicatorNo-load supply current I0 mARated operational current mAMinimum operating current mA


Protective measures


NO func.


NO func.

With M 12 connector,Type E, F

NO func.



123456

1 mm

M 8

Shielded

Type Type Type

2-wire

Stainless steel

15 to 34LED≤ 1.5252

15000.140




3RG40 11–0JB00 0.080 15

3RG40 11–7JB00 0.018 7

3RG40 11–3JB00 0.025 6

1 2 3

NS

D00

312

LED

50

M 8x1

34S

W 1

3LED

M 8x1

SW

13

NSD00313

34

45

2

Sg

LED

M 8x1

SW

13

NS

D00

31

4b

34

55

M 12x1

1 3 4 5 6

1

2

3



y

mm mm2 1 0 1

NS

D00318

-x +x2

0,4

0,2

1,0

0,8

0,6

mm

A

B

NS

D003

19

4 12

3

A

B

2 mm

M 12

Shielded

Type Type

2-wire


15 to 34LED1.5252

7000.140




3RG40 12–0JB00 0.080 15

–

3RG40 12–3JB00 0.03 6

4 5

LED

NS

D00360a

50

4

M 12x1

SW

17

NSD00361b

59

M 12x1

48

SW

17

4

Sg

LED(4x)

1 3 4 5 6

4

5



ymm

-x +x

2

0,5

1

4 2 0 2 4

NS

D00362

mm mm

A

B

NS

D003

63

6 12

5

A

B






Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions


Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures

With 2 m cable, PUR,2 × 0.25 mm2

NO func.


NO func.



123456

2.5 mm

Block with M 14

Shielded

Type Type

Viewed from above

2-wire

Molded plastic

15 to 34LED1.5252

8000.140



kg No.

3RG40 72–0JB00 0.082 15

3RG40 72–3JB00 0.030 6

1 2

LED

23

203,5

M 14x1

20

56

NS

D00398a

6x3,5

5,5

NS

D00399a

LED

23

203,5

M 14x1

20

56

66

Sg

6x3,5

5,5

NS

D00

400 12

27

1 3 4 5 6

1

2




ymm

mm mm24 0 4

NS

D00401

-x +x2

1

0,5

2,5

2

NS

D0

040

2a

7

6

A

B

A

B

4 mm

M 12

Unshielded

Type Type

2-wire


15 to 34LED≤ 1.5252

3000.240




3RG40 22–0JB00 0.080 15

3RG40 22–3JB00 0.035 6

3 4

NS

D00

42

0

46,5

56

SW

17

LED

M 12x1

NSD00421a

65

LED(4x)

54

M 12x1

6,5

4

SW

17

Sg

1 3 4 5 6

3

4



ymm

-xmm

1

2

4 2 0 42

NS

D00422

4

+xmmmm

NS

D004

23

15 27

889

A

B

A

B





4


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions


Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures


NO func.


NO func.


NO func.



123456

5 mm

M 18

Shielded

Type Type Type

2-wire


15 to 34LED≤ 1.5252

4000.1540




3RG40 13–0JB00 0.115 15

3RG40 13–3JB00 0.075 6

3RG40 13–2JB00 0.062 6

1 2 3

M 18x1

NS

D0

04

45

54

LED

SW

24

4

LED

M 18x1

NS

D0

044

9a

42

74

Sg

SW

24

4

1 3 4 5 6

1

2

3



ymm

-x +x

54

3

2

1

8 4 0 4 8

NS

D00450

mm mm

A

B

NS

D004

51

11 30

10

A

B

8 mm

M 18

Unshielded

Type Type Type

2-wire


15 to 34LED≤ 1.5252

2000.240




3RG40 23–0JB00 0.100 15

3RG40 23–3JB00 0.070 6

3RG40 23–2JB00 0.060 6

4 5 6

NS

D0

049

3

LED

M 18x1

54

10,5

SW

24

4

LED(4x)

55

58,5

69

M 18x1

10,5

SW

24

4

M 12x1

NSD00494b

LED

M 18x1

NSD00497a

42

10,5

74

SW

24

4

Sg

1 3 4 5 6

4

5

6



ymm

-x +x

10

2

4

8 4 0 84

NS

D00499

8

6

mmmm

NS

D0050

0

20 28

15

1511

A

B

A

B






Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions

Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures


NO func.


NO func.


NO func.



123456

10 mm

M 30

Shielded

Type Type Type

2-wire


15 to 34LED≤ 1.5252

3000.340




3RG40 14–0JB00 0.19 15

3RG40 14–3JB00 0.17 6

3RG40 14–2JB00 0.14 6

1 2 3

NS

D0

051

8a

M 30x1,5

LED

54

SW

36

5

NS

D0

051

9a

M 30x1,5

55

69

LED(4x)

58,5

SW

36

5

M 12x1 LED

NS

D00520b

64

M 30x1,5

84

53

SW

36

5

M 18x1

1 3 4 5 6

1

2

3



mm

-x +x

10

8

6

4

2

10 5 1050

NS

D00516

y

mmmm

A

B

NS

D005

21

25 37

16

A

B

15 mm

M 30

Unshielded

Type Type Type

2-wire


15 to 34LED1.5252

1800.440




3RG40 24–0JB00 0.18 15

3RG40 24–3JB00 0.16 6

3RG40 24–2JB00 0.13 6

4 5 6

54

M 30x1,5

16

NS

D00544a

LED

SW

36

5

LED(4x)

55

M 30x1,5

16

NSD00545b

69 58,5

SW

36

5

M 12x1

LED

NS

D00546b

64

M 30x1,5

16

84

53

SW

36

5

M 18x1

1 3 4 5 6

4

5

6



A

B

NS

D005

48

30 80

25

1515

A

B





4


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions



Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures


NO func.



123456

15 mm


Shielded

Type


2-wire

Molded plastic

15 to 34LED≤ 1.5252

1000.75100




3RG40 31–6JB00 0.25 22

1

45

60

120

30

7,3x5,3

40

40

Pg 13,5

40

NS

D00560

LED

Æ 5,3

14

1 3 4 5 6

1



NS

D005

63

75

30

A

B

A

B

25

20 mm


Unshielded

Type


2-wire

Molded plastic

15 to 34LED≤ 1.5252

750.75100




3RG40 41–6JB00 0.25 22

2

45

60

120

30

7,3x5,3

40

40

Pg 13,5

40

NS

D00560

LED

Æ 5,3

14

1 3 4 5 6

2



y

mm mm816 0 16

NS

D00581

-x +x8

8

4

20

12

mm

NS

D0

058

3

100

40

4050

A

B

A

B

70




Extra duty (65 V DC)


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions


Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures



With 8 mm comb. plug• Type A NO func., pnp• Type A NC func., pnp




123456

1 mm

M 8

Shielded

Type Type Type

3-wire

Stainless steel

10 to 65LED≤ 10200

50000.140




3RG40 11–0AB00 0.080 113RG40 11–0AA00 0.080 12

3RG40 11–7AB00 0.018 23RG40 11–7AA00 0.018 3

3RG40 11–3AB00 0.022 23RG40 11–3AA00 0.022 3

1 2 3

LED

57N

SD

0032

0

M 8x1

41 SW

13

LED

M 8x1

SW

134

58 41

NSD00321 Sg

LED

M 8x1

SW

13

NS

D00

32

2a

38

41

62

M 12x1

1 2 3 4 5 6

1

2

3



y

mm mm2 1 0 1

NS

D00318

-x +x2

0,4

0,2

1,0

0,8

0,6

mm

A

B

NS

D003

19

4 12

3

A

B





4


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions


Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures






123456

2 mm

M 12

Shielded

Type Type

3-wire


10 to 65LED≤ 10300

40000.140




3RG40 12–0AB00 0.090 11 3RG40 12–0AA00 0.090 12

3RG40 12–3AB00 0.033 23RG40 12–3AA00 0.033 3

1 2

LED

NS

D00

364

56

4

M 12x1

SW

17

NSD00365

65

M 12x1

54

LED (4x)

SW

17

4

Sg

1 2 3 4 5 6

1

2



ymm

-x +x

2

0,5

1

4 2 0 2 4

NS

D00362

mm mm

A

B

NS

D0036

8

6 12

6

A

B

4 mm

M 12

Unshielded

Type Type

3-wire


10 to 65LED≤ 10300

8000.240




3RG40 22–0AB00 0.090 113RG40 22–0AA00 0.090 12

3RG40 22–3AB00 0.034 23RG40 22–3AA00 0.034 3

3 4

NS

D00

42

4

4

M 12x1

6,5

62

SW

17

LED NSD00425a

71

LED(4x)

60

6,5

M 12x1

4S

W 1

7

Sg

1 2 3 4 5 6

3

4



ymm

-xmm

1

2

4 2 0 42

NS

D00422

4

+xmmmm

NS

D004

23

15 27

889

A

B

A

B






Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions


Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures




NO func., pnp



123456

2.5 mm

Block with M 14

Shielded

Type Type

Viewed from above

3-wire

Molded plastic

10 to 65LED≤ 10300

8000.0540



kg No.

3RG40 72–0AB00 0.085 113RG40 72–0AA00 0.085 12

3RG40 72–3AB00 0.030 2

1 2

LED

23

203,5

M 14x1

20

56

NS

D00398a

6x3,5

5,5

NS

D00399a

LED

23

203,5

M 14x1

20

56

66

Sg

6x3,5

5,5

NS

D00

400 12

27

1 2 3 4 5 6

1

2




ymm

mm mm24 0 4

NS

D00401

-x +x2

1

0,5

2,5

2

NS

D0

040

2a

7

6

A

B

A

B

5 mm

Block with M 14

Unshielded

Type Type

Viewed from above

3-wire

Molded plastic

10 to 65LED≤ 10300

3000.140




3RG40 82–0AB00 0.085 11–

3RG40 82–3AB00 0.030 2

1 2

LED

23

203,5

M 14x1

20

56

NS

D00398a

6x3,5

5,5

NS

D00399a

LED

23

203,5

M 14x1

20

56

66

Sg

6x3,5

5,5

NS

D00

400 12

27

1 2 3 4 5 6

1

2



ymm

mm mm8 0 8

NS

D00474

-x +x

1

5

4 4

2

4

3

NS

D0

04

75

a

20 40

15

1212

A

B

A

B





4


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions


Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures








123456

5 mm

M 18

Shielded

Type Type Type

3-wire


10 to 65LED≤ 10300

8000.1540




3RG40 13–0AB00 0.12 11 3RG40 13–0AA00 0.12 12

3RG40 13–3AB00 0.07 23RG40 13–3AA00 0.07 3

3RG40 13–2AB00 0.06 23RG40 13–2AA00 0.06 3

1 2 3

M 18x1

NS

D0

04

45

54

LED

SW

24

4

LED

M 18x1

NS

D0

044

9a

42

74

Sg

SW

24

4

1 2 3 4 5 6

1

2

3



ymm

-x +x

54

3

2

1

8 4 0 4 8

NS

D00450

mm mm

A

B

NS

D004

51

11 30

10

A

B

8 mm

M 18

Unshielded

Type Type Type

3-wire


10 to 65LED≤ 10300

5000.240




3RG40 23–0AB00 0.09 11 3RG40 23–0AA00 0.09 12

3RG40 23–3AB00 0.04 23RG40 23–3AA00 0.04 3

3RG40 23–2AB00 0.04 2–

4 5 6

NS

D0

049

3

LED

M 18x1

54

10,5

SW

24

4

LED(4x)

55

58,5

69

M 18x1

10,5

SW

24

4

M 12x1

NSD00494b

LED

M 18x1

NSD00497a

42

10,5

74

SW

24

4

Sg

1 2 3 4 5 6

4

5

6



ymm

-x +x

10

2

4

8 4 0 84

NS

D00499

8

6

mmmm

A

B

NS

D0050

1

50

15

1511

A

B20






Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions

Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures








123456

10 mm

M 30

Shielded

Type Type Type

3-wire


10 to 65LED≤ 10300

3000.340




3RG40 14–0AB00 0.20 113RG40 14–0AA00 0.20 12

3RG40 14–3AB00 0.18 23RG40 14–3AA00 0.18 3

3RG40 14–2AB00 0.15 23RG40 14–2AA00 0.15 3

1 2 3

NS

D0

051

8a

M 30x1,5

LED

54

SW

36

5

NS

D0

051

9a

M 30x1,5

55

69

LED(4x)

58,5

SW

36

5

M 12x1 LED

NS

D00520b

64

M 30x1,5

84

53

SW

36

5

M 18x1

1 2 3 4 5 6

1

2

3



mm

-x +x

10

8

6

4

2

10 5 1050

NS

D00516

y

mmmm

A

B

NS

D005

21

25 37

16

A

B

15 mm

M 30

Unshielded

Type Type Type

3-wire


10 to 65LED≤ 10300

3000.440




3RG40 24–0AB00 0.13 113RG40 24–0AA00 0.13 12

3RG40 24–3AB00 0.11 23RG40 24–3AA00 0.11 3

3RG40 24–2AB00 0.08 23RG40 24–2AA00 0.08 3

4 5 6

54

M 30x1,5

16

NS

D00544a

LED

SW

36

5

LED(4x)

55

M 30x1,5

16

NSD00545b

69 58,5

SW

36

5

M 12x1

LED

NS

D00546b

64

M 30x1,5

16

84

53

SW

36

5

M 18x1

1 2 3 4 5 6

4

5

6



A

B

NS

D005

48

30 80

25

1515

A

B





4


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions



Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures





123456

15 mm


Shielded

Type


3-wire

Molded plastic

10 to 652 LEDs≤ 20300

1000.75100




3RG40 31–6AD00 0.23 23

1

45

60

120

30

7,3x5,3

5,3

40

40

LED

40

NS

D00564

LED

Pg 13,514

1 2 3 4 5 6

1



ymm

-x +x

20

16

8

4

NS

D00562

16 8 1680mm mm

NS

D005

63

75

30

A

B

A

B

25

20 mm


Unshielded

Type


3-wire

Molded plastic

10 to 652 LEDs≤ 20300

750.75100




3RG40 41–6AD00 0.23 23

2

45

60

120

30

7,3x5,3

5,3

40

40

LED

40

NS

D00564

LED

Pg 13,514

1 2 3 4 5 6

2



y

mm mm816 0 16

NS

D00581

-x +x8

8

4

20

12

mm

NS

D0

058

3

100

40

4050

A

B

A

B

70






Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions



Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures





123456

30 mm


Unshielded

Type

3-wire

Molded plastic

10 to 652 LEDs≤ 40300

501100




3RG40 42–6AD00 0.27 23

1

LED GN

LED

YE24,5

77

5,3

Pg 13,5

NS

D00601

45

4560

41

1 2 3 4 5 6

1



ymm

mm +x

30

6

12

30 15 0 3015

NS

D00604

18

24

-xmm

NSD00608

90 210

90

4060

A

B

A

B

40 mm


Unshielded

Type

3-wire

Molded plastic

10 to 652 LEDs≤ 40300

101200




3RG40 43–6AD00 0.47 23

2

27,5

100

5,3

Pg 13,5

NS

D00625LED

YE

LED GN

65

65

41,5

80,3

1 2 3 4 5 6

2



ymm

-x +x

50

10

20

30

30 15 0 3015

NS

D00626

40

mm mm

NSD00613

80 160

90

4015

A

B

A

B





4


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions



Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures





123456

30 mm for unshielded mounting/ 40 mm for shielded mounting


Unshielded or shielded

Type

3-wire (designed for Ford)

Molded plastic

10 to 652 LEDs≤ 40300

102200




3RG40 33–6AD01 0.47 23

1

27,5

100

5,3

Pg 13,5

NS

D00625LED

YE

LED GN

65

65

41,5

80,3

1 2 3 4 5 6

1

Operating distance 30 mm



ymm

mm +x

30

6

12

30 15 0 3015

NS

D00604

18

24

-xmm

NSD00613

80 160

90

4015

A

B

A

B




ymm

-x +x

50

10

20

30

30 15 0 3015

NS

D00626

40

mm mm

NSD00627

160

90

A

B

A

B

80




Extra duty (AC/DC)


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions


Connecting wires

Housing material

Rated operational voltage (AC/DC) VIndicatorNo-load supply current I0• At 230 V AC/24 V DC mARated operational current• Continuous mA• 20 ms mAMinimum operating current mA

Operating frequency (AC/DC) HzRepeat accuracy mmPower-up delay ms

Protective measures


NO func.NC func.


NO func.NC func.



1) Siemens 3RT1 contactors up to Size S3 (230 V AC; max. operating frequency 0.25 Hz)

123456

2 mm

M 12

Shielded

Type Type

2-wire


20 to 265/20 to 320LED

1.5/1.0

2001800 1)5

25/12000.04100




3RG40 12–0KB00 0.08 163RG40 12–0KA00 0.08 17

3RG40 12–3KB00 0.033 83RG40 12–3KA00 0.033 9

1 2

LED

NS

D00

364

56

4

M 12x1

SW

17

NSD00365

65

M 12x1

54

LED (4x)

SW

17

4

Sg

1 3 4 5 6

1

2



ymm

-x +x

2

0,5

1

4 2 0 2 4

NS

D00362

mm mm

A

B

NS

D0036

8

6 12

6

A

B

4 mm

M 12

Unshielded

Type Type

2-wire


20 to 265/20 to 320LED

1.5/1.0

2001200 1)5

25/9000.12100




3RG40 22–0KB00 0.08 163RG40 22–0KA00 0.08 17

3RG40 22–3KB00 0.035 83RG40 22–3KA00 0.035 9

3 4

NS

D00

42

4

4

M 12x1

6,5

62

SW

17

LED NSD00425a

71

LED(4x)

60

6,5

M 12x1

4S

W 1

7

Sg

1 3 4 5 6

3

4



ymm

-xmm

1

2

4 2 0 42

NS

D00422

4

+xmmmm

NS

D004

23

15 27

889

A

B

A

B




Extra duty (AC/DC)

4


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions


Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures


NO func.NC func.


NO func.NC func.



123456

2.5 mm

Block with M 14

Shielded

Type Type

Viewed from above

2-wire

Molded plastic

10 to 265/20 to 320LED

1.5/1.0

20012005

25/10000.04100



kg No.

3RG40 72–0KB00 0.082 163RG40 72–0KA00 0.082 17

3RG40 72–3KB00 0.030 83RG40 72–3KA00 0.030 9

1 2

LED

23

203,5

M 14x1

20

56

NS

D00398a

6x3,5

5,5

NS

D00399a

LED

23

203,5

M 14x1

20

56

66

Sg

6x3,5

5,5

NS

D00

400 12

27

1 3 4 5 6

1

2




ymm

mm mm24 0 4

NS

D00401

-x +x2

1

0,5

2,5

2

NS

D0

040

2a

7

6

A

B

A

B




Extra duty (AC/DC)


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions


Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures


NO func.NC func.


NO func.NC func.


NO func.NC func.




123456

5 mm

M 18

Shielded

Type Type Type

2-wire


20 to 265/20 to 320LED

1.5/1.0

3001800 1)5

25/4900.15100




3RG40 13–0KB00 0.11 16 3RG40 13–0KA00 0.11 17

3RG40 13–3KB00 0.075 83RG40 13–3KA00 0.075 9

3RG40 13–2KB00 0.063 83RG40 13–2KA00 0.063 9

1 2 3

M 18x1

NS

D0

04

45

54

LED

SW

24

4

LED

M 18x1

NS

D0

044

9a

42

74

Sg

SW

24

4

1 3 4 5 6

1

2

3



ymm

-x +x

54

3

2

1

8 4 0 4 8

NS

D00450

mm mm

A

B

NS

D004

51

11 30

10

A

B

8 mm

M 18

Unshielded

Type Type Type

2-wire


20 to 265/20 to 320LED

1.5/1.0

3001800 1)5

25/3400.2100




3RG40 23–0KB00 0.085 16 3RG40 23–0KA00 0.085 17

3RG40 23–3KB00 0.04 83RG40 23–3KA00 0.04 9

3RG40 23–2KB00 0.035 8–

4 5 6

NS

D0

049

3

LED

M 18x1

54

10,5

SW

24

4

LED(4x)

55

58,5

69

M 18x1

10,5

SW

24

4

M 12x1

NSD00494b

LED

M 18x1

NSD00497a

42

10,5

74

SW

24

4

Sg

1 3 4 5 6

4

5

6



ymm

-x +x

10

2

4

8 4 0 84

NS

D00499

8

6

mmmm

A

B

NS

D0050

1

50

15

1511

A

B20




Extra duty (AC/DC)

4


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions

Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures


NO func.NC func.


NO func.NC func.


NO func.NC func.




123456

10 mm

M 30

Shielded

Type Type Type

2-wire


20 to 265/20 to 320LED

1.5/1.0

3001800 1)5

25/2000.3100




3RG40 14–0KB00 0.19 163RG40 14–0KA00 0.19 17

3RG40 14–3KB00 0.17 83RG40 14–3KA00 0.17 9

3RG40 14–2KB00 0.14 83RG40 14–2KA00 0.14 9

1 2 3

NS

D0

051

8a

M 30x1,5

LED

54

SW

36

5

NS

D0

051

9a

M 30x1,5

55

69

LED(4x)

58,5

SW

36

5

M 12x1 LED

NS

D00520b

64

M 30x1,5

84

53

SW

36

5

M 18x1

1 3 4 5 6

1

2

3



mm

-x +x

10

8

6

4

2

10 5 1050

NS

D00516

y

mmmm

A

B

NS

D005

22

25 45

16

A

B

15 mm

M 30

Unshielded

Type Type Type

2-wire


20 to 265/20 to 320LED

1.5/1.0

3001800 1)5

25/2200.4100




3RG40 24–0KB00 0.13 16 3RG40 24–0KA00 0.13 17

3RG40 24–3KB00 0.11 83RG40 24–3KA00 0.11 9

3RG40 24–2KB00 0.09 8–

4 5 6

54

M 30x1,5

16

NS

D00544a

LED

SW

36

5

LED(4x)

55

M 30x1,5

16

NSD00545b

69 58,5

SW

36

5

M 12x1

LED

NS

D00546b

64

M 30x1,5

16

84

53

SW

36

5

M 18x1

1 3 4 5 6

4

5

6



A

B

NS

D005

49a

65

25

1515

A

B30




Extra duty (AC/DC)


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions

BERO with terminal compartment: Now supplied with metric thread M 16 or M 20 for molded plastic screw gland.

A fixing clamp is included in the scope of supply.

Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures


NO or NC, programma-ble




123456

10 mm

Ø 20 mm

Unshielded

Type

2-wire

Molded plastic

20 to 250/20 to 250LED

≤ 2.5/≤ 0.8

250/1002200 1)5

25/700.215




3RG46 25–6KD00 0.074 24

1

M 16

92

LED

62

30

NS

D00533a

63

20

1 5 6

1



mm

-x +x

10

8

6

4

2

10 5 1050

NS

D00516

y

mmmm

NS

D00534

40 60

60

2020

A

B

A

B

20 mm

Ø 34 mm

Unshielded

Type

2-wire

Molded plastic

20 to 250/20 to 250LED

2.5/0.8

250/1002200 1)5

20/700.7520




3RG46 26–6KD00 0.16 24

2

M 20

98

LED

34

60

38

NSD00579a

70

1 5 6

2



y

mm mm816 0 16

NS

D00581

-x +x8

8

4

20

12

mm

NS

D00

582

102

60

40

A

B

A

B

68

34




Extra duty (AC/DC)

4


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions



Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures






123456

15 mm


Shielded

Type


2-wire

Molded plastic

20 to 265/20 to 320LED

≤ 1.5/1.0

3001800 1)5

25/1500.75100




3RG40 31–6KD00 0.23 24

1

45

60

120

30

7,3x5,3

40

40

Pg 13,5

40

NS

D00560

LED

Æ 5,3

14

1 3 4 5 6

1



ymm

-x +x

20

16

8

4

NS

D00562

16 8 1680mm mm

NS

D005

63

75

30

A

B

A

B

25

20 mm


Unshielded

Type


2-wire

Molded plastic

20 to 265/20 to 320LED

1.5/1.0

3001800 1)5

25/100120




3RG40 41–6KD00 0.23 24

2

45

60

120

30

7,3x5,3

40

40

Pg 13,5

40

NS

D00560

LED

Æ 5,3

14

1 3 4 5 6

2



y

mm mm816 0 16

NS

D00581

-x +x8

8

4

20

12

mm

NS

D0

058

3

100

40

4050

A

B

A

B

70




Extra duty (AC/DC)


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions

Connecting wires

Housing material

Rated operational voltage (AC/DC) VLED (switching state)No-load supply current I0• At 24 V mA• At Umax mARated operational current mAOff-state current mA

Operating frequency (AC/DC) HzRepeat accuracy mmDifferential travel mmPower-up delay ms

Protective measures


NO func.



123456

15 mm


Shielded

Type


2-wire

Molded plastic

20 to 265/20 to 320Yellow LED

Typ. 1.5≤ 2.0300< 2

25/500.750.04 to 3.3100




3RG40 38–3KB00 0.13 8

1

4030 5,3x7,3

46

55

40

NS

D 0

1163

LED

69

40

M 12x1

1 5 6

1



ymm

-x +x

NS

D01170

mm mm0816 8 16

4

8

12

16

20

NSD 01164

25 75 B

A 30

A

B

N




Extra duty (AC/DC)

4


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions



Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures






123456

30 mm


Unshielded

Type

2-wire

Molded plastic

20 to 265/20 to 320LED

1.5/1.0

3001800 1)5

25/601100




3RG40 42–6KD00 0.27 24

1

24,5

77

5,3

Pg 13,5

NS

D00606

45

4560

41

LED YE

1 3 4 5 6

1



ymm

mm +x

30

6

12

30 15 0 3015

NS

D00604

18

24

-xmm

NSD00608

90 210

90

4060

A

B

A

B

40 mm


Unshielded

Type

2-wire

Molded plastic

20 to 265/20 to 320LED

1.5/1.0

3001800 1)5

25/601100




3RG40 43–6KD00 0.47 24

2

NS

D00624

Pg 13,5

LED YE

41,5

5,3

6580,3

27,5

100

65

1 3 4 5 6

2



ymm

-x +x

50

10

20

30

30 15 0 3015

NS

D00626

40

mm mm

NSD00613

80 160

90

4015

A

B

A

B




Extra duty (AC/DC)


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions



Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures






123456

30 mm for unshielded mounting/ 40 mm for shielded mounting


Unshielded or shielded

Type

2-wire

Molded plastic

20 to 265/20 to 320LED

1.5/1.0

3001800 1)5

25/602100




3RG40 33–6KD01 0.47 24

1

NS

D00624

Pg 13,5

LED YE

41,5

5,3

6580,3

27,5

100

65

1 3 4 5 6

1




ymm

mm +x

30

6

12

30 15 0 3015

NS

D00604

18

24

-xmm

NSD00613

80 160

90

4015

A

B

A

B




ymm

-x +x

50

10

20

30

30 15 0 3015

NS

D00626

40

mm mm

NSD00627

160

90

A

B

A

B

80





4

13


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions

Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures


NO func., pnp



123456

0.6 mm

Ø 4 mm

Shielded

Type

3-wire

Stainless steel

10 to 30–≤ 10200

30000.018



kg No.

3RG46 00–0AG02 0.037 11

1

NS

D00299

25

4

1 2 3 5 6

1



ymm

mm mm

0,8

2 1 0 1

NS

D00303

-x +x 2

0,6

0,4

0,2

1

A

B

NS

D003

04

8

2,4

A

B6

0.6 mm

M 5

Shielded

Type

3-wire

Stainless steel

10 to 30–≤ 10200

30000.018



kg No.

3RG46 10–0AG02 0.036 11

2

25 S

W 7

NS

D00300

20

M 5x0,5

1 2 3 5 6

2



ymm

mm mm

0,8

2 1 0 1

NS

D00303

-x +x 2

0,6

0,4

0,2

1

A

B

NS

D003

06

10

2,4

A

B7,5






Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions

Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures









123456

2 mm 2 mm

Ø 12 mm M 12

Shielded Shielded

Type Type

3-wire

Molded plastic or brass

15 to 34LED≤ 17 (24 V); ≤ 30 (34 V)200 (≤ 50 °C); 150 (≤ 85 °C)

12000.140




Molded plastic




3RG40 12–0AG31 0.09 113RG40 12–0GB31 0.09 13

1 2

LED

NS

D00372

50

Æ 12

LED

NS

D00360a

50

4

M 12x1

SW

17

1 2 3 4 5 6

1

2

2



ymm

-x +x

2

0,5

1

4 2 0 2 4

NS

D00362

mm mm

A

B

NS

D003

63

6 12

5

A

B

4 mm 4 mm

Ø 12 mm M 12

Unshielded Unshielded

Type Type Type

3-wire


15 to 34LED≤ 17 (24 V); ≤ 30 (34 V)200 (≤ 50 °C); 150 (≤ 85 °C)

8000.240



kg No.

Molded plastic




3RG40 22–0AG31 0.08 113RG40 22–0GB31 0.08 13

3 4 5

LED

NS

D00372

50

Æ 12

LED

NS

D00360a

50

4

M 12x1

SW

17

NS

D00

42

0

46,5

56

SW

17

LED

M 12x1

1 2 3 4 5 6

3

4

5



ymm

-xmm

1

2

4 2 0 42

NS

D00422

4

+xmmmm

NS

D004

23

15 27

889

A

B

A

B





4


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions

Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures


NO func., pnp



123456

2.5 mm

Ø 6.5 mm

Shielded

Type

3-wire


10 to 30–≤ 10200

10000.076




3RG46 02–0AG02 0.036 11

1

Æ 6,5

45

NS

D00

39

3

1 2 3 5 6

1



ymm

mm mm14 0 3-x +x2

1

3

2

2 1

NS

D011

37

3 4

4

A

B

NS

D0119

1

6 16

9

A

B

2.5 mm

M 8

Semi-shielded

Type

3-wire


10 to 30–≤ 10200

10000.076



kg No.

3RG46 11–0AG02 0.045 11

2

SW

13

45

M 8x1

NS

D00

39

2

1 2 3 5 6

2


A = Sensing faceB = Metal-free spaceX ≥ 1.6 mm mounted in steel, ≥ 0.8 mm mounted in other metals

ymm

mm mm14 0 3-x +x2

1

3

2

2 1

NS

D011

36

3 4

4

NS

D003

95

8

9

A

B

X

A

B

16






Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions

Connecting wires

Housing material

Rated operational voltage (AC/DC) VIndicatorNo-load supply current I0• At 230 V AC/24 V DC mARated operational current• Continuous mA• 20 ms mAMinimum rated operational current mA


Protective measures

With 2 m cable, PVC, 2 × 0.25 mm2

NO func.


NO func., pnp




123456

4 mm

M 12

Unshielded

Type

2-wire 3-wire

Molded plastic Molded plastic

20 to 265/20 to 320 –/10 to 65LED LED

1.5/1.0 –/≤ 10

200 3001200 1) –5 –

25/900 –/8000.12 0.2100 40




2-wire (AC/DC)

3RG40 22–0KB30 0.08 16

3-wire (65 V DC)

3RG40 22–0AB30 0.08 11

1

LED

NS

D00

364

56

4

M 12x1

SW

17

1 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6

1

1



ymm

-xmm

1

2

4 2 0 42

NS

D00422

4

+xmmmm

NS

D004

23

15 27

889

A

B

A

B

8 mm

M 18

Unshielded

Type

2-wire 3-wire


20 to 265/20 to 320 –/10 to 65LED LED

1.5/1.0 –/≤ 10

300 3001800 1) –5 –

25/340 –/5000.2 0.2100 40




2-wire (AC/DC)

3RG40 23–0KB30 0.11 16

3-wire (65 V DC)

3RG40 23–0AB30 0.11 11

2

M 18x1

NS

D0

04

45

54

LED

SW

24

4

1 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6

2

2



ymm

-x +x

10

2

4

8 4 0 84

NS

D00499

8

6

mmmm

A

B

NS

D0050

1

50

15

1511

A

B20





4


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions

Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures









123456

5 mm 5 mm

Ø 18 mm M 18

Shielded Shielded

Type Type

3-wire


15 to 34LED≤ 17 (24 V); ≤ 30 (34 V)200 (≤ 50 °C); 150 (≤ 85 °C)

8000.1540



kg No.

Molded plastic




3RG40 13–0AG31 113RG40 13–0GB31 13

1 2

Æ 18

NS

D00

459

54

LED

M 18x1

NS

D0

04

45

54

LED

SW

24

4

1 2 3 4 5 6

1

2

2



ymm

-x +x

54

3

2

1

8 4 0 4 8

NS

D00450

mm mm

A

B

NS

D004

51

11 30

10

A

B

8 mm 8 mm

Ø 18 mm M 18


Type Type Type

3-wire


15 to 34LED≤ 17 (24 V); ≤ 30 (34 V)200 (≤ 50 °C); 150 (≤ 85 °C)

5000.240



kg No.

Molded plastic




3RG40 23–0AG31 113RG40 23–0GB31 13

3 4 5

Æ 18

NS

D00

459

54

LED

M 18x1

NS

D0

04

45

54

LED

SW

24

4

NS

D0

049

3

LED

M 18x1

54

10,5

SW

24

4

1 2 3 4 5 6

3

4

5



ymm

-x +x

10

2

4

8 4 0 84

NS

D00499

8

6

mmmm

A

B

NS

D0050

1

50

15

1511

A

B20






Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions

Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures









123456

10 mm 10 mm

Ø 30 mm M 30

Shielded Shielded

Type Type

3-wire


15 to 34LED≤ 17 (24 V); ≤ 30 (34 V)200 (≤ 50 °C); 150 (≤ 85 °C)

3000.340



kg No.

Molded plastic




3RG40 14–0AG31 113RG40 14–0GB31 13

1 2

NS

D0

05

25

Æ 30

LED

54

NS

D0

051

8a

M 30x1,5

LED

54

SW

36

5

1 2 3 4 5 6

1

2

2



mm

-x +x

10

8

6

4

2

10 5 1050

NS

D00516

y

mmmm

A

B

NS

D005

22

25 45

16

A

B

15 mm 15 mm

Ø 30 mm M 30


Type Type Type

3-wire


15 to 34LED≤ 17 (24 V); ≤ 30 (34 V)200 (≤ 50 °C); 150 (≤ 85 °C)

3000.440



kg No.

Molded plastic




3RG40 24–0AG31 113RG40 24–0GB31 0.185 13

3 4 5

NS

D0

05

25

Æ 30

LED

54

NS

D0

051

8a

M 30x1,5

LED

54

SW

36

5

54

M 30x1,5

16

NS

D00544a

LED

SW

36

5

1 2 3 4 5 6

3

4

5



A

B

NS

D005

48

30 80

25

1515

A

B





4


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions

Connecting wires

Housing material

Rated operational voltage (AC/DC) VIndicatorNo-load supply current I0• At 230 V AC/24 V DC mARated operational current• Continuous mA• 20 ms mAMinimum rated operational current mA


Protective measures

With 2m cable, 2 × 0.25 mm2 sensor in longitudinal axis

NO func.NC func.

With 2 m cable, 2 × 0.25 mm2 sensor 90° to longitudinal axis

NO func.NC func.

With 2 m cable, PUR 3 × 0.25 mm2 sensor in longitudinal axis


With 2 m cable, 3 × 0.25 mm2 sensor 90° to longitudinal axis

NO func., pnp




123456

15 mm

M 30

Unshielded

Type

2-wire 3-wire


20 to 265/20 to 320 –/10 to 65LED LED

1.5/1.0 –/≤ 10

300 3001800 1) –5 –

25/220 –/3000.4 0.4100 40




2-wire (AC/DC), PVC cable

3RG40 24–0KB30 0.185 16–

––

3-wire (65 V DC), PUR cable

3RG40 24–0AB30 0.185 11–

–

1

NS

D0

051

8a

M 30x1,5

LED

54

SW

36

5

1 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6

1

1



A

B

NS

D005

48

30 80

25

1515

A

B

15 mm

Box 40 mm × 40 mm

Shielded

Type

2-wire 3-wire


20 to 265/20 to 320 –/10 to 65LED LED

≤ 1.5/1.0 –/≤ 20

300 3001800 1) –5 –

25/150 –/1000.75 0.75100 100



kg No.

2-wire (AC/DC), PUR cable

3RG40 30–0KB00 0.40 163RG40 30–0KA00 0.40 17

3RG40 30–0KB01 0.40 163RG40 30–0KA01 0.40 17

3-wire (65 V DC), PUR cable

3RG40 30–0AB00 0.36 113RG40 30–0AA00 0.36 12

3RG40 30–0AB01 0.36 11

2

40

30

111,5

LED

45,5

60

7,3x5,328

NS

D00561

40

35

Æ 5,3

1 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6

2

2

2

2



ymm

-x +x

20

16

8

4

NS

D00562

16 8 1680mm mm

NS

D005

63

75

30

A

B

A

B

25






Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions

Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures

With 2 m cable, PUR 4 × 0.14 mm2 sensor in longitudinal axis


With 2 m cable, PUR 4 × 0.14 mm2 sensor 90° to longitudinal axis




123456

15 mm

Box 40 mm × 40 mm

Shielded

Type

4-wire

Molded plastic

15 to 34LED≤ 25 (24 V); ≤ 40 (34 V)200 (≤ 50 °C); 150 (≤ 85 °C)

1000.75100



kg No.

3RG40 30–0CD00 0.36 10

3RG40 30–0CD01 0.36 10

1

40

30

111,5

LED

45,5

60

7,3x5,328

NS

D00561

40

35

Æ 5,3

1 2 3 4 5 6

1

1



ymm

-x +x

20

16

8

4

NS

D00562

16 8 1680mm mm

NS

D005

63

75

30

A

B

A

B

25





4


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions


Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures




NO func., pnp


With M12 connector• Type E, F NO func., pnp• Type E, F NO func., pnp



123456

2 mm

M 8

Shielded

Type Type

3-wire

Stainless steel

15 to 34LED≤ 17 (24 V); ≤ 30 (34 V)200 (≤ 50 °C); 150 (≤ 85 °C)

6000.140




3RG41 11–0AG33 0.073 11 3RG41 11–0AF33 0.073 12

3RG41 11–0GB33 0.073 133RG41 11–0GA33 0.073 14

3RG41 11–7AG33 0.017 2 3RG41 11–7AF33 0.017 3

3RG41 11–7GB33 0.017 43RG41 11–7GA33 0.017 5

––

1 2

35

M 8x1

NS

D00

340 LED

SW

13

33

M 8x1

LED(4x)

45 S

W 1

3

SgNSD00341b

1 2 3 4 5 6

1

2



ymm

-x +x

0,4

2

4 2 0 2 4

NS

D003

550,8

1,2

1,6

mmmm

A

B

NS

D003

56

4 15

4

A

B

2 mm

M 8

Shielded

Type Type Type

3-wire (designed for VW)

Stainless steel

15 to 34LED≤ 17 (24 V); ≤ 30 (34 V)200 (≤ 50 °C); 150 (≤ 85 °C)

600 1000 (only Type )0.140




––––

3RG41 11–0AG00 0.08 11

––––

3RG41 11–3AG00 0.03 23RG41 11–3AG22 0.03 2

3 4 5

M 8x1

50

LED

SW

13

34

NS

D00

35

7 NSD00358

LED

SW

13

Sg

5531

34

M 8x1

NSD00359

LED

SW

13

Sg

6040 43

M 8x1

5

1 2 3 4 5 6

3

45



ymm

-x +x

0,4

2

4 2 0 2 4

NS

D003

550,8

1,2

1,6

mmmm

A

B

NS

D003

56

4 15

4

A

B






Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions


Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures



With 8 mm combined plug• Type A NO func., pnp

With M12 connector• Type E, F NO func., pnp• Type E, F NO func., npn



123456

3 mm

Ø 6.5 mm

Semi-shielded

Type Type

3-wire


10 to 30LED≤ 10200

10000.076




3RG46 02–1AB00 0.039 113RG46 02–1GB01 0.039 13

3RG46 02–7AG01 0.012 2

––

1 2

45

NS

D00

40

6

33

LED

Æ 6,5

NS

D00

40

760

33

LED

Æ 6,5

Sg

1 2 3 5 6

1

2



0 22-x +xmm mm

mmy

4 4

1

2

3

4

6 6

NS

D00396

NS

D0039

7

13

9

A

B

X

A

B

10

3 mm

M 8

Semi-shielded

Type Type Type

3-wire


10 to 30LED≤ 10200

10000.076




3RG46 11–0AG01 0.05 113RG46 11–0GB01 0.05 13

3RG46 11–7AG01 0.021 2

3RG46 11–3AG01 0.025 23RG46 11–3GB01 0.025 4

3 4 5

45

M 8x1

NS

D00403

33

SW

13

LED

SW

13

753

NSD00404

M 8x1

33

LED

Sg

66

M 8x1

NS

D00

40

5

33

LED

M 12x1

SW

13

Sg

1 2 3 5 6

3

4

5



ymm

mm mm13 0 3

NS

D00394

-x +x2

1

3

2

2 1

NS

D003

95

8

9

A

B

X

A

B

16





4


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions


Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures




NO func., pnpNC func., pnpNO func., pnp

With 8 mm combined plug• Type A NO func., pnp• Type A NO func., npn

With M12 connector• Type E, F NO func., pnp• Type F NC func., pnp• Type E, F NO func., pnp



123456

3 mm

Box 8 mm × 8 mm

Semi-shielded

Type Type

3-wire


10 to 30LED≤ 10200

10000.076




3RG46 37–0AG01 0.044 113RG46 37–0GB01 0.044 13

–––

3RG46 37–7AG01 0.02 23RG46 37–7GB01 0.02 4

–––

1 2

NS

D00333a

40

8x8

5

3

10

20

M 3

37

LED

NSD00334a

5

10

20

M 3

50

59

8x8 3

Sg

37

LED

1 2 3 4 6

1

2



0 22-x +xmm mm

mmy

4 4

1

2

3

4

6 6

NS

D00396

NSD00412

12 16

9

A

B

X

A

B

4 mm

M 12

Shielded

Type Type Type Type

3-wire (designed for VW)


15 to 34LED≤ 17 (24 V); ≤ 30 (34 V)200 (≤ 50 °C); 150 (≤ 85 °C)

4000.240




––

3RG41 12–0AG01 0.087 11 3RG41 12–0AF01 0.087 12

3RG41 12–0AG33 0.08 11

––

3RG41 12–3AG01 0.032 23RG41 12–3AF01 0.032 33RG41 12–3AG33 0.026 2

3 4 5 6

LED

NS

D00360a

50

4

M 12x1

SW

17

NS

D00

366

35

M 12x1

SW

17

LED

4

NSD00361b

59

M 12x1

48

SW

17

4

Sg

LED(4x)

LED(4x)

NSD00367b

M 12x1

45 3

4

SW 17

4

Sg

1 2 3 4 5 6

3

4

5

6



ymm

-xmm

1

2

4 2 0 42

NS

D00422

4

+xmmmm

A

B

NS

D004

40

16 14

8

A

B






Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions


Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures









123456

6 mm

M 8

Unshielded

Type Type Type

3-wire


10 to 30LED≤ 10200

5000.1515




3RG46 21–0AG02 0.05 113RG46 21–0GB02 0.05 13

––

3RG46 21–7AG02 0.021 23RG46 21–7GB02 0.021 4

3RG46 21–3AG02 0.03 23RG46 21–3GB02 0.03 4

1 2 3

SW

13

41

NS

D00

47

7

4

M 8x1

29

LED

M 8x1

SW

134

NSD00478a

641,5

LED

29

60

Sg

8,5

SW

13

62

M 8x1

NS

D00

47

9b

29

LED

22

M 12x1

4

Sg

1 2 3 5 6

1

2

3



ymm

mm mm48 0 8

NS

D00482

-x +x4

4

2

10

8

6

A

B

NS

D00483

20 40

18

616

A

B

6 mm

M 12

Semi-shielded

Type Type

3-wire


10 to 30LED≤ 10200

8000.1515




––

3RG46 12–0AG01 0.096 113RG46 12–0GB01 0.096 13

––

3RG46 12–3AB01 0.033 23RG46 12–3GB01 0.033 4

4 5

50

M 12x1

NS

D00480a

LED

37

SW

17

4

M 12x1

NSD00481a

60

Sg

LED

37

SW

17

4

1 2 3 5 6

4

5



ymm

mm mm48 0 8

NS

D00482

-x +x4

4

2

10

8

6

NS

D00484

12 24

18

A

B

X

A

B





4


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions


Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures


NO func., pnpNO func., pnp


NO func., pnpNO func., pnp

With M12 connector• Type E, F NO func., pnp• Type E, F NO func., pnp



123456

8 mm

M 18

Semi-shielded

Type Type

Type Type

3-wire

Molded plastic

15 to 34LED≤ 10200

5000.23



kg No.

3RG41 13–0AG01 0.1 113RG41 13–0AG33 0.04 11

––

3RG41 13–3AG01 0.1 23RG41 13–3AG33 0.04 2

1 2

M 18x1

50

NS

D01

067

LED

70 SW

24

4

LED

SgNSD01069

M 18x1

5070

52S

W 2

44

3 4

M18x1

SW

24

NS

D01

068

35

LED

M18x1

SW

24

Sg

34,5

4531

NSD01070

LED(4x)

1 2 3 4 5 6

13

24



ymm

-x +x

10

2

4

8 4 0 84

NS

D00499

8

6

mmmm

A

B

NS

D0

10

71

30

3

A

B

20

20

10 mm

M 12

Unshielded

Type Type

3-wire


10 to 30LED10200

4000.215




––

3RG46 22–0AG02 0.45 11–

3RG46 22–3AB03 0.03 2–

5 6

NSD00513

5,5

M 12x1

50 4

SW 17

37

5,5

NSD00514

60

Sg

M 12x1

4

8

37

SW 17

1 2 3 5 6

5

6



mm

-x +x

10

8

6

4

2

10 5 1050

NS

D00516

y

mmmm

NS

D005

17

36

30

1012

A

B

A

B

18






Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions


Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures


NO func., pnp






123456

12 mm

M 18

Semi-shielded

Type Type

3-wire

Brass

10 to 30LED≤ 10200

5000.650



kg No.

–

3RG46 13–1AB01 0.1 113RG46 13–0GB00 0.1 13

3RG46 13–3AB01 0.06 23RG46 13–3GB01 0.06 4

1 2

50

34

M 18x1

LED

NS

D00537

SW

24

40 34

M 18x1

LED

NSD00538Sg

SW

24

63,5

1 2 3 4 5 6

1

2



ymm

-x +x

20

4

8

20 10 0 2010

NS

D00542

16

12

mmmm

14 36

A

B

A

B

4 36

NS

D0

054

3

15 mm

M 30

Shielded

Type Type

3-wire


15 to 34LED≤ 17 (24 V); ≤ 30 (34 V)200 (≤ 50 °C); 150 (≤ 85 °C)

3000.440



kg No.

3RG41 14–0AG01 0.1 11

––

3RG41 14–3AG01 0.15 2–

3 4

NS

D00554

LED

M 30x1,5

70

50

SW

36

5

LED

Sg

52

70

50

NSD00555

M 30x1,5

SW

36

5

1 2 3 4 5 6

3

4



A

B

NS

D005

59

50

30

A

B25





4


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions


Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures






123456

20 mm

M 18

Unshielded

Type Type

3-wire

Brass

10 to 30LED≤ 10200

2001100




3RG46 23–0AB02 0.1 113RG46 23–0GB02 0.1 13

3RG46 23–3AB02 0.06 23RG46 23–3GB02 0.06 4

1 2

10

SW

24

34

M 18x1

LED

NS

D00571

50

10

34

M 18x1

LED

63,5

NSD00572Sg

SW

24

40

1 2 3 4 5 6

1

2



ymm

-x +x

25

5

40 20 0 4020

NS

D00573

20

15

10

5 4 3 2 1 mmmm

NS

D005

74a

36 100

A

B

A

B

20

80

20 mm

Box 40 mm × 40 mm

Shielded

Type

3-wire

Molded plastic

10 to 302 LEDs9.5200

150≤ 2 %≤ 8



kg No.

––

3RG46 38–3AG01 0.18 23RG46 38–3GB01 0.18 4

3

4030

46

52

65

LED

NS

D00566

5,3x7,340

Sg

1 2 3 4 5 6

3



y

mm mm816 0 16

NS

D00581

-x +x8

8

4

20

12

mm

NSD01074

80

60

A

B40

A

B






Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions




Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures

With terminal compart-ment for cables0.5 to 2.5 mm2







123456

20 mm

Box 40 mm × 40 mm

Shielded

Type


4-wire

Molded plastic

15 to 342 LEDs≤ 30 (24 V); ≤ 50 (34 V)200 (≤ 50 °C); 150 (≤ 85 °C)

301.5100



kg No.

3RG41 34–6CD01 0.23 18

––

––

1

45

60

118

30

7,3x5,3

5,3

40

40

LED

40

NS

D00570

LED

Pg 13,514

1 2 3 4 5 6

1



y

mm mm816 0 16

NS

D00581

-x +x8

8

4

20

12

mm

NSD01075

80

60

A

B

A

B

40

22 mm

M 30

Semi-shielded

Type Type

3-wire

Brass

10 to 30LED≤ 10200

1001.1200



kg No.

–

3RG46 14–0AB00 0.215 113RG46 14–0GB00 0.215 13

3RG46 14–3AB00 0.155 23RG46 14–3GB00 0.155 4

2 3

60

SW

36

45

M 30x1,5

LED

NS

D00589

73,5

SW

36

45

M 30x1,5

LED

NSD00590Sg

50

1 2 3 4 5 6

2

3



ymm

-x +x

30

6

40 20 0 4020

NS

D00592

24

18

12

mmmm

22 66

A

B

A

B

6 60

NS

D005

93





4


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions

Connecting wires

Housing material


Switching frequency HzRepeat accuracy mmDifferential travel mmPower-up delay ms

Protective measures

With M12 connector• Type F NO and NC

func., pnp• Type F NO and NC

func., npn



123456

20 mm

Box 40 mm × 40 mm

Shielded

Type


4-wire

Molded plastic

15 to 342 LEDs≤ 30 (24 V); ≤ 40 (34 V)200 (≤ 50 °C); 150 (≤ 85 °C)

300.750.05 to 3.3100




3RG41 38–3CD00 0.13 1

3RG41 38–3GD00 0.13

1

4030 5,3x7,3

46

55

40

NS

D 0

1163

LED

69

40

M 12x1

1 2 3 4 5 6

1



y

mm mm1020

NS

D01171

-x +x

mm

0 10 20

5

10

15

20

NSD 01165

30 80 B

A 40

A

B

35 mm

Box 40 mm × 40 mm

Unshielded

Type


4-wire

Molded plastic

15 to 342 LEDs≤ 30 (24 V); ≤ 40 (34 V)200 (≤ 50 °C); 150 (≤ 85 °C)

300.750.05 to 7.7100




3RG41 48–3CD00 0.13 1

3RG41 48–3GD00 0.13

2

4030 5,3x7,3

46

55

40

NS

D 0

1163

LED

69

40

M 12x1

1 2 3 4 5 6

2



ymm

-x +x

50

10

20

40 20 0 4020

NS

D01172

40

mm mm

30

NSD 01166

80 160

90

4015

A

B

A

B

N






Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions

Connecting wires

Housing material

Rated operational voltage (AC/DC) VLED (switching state)No-load supply current I0• At 24 V mA• At Umax mARated operational current mAResidual current mA

Operating frequency (AC/DC) HzRepeat accuracy mmDifferential travel mmPower-up delay ms

Protective measures


NO func.



123456

20 mm

Box 40 mm × 40 mm

Shielded

Type


2-wire (AC/DC)

Molded plastic


Typ. 1.5≤ 2.0200< 2

25/300.750.05 to 3.3100




3RG41 38–3KB00 0.13 8

1

4030 5,3x7,3

46

55

40

NS

D 0

1163

LED

69

40

M 12x1

1 5 6

1



y

mm mm1020

NS

D01171

-x +x

mm

0 10 20

5

10

15

20

NSD 01165

30 80 B

A 40

A

B

35 mm

Box 40 mm × 40 mm

Unshielded

Type


2-wire (AC/DC)

Molded plastic


Typ. 1.5≤ 2.0300< 2

25/300.750.05 to 7.7100




3RG41 48–3KB00 0.13 8

2

4030 5,3x7,3

46

55

40

NS

D 0

1163

LED

69

40

M 12x1

1 5 6

2



ymm

-x +x

50

10

20

40 20 0 4020

NS

D01172

40

mm mm

30

NSD 01166

80 160

90

4015

A

B

A

B

N





4


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions



Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures









123456

25 mm

Box 40 mm × 40 mm

Semi-shielded

Type


3-wire (65 V DC)

Molded plastic

10 to 652 LEDs20300

501.5100




3RG41 31–6AD00 0.23 23

–

Designed for Opel (with extremely high EMC)

3RG41 31–6AD04 0.23 23

1

45

60

120

30

7,3x5,3

5,3

40

40

LED

40

NS

D00564

LED

Pg 13,514

1 2 3 4 5 6

1

1



ymm

-x +x

25

5

10

20 10 0 2010

NS

D00594

15

20

mmmm

NS

D0

059

5a

180

75

A

B

5

A

B

90

30 mm

Box 40 mm × 40 mm

Unshielded

Type



Molded plastic

15 to 342 LEDs≤ 30 (24 V); ≤ 50 (34 V)200 (≤ 50 °C); 150 (≤ 85 °C)

301.5100



kg No.

–

3RG41 44–6CD01 0.23 18

2

45

60

118

30

7,3x5,3

5,3

40

40

LED

40

NS

D00570

LED

Pg 13,514

1 2 3 4 5 6

2



ymm

mm +x

30

6

12

30 15 0 3015

NS

D00604

18

24

-xmm

NSD00605

90 160

90

4060

A

B

A

B






Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions




Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures


NO func., pnp










123456

40 mm

M 30

Unshielded

Type Type

3-wire

Brass

10 to 30LED≤ 10200

1002200



kg No.

–

3RG46 24–0AB02 0.22 113RG46 24–0GB02 0.22 13

3RG46 24–3AB02 0.165 23RG46 24–3GB02 0.165 4

–

1 2

60

SW

36

44

M 30x1,5

LED

NSD00607a

10

SW

36

44

M 30x1,5

LED

10

NSD00609aSg

74 60

1 2 3 4 5 6

1

2



ymm

-x +x

50

10

80 40 0 8040

NS

D00614

40

30

20

mmmm

40 mm

Box 40 mm × 40 mm

Unshielded

Type


3-wire (65 V DC)

Molded plastic

10 to 652 LEDs20300

201.5100




3RG41 41–6AB03 0.265 19

––

––

3RG41 41–6AD00 0.23 23

Designed for Opel (with extremely high EMC)

3RG41 41–6AD04 0.23 23

3

45

60

120

30

7,3x5,3

5,3

40

40

LED

40

NS

D00564

LED

Pg 13,514

1 2 3 4 5 6

3

3



ymm

-x +x

50

10

20

40 20 0 4020

NS

D00620

40

mm mm

NSD00621

180

10

04070

A

B

A

B

90





4


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions


Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures


NO func., pnp

With M 12 connector, Type E, F, movable in 30° steps

NO func., pnp



123456

25 mm / 40 mm (switchable)

Box 40 mm × 40 mm

Unshielded

Type


3-wire (65 V DC)

Molded plastic

10 to 652 LEDs20300

201.5100



kg No.

3RG41 41–3AB02 0.265 2

–

1

131,5

NS

D00617

40

30

40

120 5,3

45

60

7,3x5,3

40

16M 12x1Sg

LED

LED

GN

YE

1 2 3 4 5 6

1




ymm

-x +x

25

5

10

20 10 0 2010

NS

D00594

15

20

mmmm

NSD00623

70 180

50

4050

A

B

A

B

25 mm / 40 mm (switchable)

Box 40 mm × 40 mm

Unshielded

Type


3-wire (65 V DC)

Molded plastic

10 to 652 LEDs20300

201.5100



kg No.

–

3RG41 41–3AB01 0.265 2

2

40

30

40

120 5,3

13,3

45

60

149

7,3x5,3

16

NS

D00618

M 12x1

40

Sg

LED

LED

GN

YE

1 2 3 4 5 6

2




ymm

-x +x

50

10

20

40 20 0 4020

NS

D00620

40

mm mm

NSD01169

180

10

04070

A

B

A

B

40






Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions



Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures





123456

50 mm

Box 60 mm × 80 mm

Unshielded

Type

3-wire (65 V DC)

Molded plastic

10 to 652 LEDs20300

201.5100



kg No.

3RG41 42–6AD00 0.27 23

1

LED GN

LED

YE24,5

77

5,3

Pg 13,5

NS

D00601

45

4560

41

1 2 3 4 5 6

1



NSD 00636

180

15

04070

A

B120

A

B

65 mm

Box 80 mm × 100 mm

Unshielded

Type

3-wire (65 V DC)

Molded plastic

10 to 652 LEDs20300

102100



kg No.

3RG41 43–6AD00 0.48 23

2

27,5

100

5,3

Pg 13,5

NS

D00625LED

YE

LED GN

65

65

41,5

80,3

1 2 3 4 5 6

2



0-x +xmm mm

mmy

20

40

80

60

204060 20 40 60

NS

D00638 NSD00639

500

12

04060

A

B150

A

B




No reduction factor

4


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions

Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures






Protective measuresNot availableSpurious signal suppressionShort-circuit and overload protectionReverse polarity protectionWire-break protectionInductive interference protectionRadio interference protectionWith total insulation

The 3RG46 11/21 U BEROs are insensitive to magnetic fields up to 160 mT r.m.s.

1234567

1.5 mm

M 8

Shielded

Type Type Type

3-wire

Stainless steel

10 to 30LED≤ 13150

< 20000.16≤ 8



kg No.

3RG46 11–0AN01 113RG46 11–0GN01 13

3RG46 11–7AN01 23RG46 11–7GN01 4

3RG46 11–3AN01 23RG46 11–3GN01 4

1 2 3

NS

D00

34

842

1,6

40

M 8x1

NS

D00

34

9

49,6 4

0

LED9,2

M 8x1

NS

D00

35

0

57,4

M 8x1

40

LED

17

6,2

M 12x1

1 2 3 4 5 6

1

2

3



mm

mm mm

1,5

0,5

1

3 1 0 21

NS

D00331

-x 2 +x3

y

A

B

NS

D003

19

4 12

3

A

B

4 mm

M 8

Unshielded

Type Type Type

3-wire

Stainless steel

10 to 30LED≤ 13150

< 20000.16≤ 8



kg No.

3RG46 21–0AN01 113RG46 21–0GN01 13

3RG46 21–7AN01 23RG46 21–7GN01 4

3RG46 21–3AN01 23RG46 21–3GN01 4

4 5 6

NS

D00

41

7

41,6

M 8x1

1,6

35

5

NS

D00

41

8

49,2

M 8x1

35

LED9,2

5

NS

D00

41

9

57

M 8x1

35

LED

17

6,2

M 12x1

5

1 2 3 4 5 6

4

5

6



ymm

-xmm

1

2

4 2 0 42

NS

D00422

4

+xmmmm

NS

D004

23

15 27

889

A

B

A

B




No reduction factor


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions


Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures











1234567

3 mm

M 12

Shielded

Type Type

3-wire

Brass or stainless steel

10 to 30LED≤ 13200

30000.048



kg No.

Brass, chrome-plated

3RG46 12–0AN01 0.11 113RG46 12–0GN01 0.11 13

3RG46 12–3AN01 0.032 23RG46 12–3GN01 0.032 4

Brass, Teflon-coated

3RG46 12–3AN05 0.03 23RG46 12–3GN05 0.03 4

Stainless steel

3RG46 12–0AN61 0.11 113RG46 12–0GN61 0.11 13

3RG46 12–3AN61 0.03 23RG46 12–3GN61 0.03 4

1 2

NS

D00413

50,4

M 12x1

LED

SW

17

4

NSD00414

LEDSg

52

M 12x1

SW

17

4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

1

2

2

1

2



NS

D00415

ymm

-x +x

3,53,0

1,51,0

0,5

4 2 420

2,02,5

mmmm

A

B

NS

D00416

24

9

A

B

8 mm

M 12

Unshielded

Type Type

3-wire


10 to 30LED≤ 12200

20000.16≤ 8



kg No.


3RG46 22–0AN01 0.105 113RG46 22–0GN01 0.105 13

3RG46 22–3AN01 0.026 23RG46 22–3GN01 0.026 4


3RG46 22–3AN05 0.026 23RG46 22–3GN05 0.026 4

Stainless steel

3RG46 22–0AN61 0.105 113RG46 22–0GN61 0.105 13

3RG46 22–3AN61 0.026 23RG46 22–3GN61 0.026 4

3 4

NS

D00

489

54

M 12x1

40

10

LED

SW

17

4

Sg

M 12x1

10

51

30

LED

NSD00490

SW

17

4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

3

4

4

3

4



10

4

NS

D00491

ymm

-x +x

8

6

2

4 2 420mmmm

NS

D0

04

92

18 36

24

16

A

B

A

B




No reduction factor

4


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions


Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures











1234567

5 mm

M 18

Shielded

Type Type

3-wire


10 to 30LED≤ 13200

25000.1≤ 8



kg No.


3RG46 13–0AN01 0.14 113RG46 13–0GN01 0.14 13

3RG46 13–3AN01 0.052 23RG46 13–3GN01 0.052 4


3RG46 13–3AN05 0.052 23RG46 13–3GN05 0.052 4

Stainless steel

3RG46 13–0AN61 0.14 113RG46 13–0GN61 0.14 13

3RG46 13–3AN61 0.052 23RG46 13–3GN61 0.052 4

1 2

NS

D00460

LED

54

40

M 18x1

SW

24

4

LED

Sg

NSD00461

53

30

M 18x1

SW

244

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

1

2

2

1

2



NS

D00462

ymm

-x +x

5

4

3

2

1

10 4 08 6 2 104 862mm mm

NS

D00463

A

B

A

36 B

15

12 mm

M 18

Unshielded

Type Type

3-wire


10 to 30LED≤ 13200

20000.24≤ 8



kg No.


3RG46 23–0AN01 0.127 113RG46 23–0GN01 0.127 13

3RG46 23–3AN01 0.045 23RG46 23–3GN01 0.045 4


3RG46 23–3AN05 0.045 23RG46 23–3GN05 0.045 4

Stainless steel

3RG46 23–0AN61 0.127 113RG46 23–0GN61 0.127 13

3RG46 23–3AN61 0.045 23RG46 23–3GN61 0.045 4

3 4

NS

D00535

LED

54

40

M 18x1

10

SW

24

4

LEDSg

533

0

M 18x1

10

NSD00536

SW

244

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

3

4

4

3

4



NS

D00540

ymm

-x +x

12

4

6

2

10 4 08 6 2 104 862

8

10

mm mm

NS

D00541

54

36

24

A

B

A

B

27




No reduction factor


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions


Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures











1234567

10 mm

M 30

Shielded

Type Type

3-wire


10 to 30LED≤ 13200

20000.2≤ 8



kg No.


3RG46 14–0AN01 0.2 113RG46 14–0GN01 0.2 13

3RG46 14–3AN01 0.115 23RG46 14–3GN01 0.115 4


3RG46 14–3AN05 0.115 23RG46 14–3GN05 0.115 4

Stainless steel

3RG46 14–0AN61 0.2 113RG46 14–0GN61 0.2 13

3RG46 14–3AN61 0.115 23RG46 14–3GN61 0.115 4

1 2

NS

D00529

LED

64

M 30x1,5

SW

36

55

0

NSD00530

Sg

LED

M 30x1,5

63

50

SW

36

5

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

1

2

2

1

2



NS

D00531

10

4

ymm

-x +x

8

6

2

8 4 84012 12mmmm

NS

D00532

60 B

30

A

A

B

20 mm

M 30

Unshielded

Type Type

3-wire


10 to 30LED≤ 13200

15000.4≤ 8



kg No.


3RG46 24–0AN01 0.18 113RG46 24–0GN01 0.18 13

3RG46 24–3AN01 0.1 23RG46 24–3GN01 0.1 4


3RG46 24–3AN05 0.1 23RG46 24–3GN05 0.1 4

Stainless steel

3RG46 24–0AN61 0.18 113RG46 24–0GN61 0.18 13

3RG46 24–3AN61 0.1 23RG46 24–3GN61 0.1 4

3 4

NS

D00575

LED

15

M 30x1,5

64

SW

36

5

LEDNSD00576

15

Sg

M 30x1,5

50

63

SW

365

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

3

4

4

3

4



25

NS

D00577

ymm

-x +x8 4 84012 12

5

10

15

20

mmmm

NS

D00

578

90

60

40

A

B

A

B

45




No reduction factor

4


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions



Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures

With terminal compar-ment for cables 0.5 to 2.5 mm2






1234567

15 mm

Box 40 mm × 40 mm

Shielded

Type

3-wire

Molded plastic

10 to 302 LEDs≤ 15200

2500.38



kg No.

––

3RG46 38–3AN01 0.18 23RG46 38–3GN01 0.18 4

1

4030

46

52

65

LED

NS

D00566

5,3x7,340

Sg

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

1



NS

D00568

5

15

20

ymm

-x +x10 4 08 6 2 104 862

25

10

mmmm

NSD 00569

25 60 B

A 45

A

B

15 mm

Box 40 mm × 40 mm

Shielded

Type


3-wire

Molded plastic

10 to 302 LEDs≤ 15200

2500.38



kg No.

3RG46 34–6AN01 0.22 283RG46 34–6GN01 0.22 29

––

2

4660

114

30

5,3

40

40

LED

40

NS

D00

597

Pg 13,5

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

2



NS

D00568

5

15

20

ymm

-x +x10 4 08 6 2 104 862

25

10

mmmm

NSD 01072

60

45

A

B

A

B

25




No reduction factor


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions



Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures







1234567

25 mm

Box 40 mm × 40 mm

Unshielded

Type

3-wire

Molded plastic

10 to 302 LEDs≤ 15200

2500.5≤ 8



kg No.

––

3RG46 48–3AN01 0.18 23RG46 48–3GN01 0.18 4

1

4030

46

52

65

LED

NS

D00566

5,3x7,340

Sg

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

1



25

NS

D00598

ymm

-x +x20 10 2010030 30

20

10

5

15

30

mm mm

NSD 00599

50 160

75

3020

A

B

A

B

25 mm

Box 40 mm × 40 mm

Unshielded

Type


3-wire

Molded plastic

10 to 302 LEDs≤ 15150

2500.5≤ 8



kg No.

3RG46 44–6AN02 0.22 283RG46 44–6GN02 0.22 29

––

2

4660

114

30

5,3

40

40

LED

40

NS

D00

597

Pg 13,5

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

2



25

NS

D00598

ymm

-x +x20 10 2010030 30

20

10

5

15

30

mm mm

NS

D010

64

160

75

3020

A

B

A

B

50




No reduction factor

4


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions



Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures







1234567

35 mm

Box 40 mm × 40 mm

Unshielded

Type

3-wire

Molded plastic

10 to 302 LEDs≤ 15150

2500.7≤ 8



kg No.

––

3RG46 48–3AN11 0.18 23RG46 48–3GN11 0.18 4

1

4030

46

52

65

LED

NS

D00566

5,3x7,340

Sg

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

1



ymm

-x +x

50

10

20

30

30 15 0 3015

NS

D00612

40

mmmm

NSD 01065a

160

90

4015

A

B

A

B

80

40 mm

Box 40 mm × 40 mm

Unshielded

Type


3-wire

Molded plastic

10 to 302 LEDs≤ 15200

2500.8≤ 8



kg No.

3RG46 44–6AN01 0.22 283RG46 44–6GN01 0.22 29

––

2

4660

114

30

5,3

40

40

LED

40

NS

D00

597

Pg 13,5

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

2



ymm

-x +x

50

10

20

40 20 0 4020

40

NS

D00630

mm mm

NSD00631

40 160

12

04

020

A

B

A

B




No reduction factor


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions



Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures





The 3RG46 43 U BEROs are insensitive to magnetic fields up to 75 mT r.m.s.

1234567

75 mm

Box 80 mm × 80 mm

Unshielded

Type

3-wire

Molded plastic

10 to 30LED≤ 15200

2501.5≤ 8



kg No.

3RG46 43–6AN01 0.24 283RG46 43–6GN01 0.24 29

1

80

5,5

65

65

27,540,5

Pg 13,5

NSD00637

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

1



NS

D00640

ymm

-x +x

80

80 40 80400

100

60

40

20

mmmm

NSD00641

400

15

04

080

A

B

A

B

120

Inductive proximity switches BERO 3RG4



Pressure-resistant up to 500 bar (7250 psi)

4


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions

Connecting wires

Housing material



Protective measures



With M12 connector• Type E NO func., pnp• Type F NC func., pnp• Type E NO func., npn• Type F NC func., npn



123456

3 mm

Ø 12 mm

Semi-shielded

Type Type

3-wire

Stainless steel, aluminum-oxide ceramic sensing face

10 to 30–≤ 10200

5000.110


Conn. diagram P. 4/17

kg No.

3RG46 52–0PG00 0.135 113RG46 52–0PF00 0.135 123RG46 52–0PB00 0.135 133RG46 52–0PA00 0.135 14

3RG46 52–3PG00 0.07 23RG46 52–3PF00 0.07 33RG46 52–3PB00 0.07 43RG46 52–3PA00 0.07 5

1 2

M 14x1,518,6

30

56,5

NSD00409

SW 19

12,3

M 14x1,518,6

30

65

M 12x1NSD00408

SW 19

Æ 12,2

Sg

1 2 4 5

1

2



ymm

mm mm13 0 3

NS

D00394

-x +x2

1

3

2

2 1

NS

D0

041

1

8 12

9

A

B

X

A

B




With analog output


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions


Connecting wires

Housing material

Rated operational voltage (DC) VIndicatorNo-load supply current I0 mACurrent input (max.) mA


Output voltage (A1) at 25 °C• For s = 0 mm V• For s = 3 mm V• For s = 6 mm VRated operational current at voltage outputOutput current (A2) at 25 °C• For s = 0 mm mA• For s = 6 mm mAMax. resistance at current output• At UB = 10 V kΩ• At UB = 30 V kΩ

Protective measures

With 2m cable, PUR,4 × 0.25 mm2




123456

0 to 6 mm

M 12

Semi-shielded

Type Type

4-wire

Brass

10 to 30–

10

10000.350

0 (–0 to +0.2 V)+2.7 (±0.2 V)+5 (±0.2 V)Max. 10 mA

1 (±0.2 mA)5 (±0.2 mA)

15



kg No.

3RG46 12–0NB00 0.096 30

3RG46 12–3NB00 0.034 30

1 2

50

M 12x1

NS

D00485

SW

17

4

M 12x1

NSD00486a

60 S

W 1

74

40

Sg

2 3 5

1

2



ymm

5

1

2

1 2 3 54

NS

D00487

4

3

Smm

UA VI A mA

6 16

A

B

2 9

NS

D0048

8

A




Optimized for DESINA (IP 68)

4


Form

Embeddable in metal

Dimensions

Special features:

Diagnostic output: Higher level when the BERO is fully functional.


Connecting wires

Housing material

Rated operational voltage (DC) VIndicator (function)No-load supply current I0 mAMinimum operating current Im mARated operational current Ie mALoad rating (diagnostics) mA

Switching frequency HzRepeat accuracyDifferential travelPower-up delay ms

Protective measures

With M 12 connec-tor, Type F

NO and diagnos-tics output

With M 12 connec-tor, Type F

NO and diagnos-tics output, pnp



123456

2 mm

M 12

Shielded

Type Type

2-wire + diagnostics 3-wire + diagnostics

Steel, rustproof Stainless steel

10 to 55 10 to 30LED LED– ≤ 83 3200 20050 50

3000 800≤ 5 % sr ≤ 5 % sr≤ 15 % sr ≤ 15 % sr≤ 20 ≤ 10


Conn. diagramP. 4/17

kg No.

3RG46 12–3JR00 0.033 31

3RG46 12–3AR00 0.031 32

1 2

11

40,5

SW

17

M 12x1

69

Sg

LED(4x)N

SD

01180

4

M 12x1

LED(4x)

SW

17

M 12x1

66

Sg

NS

D01181

11

40

4

M 12x1

2 3 4 5 6 2 3 4

1

2



ymm

-x +x

2

0,5

1

4 2 0 2 4

NS

D00362

mm mm

A

B

NS

D003

63

6 12

5

A

B

4 mm

M 12

Shielded

Type

2-wire + diagnostics

Steel, rustproof

10 to 55LED–320010

1000≤ 2 % sr≤ 15 % sr≤ 15



kg No.

3RG46 12–3JR01 0.02 31

–

3

11

40,5

SW

17

M 12x1

69

Sg

LED(4x)N

SD

01180

4

M 12x1

2 3 4 5 6

3



ymm

-xmm

1

2

4 2 0 42

NS

D00422

4

+xmmmm

A

B

NS

D004

40

16 14

8

A

B

N


According to NAMUR (non-self contained)


Overview

BEROs according to NAMUR and DIN 19 234 are 2-wire DC proximity switches. They only contain the oscillator.

Due to the low-resistance termi-nation, they are insensitive to in-ductive and capacitive interfer-ences acting on the BERO supply leads.

These BEROs can be used in conjunction with series-con-nected switching devices in in-trinsically safe circuits.

3RX1 73 series-connected switching device

Identification mark of the NAMUR BERO[EEx ib] IIC T6

Max. permissi-ble surface tem-perature, here: 85 °C

For the hazardous area, minimum ignition current ratio < 0.45

Intrinsic safety of Category "b" (1 fault)

General identifi-cation mark: Standard device

Mode of operation

The 3RX1 730 and 3RX1 731 series-connection switching de-vices are connected to the 3RG46 ..–.N... BERO (accord-ing to DIN 19 234 and NAMUR) via a 2-wire lead. They evaluate the level of the BERO current in-put (damped: <1 mA; not damped: >3 mA) and generate

an appropriate switching signal. The switching function of the outputs (NC/NO) is adjustable.

The 3RX1 730 and 3RX1 731 series-connection switching de-vices are designed as isolating amplifiers, i. e. they isolate the input circuit (control circuit) from the output circuit and the

power supply. Equalizing or grounding is not necessary. Due to their intrinsically safe cir-cuits, the series-connected switching devices are approved for use in hazardous areas of [EEx ib] type of protection, ex-plosion groups IIB and IIC.

LED functionsGreen LED:Operating voltageYellow LED:Switching state

indicationRed LED: Wire-break and

short-circuit moni-toring


Intrinsically-safe electrical equipment

BEROs in accordance with NAMUR and DIN 19 234 are in-trinsically-safe electrical equip-ment for hazardous areas. They conform to the harmonized European standards• IEC 60 947-5-2 – 1999• EN 50 014 – 1997/

VDE 0171 Part 1/2.02 General Specifications

• EN 50 020 – 1994/ VDE 0170/0171 Part 7/11.91 Intrinsic Safety "i"

This is certified in the PTB (German National Testing Labo-ratories) certificate of conformi-ty:• No. Ex-88.B.2145 for sensors• No. Ex-89.C.2074 for series-

connected switching devices

Connections are made on intrin-sically-safe supply and control circuits with the following maxi-mum values:• Uo ≤ 5.5 V• I ≤ 52 mA• P ≤ 169 mW

Type of protection EEx ib IIC T6The proximity switches can be used with supply and control circuits which are certified in type of protection [EEx ib] IIB or IIC: The type of protection for the proximity switches depends on the type of protection for the supply and control circuits. Considering the stated maxi-mum values, the inherent heat-ing should be ≤ 20 K (20 °C). The ambient temperatures allo-cated to the respective temper-ature classes as well as the

effective internal inductances and capacitances are stated in the certificate of conformity.

For use in danger zone 0 in GermanyThe BERO proximity switches in accordance with NAMUR with the PTB certificate of conformity are not approved for use in dan-ger zone 0, i. e. they are not permitted to be used in this zone.

Input modules for SIMATIC

The proximity switches in accor-dance with NAMUR can also be used with SIMATIC controllers.

For this purpose, input modules in accordance with NAMUR are available.

The NAMUR BEROs are con-nected directly to these input modules.

See Catalog ST 50 or ST 70.

SIMATIC EEx i digital input

S5–100U, ET 100U,ET 200U

6ES5 437–8EA12

S5–115U/H S5–135 U,S5–155U/H

6ES5 434–4UA12

S7–300,ET 200M

6ES7 321–7RD00–0AB0




Functions

Line of actionThe line of action from input to output may be selected by means of a sliding switch on the front of the series-connection switching device.

Dimension drawing

Series-connected switching device

Circuit examples and application examples

BERO Slide switch in position

Output

• 3RX1 730 • 3RX1 731

Undamped I q NO Conductive Closed

Damped Blocked Open

Undamped II q NC Blocked Open

Damped Conductive Closed

1 2 34 5 6

1011127 8 9

LED

20

92,5

110

NSD00684a

Slideswitch

3RX1 730 3RX1 731

Abbreviations for color identification of the connecting cables and LEDs according to DIN IEC 60 757:BN= Brown RD = RedBU= Blue YE = YellowGN= Green

BUBN4+ 5+ 6-

NS

D006

85

0,1 mA6 mA

&

9 7 11+ 12-Solid-state output10 mA 200 mA

Supplyvoltage

YEYE GN

RD

BUBN4+ 5+ 6-

NS

D00

686

0,1 mA6 mA

&

9 7 11+ 12-8Relay output1 changeover

Supplyvoltage

YE GN

RD

Series-connected switching devices with NAMUR BEROs

Wire-break and short-circuit monitoring

Series-connected switching devices with mechanical contacts

Without monitoring

Wire-break monitoring

R1 = 10 kΩR2 = 400 Ω to 2 kΩ

Wire-break and short-circuit monitoring

BN 4+

5+

6-BUNSD00687

4+

5+

6-

R1

NSD00688

4+

5+

6-

R1

NSD00689

4+

5+

6-NSD00690

R1

R2





Rated operating distance sn 0.8 mm 1.5 mm 2 mm

Housing type Ø 4.5 mm M 8 M 12

Embeddable in metal Shielded Shielded Shielded

Dimensions Type Type Type

Connecting wires 2-wire 2-wire 2-wire

Housing material Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel

Operational voltage (DC) 1) V 5 to 25 5 to 25 5 to 25Rated voltage V 8 (Ri approx. 1 kΩ) 8 (Ri approx. 1 kΩ) 8 (Ri approx. 1 kΩ)Current consumption• BERO damped mA < 1.2 < 1.2 < 1.2• BERO undamped mA > 2.1 > 2.1 > 2.1

Switching frequency Hz 5000 5000 2000Repeat accuracy mm 0.01 0.01 0.01Differential travel % 6 10 3Self inductance 2) µH 15 20 25Self capacitance 2) nF 15 16 32

Connection• Design Cable: 2 m, LiYY 2 × 0.14 mm2 Cable: 2 m, LiYY 2 × 0.14 mm2 Cable: 2 m, LiYY 2 × 0.34 mm2

• Designation BN = L+; BU = L– BN = L+; BU = L– BN = L+; BU = L–

1 2 3N

SD

0069

1

20

4,5

NS

D00

692

M 8x1

SW

13

22

M 12x1

35

SW

17

NS

D00

693

Order No. Weight approx.



kg Preferred type kg Preferred type kg

3RG46 04–1NA00 0.062 3RG46 11–1NA00 0.07 3RG46 12–1NA00 0.09

Response characteristics

Determined with standard target Determined with standard target Determined with standard target

ymm

mm mm0,91,8 0 1,8

NS

D0

06

94

-x +x0,9

1

0,4

0,2

0,8

0,6

ymm

mm mm1,63,2 0 3,2

NS

D0

06

95

-x +x1,6

1,5

0,3

1,2

0,9

0,6

ymm

mm mm2,44,8 0 4,8

NS

D0

06

96

-x +x2,4

0,4

1,6

1,2

0,8

2,0





Rated operating distance sn 4 mm 5 mm 8 mm

Housing type M 12 M 18 M 18

Embeddable in metal Unshielded Shielded Unshielded



Housing material Molded plastic Stainless steel Molded plastic

Operational voltage (DC) 1) V 5 to 25 5 to 25 5 to 25Rated voltage V 8 (Ri approx. 1 kΩ) 8 (Ri approx. 1 kΩ) 8 (Ri approx. 1 kΩ)Current consumption• BERO damped mA < 1 < 1 < 1• BERO undamped mA ≥ 3 ≥ 3 ≥ 3


Connection• Design Cable: 2 m, LiYY 2 × 0.34 mm2 Cable: 2 m, LiYY 2 × 0.34 mm2 Cable: 2 m, LiYY 2 × 0.34 mm2

• Designation BN = L+; BU = L– BN = L+; BU = L– BN = L+; BU = L–

1 2 3

M 12x1

35

SW

17

NS

D00

693

M 18x1

SW

24

40

NS

D00

69

8

M 18x1

SW

24

40

NS

D00

69

8




Preferred type kg Preferred type kg kg

3RG46 22–1NA00 0.082 3RG46 13–1NA00 0.16 3RG46 23–1NA00 0.13



ymm

mm mm2,44,8 0 4,8

NS

D0

07

00

-x +x2,4

1

4

2

5

3

ymm

mm mm3,67,2 0 7,2

NS

D0

07

01

-x +x3,6

1

2

5

3

4

ymm

mm mm3,67,2 0 7,2

NS

D0

07

02

-x +x3,6

2

4

10

8

6





Rated operating distance sn 10 mm 15 mm 15 mm

Housing type M 30 M 30 Box 40 mm × 40 mm

Embeddable in metal Shielded Unshielded Shielded




Housing material Stainless steel Molded plastic Molded plastic

Operational voltage (DC) 1) V 5 to 25 5 to 25 5 to 25Rated voltage V 8 (Ri approx. 1 kΩ) 8 (Ri approx. 1 kΩ) 8 (Ri approx. 1 kΩ)Current consumption• BERO damped mA < 1.2 < 1.2 < 1.2• BERO undamped mA > 2.1 > 2.1 > 2.1


Connection• Design Cable: 2 m, LiYY 2 × 0.75 mm2 Cable: 2 m, LiYY 2 × 0.75 mm2 Screw connection: max. 2.5 mm2

• Designation BN = L+; BU = L– BN = L+; BU = L– 1 = L+; 2 = L–

1 2 3

SW

36

M 30x1,5

40

NS

D00

703

SW

36

M 30x1,5

40

NS

D00

703

40

404660

118

5,3Ø

7,3x5,3

40

30

NS

D00

705

Pg 13,511




kg kg kg

3RG46 14–1NA00 0.215 3RG46 24–1NA00 0.15 3RG46 31–6NA00 0.26



ymm

mm mm612 0 12-x +x6

2

4

10

6

8

NS

D0

07

06

ymm

mm mm612 0 12-x +x6

3

6

15

9

12

NS

D0

07

07

ymm

mm mm816 0 16-x +x8

3

6

15

9

12

NS

D0

07

08

Abbreviations for color identification of the connecting cables according to IEC 60 757:BN = BrownBU = Blue

1) Including residual ripple of max. 5%.2) Compliance is only necessary when using

under extreme conditions.





Technical data

Sensors

Series-connected switching devices



kg kg

Series-connected switching device

• With solid-state output 3RX1 730 0.15 –

• With relay output – 3RX1 731 0.15

Type 3RG46 ..–.NA00

Residual ripple of operational voltage ≤ 5%

Reduction factors (shielded/unshielded installation)• V2A steel 0.85• Aluminum 0.4• Copper 0.3

Cable length• Molded m 2• Max. m 100

Degree of protection IP 67

Ambient temperature °C –25 to +100


Vibration strength 55 Hz, 1 mm amplitude

Type 3RX1 730 3RX1 731

Supply voltage US (DC) V 10 to 30 20.4 to 27.6

Residual ripple ≤ 10 % ≤ 10 %

Current consumption mA 20 20

Operating frequency Hz 1000 10

Inputs (intrinsically safe) 1 input

Rated data According to DIN 19 234 and NAMUR

No-load voltage UA0 V approx. 8

Short-circuit current IAK mA approx. 8

Switching point IS mA 1.2 ≤ IS ≤ 2.1

Differential travel IH mA approx. 0.2

Input pulse length ms ≥ 15

Input interpulse period ms ≥ 15

Wire-break monitoring µA ≤ 100

Short-circuit monitoring mA ≥ 6Data in accordance with the certificate of conformity

Maximum voltage Uo (DC) V 12.7

Maximum current IK mA 20

Maximum power Pmax mW 63.5

Permissible connected load:• Type of protection, category [EEx ib]• Explosion group IIB/IIC• Maximum external capacitance nF 500/1200• Maximum external inductance mH 330/90

Relay output (not intrinsically safe) 1 changeover contact

Contact load• AC – 250 V, 2 A, cos ϕ = 0.7• DC – 30 V, 2 A

Mechanical endurance – ≥ 5 × 10 7 operating cycles

Pickup delay ms – approx. 20

Dropout delay ms – approx. 20

Electronic outputs (active, not intrinsically safe) Output 1 Output 2

Rated current (short-circuit proof) mA 10 200 –

Signal level• 1-Signal V US – 3 US – 3.5 –• 0-Signal Inhibited output Inhibited output –

Off-state current µA ≤ 10 –


Ambient temperature °C –25 to +70 –25 to +70Abbreviations for color identification of the connecting cables according to IEC 60 757:BN = BrownBU = Blue

1) Including residual ripple of max. 5%.2) Compliance is only necessary when using

under extreme conditions.

BERO 3RG16 Capacitive Proximity Switches


5

Cylindrical type, M 18,molded plastic housing

Cylindrical type, M 30,metal housing

Cylindrical type, M 30, molded plastic housing

3RG16 13 Page 3RG16 14 Page 3RG16 14 Page

Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data• DC version 5/6 • AC version 5/5 • DC version 5/6

• DC version 5/6

Description 5/4 Description 5/4 Description 5/4Typical circuits 5/4 Typical circuits 5/4 Typical circuits 5/4Technical data 5/4 Technical data 5/4 Technical data 5/4Response characteristics 5/6 Response characteristics 5/5, 5/6 Response characteristics 5/6Dimension drawings 5/6 Dimension drawings 5/5, 5/6 Dimension drawings 5/6

Cylindrical type, D 40,molded plastic housing

Cubic type, 20 mm × 20 mm

Cubic type, 40 mm × 40 mm

3RG16 55 Page 3RG16 73 Page 3RG16 30 Page

Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data Selection and ordering data• AC version 5/5 • DC version 5/7 • AC version 5/5• DC version 5/6 • DC version 5/7

Description 5/4 Description 5/4 Description 5/4Typical circuits 5/4 Typical circuits 5/4 Typical circuits 5/4Technical data 5/4 Technical data 5/4 Technical data 5/4Response characteristics 5/5, 5/6 Response characteristics 5/7 Response characteristics 5/5, 5/7Dimension drawings 5/5, 5/6 Dimension drawings 5/7 Dimension drawings 5/5, 5/7



Introduction


BERO 3RG16 capacitive prox-imity switches are position switches that operate without contact. They detect electrically conductive or non-conductive materials in solid, powder or liq-uid form, such as glass, ceram-ics, plastic, wood, oil, water, cardboard and paper. The BERO switches when the mate-

rial is at a specific distance from the sensor.

Standard applications for BERO capacitive proximity switches are• Level control in plastic or

glass containers• Level monitoring in

transparent packaging

• Winding wire breakage signaling

• Tape breakage signaling• Bottle counting• Tape loop control and tape

tension control• Item counting of any kind.

The same standards are appli-cable as for the inductive BEROs.

The BEROs are available in DC or AC versions.

The DC versions can activate electronic controllers (SIMATIC) or relays directly. With the AC version, the load (contactor re-lay, solenoid valve) is connect-ed directly to the AC supply net-work (preferably 230 V, 50 Hz) in series with the BERO.

Mode of operation

The sensing face of a capacitive sensor is formed by two con-centrically arranged metal elec-trodes that are equivalent to the electrodes of an unwound ca-pacitor. The electrode surfaces A and B are connected into the feedback branch of a high-fre-quency oscillator that is tuned such that it does not oscillate when the surface is free.

When an object nears the active face of the sensor, it enters the electric field in front of the elec-trode surfaces and causes a change in the coupling capaci-tance. The oscillator starts to os-cillate; the amplitude of vibra-tion is acquired by means of an evaluation circuit and converted into a switching command.

Switching frequency

The build-up characteristics specific to other pulse/interval conditions may result in higher switching frequencies than those specified.

Operating distance

The stated values are applica-ble to a target of metal which is grounded and whose area cor-responds to the sensing face of the BERO. The effective operat-ing distance sr for non-conduc-tive targets is dependent on the relative dielectric constant εr and the characteristic value (see characteristic curve).

Dielectric constants of various materials

Technical data

Typical circuits

T

A+

B-

NSD00721NSD00722

1 20 40 60 80 %100

20

40

60

80

e r

sr

Material εr Material εr

AirAlcoholAralditeBakeliteCable molding compoundCelluloidGlassHard paperMarbleMicaOiled paperPaperParaffinPetroleumPlexiglassPolyamidePoly-ethylenePoly-propylene

125.83.63.6

2.5354.58642.32.22.23.25

2.3

2.3

PolystyrenePolyvinyl-chloridePorcelainPressboardQuartz glassQuartz sandSilicone rubberSoft rubberTeflonTerpentine oilTransformer oilVacuumVulcanized rubberWaterWood

3

2.94.44

3.7

4.5

2.82.52

2.2

2.21

4802...7

Cable length (max. permissible) 300 m

Ambient temperature• Operation –20 to +70 °C• Storage –40 to +85 °C


Resistance to vibration 10 to 55 Hz, 1 mm amplitude

DC ACFigure 1

BERO operatedLoad E activatede.g. contactor relay, solenoid valve

Figure 3

BERO operatedLoad E1 activated (NO function)Load E2 deactivated (NC function)e.g. contactor relay, solenoid valve

Figure 5

BERO operatedLoad E activated (NO function) orLoad E deactivated (NC function)e.g. contactor relay, solenoid valve

NO or NC function (according to type)

Figure 2

BERO operatedLoad E activated (NO function)e.g. contactor relay, solenoid valve

Figure 4

BERO operatedLoad E1 activated (NO function)Load E2 deactivated (NC function)e.g. contactor relay, solenoid valve

Figure 6

BERO operatedLoad E activated (NO function)Load E deactivated (NC function)e.g. contactor relay, solenoid valve

NO or NC function, programmable

NS

D00

723

BN

BK

BU

L

L

EK

NS

D00

726

BN

BK

BU L

WH E2

LE1K

NS

D00

725

BN

BU

GNYE

L

PE/SL

NEK

NS

D00

727

1

4

3

L

L

EK

NS

D00

724

1

4

3 L

2 E2

LE1K 1/3

2/4

L1

N(L2)

NS

D00

728

EK


20 to 250 V AC


5



1) 10 mm 10 mm 20 mm 20 mm

Form M 30 × 1.5 M 30 × 1.5 Ø 40 mm 3) Box 40 mm × 40 mm

Embeddable Shielded Shielded Shielded Shielded

Dimensions Type Type Type Type

All BEROs with terminal compartment: Supplied with Pg 9 or 13.5 thread for molded-plastic screw gland


Housing material Metal with molded-plastic head

Molded plastic Molded plastic Molded plastic

Effective operating distance sr

2)Adjustable Adjustable Adjustable

Differential travel 0.02 to 0.2 sr 0.02 to 0.2 sr 0.02 to 0.2 srRated operational voltage

V AC 20 to 250 20 to 250 20 to 250

Display• Switching state Red LED Red LED Red LED• Rated operational voltage – Green LED Green LEDCurrent input/Off-state current

mA ≤ 1.7 ≤ 1.7 ≤ 1.7

Switching frequency Hz 20 20Repeat accuracy % ≤ 2 ≤ 2

OutputsRated operational current at AC voltage (Siemens contactor 230 V AC, to Size 6)• Continuous mA 500 500• Briefly up to 20 ms A 5 5Minimum load current• Mainly inductive

loadmA 10 10

• Mainly resistive load

mA 5 5

Voltage drop ≤ 7 ≤ 7

Connection With cable LiYY, 2 m, 3 × 0.5 mm2

Terminal compartment with screw terminals up to 2.5 mm2

Terminal compartment with screw terminals up to 2.5 mm2

Connecting wires 3 2 2

1 2 3 4

NS

D00

729

LED

4

M 30x1,5

8161

SW

36

NS

D00

730

M 30x1,5

115

61S

W 3

6

LED

Pg 9

NS

D00

731

9055

ø40

LED

Pg 9

40

30

LED

NS

D00

567

34

16Pg 13,5

ø5,3

7,3x5,3

114

4560


Conn. diagr. P. 5/4


Conn.diagr.P. 5/4

kg No. kg No.

NO 3RG16 14–0LB00 0.270 5 –

NC 3RG16 14–0LA00 0.266 5 –

NO or NC, programmable

3RG16 14–6LD00 0.164 6 3RG16 55–6LD00 6

– 3RG16 30–6LD00 6

1

1

2 3

4


Standard target: Metal, 30 mm × 30 mm × 1 mm or conductive water, surface 40 mm × 40 mm with direct ground connection



1) Actuation with grounded metal.

2) The differential travel can increase significantly with adjustmentsr > sn.

3) Clamp Ø 40 mm is included in scope of supply.

ymm

mm mm48 0 8

NS

D0

07

33

-x +x4

4

2

10

6

8

ymm

mm mm816 0 16

NS

D0

07

34

-x +x8

8

4

20

12

16

ymm

mm mm816 0 16

NS

D0

07

35

-x +x8

8

4

20

12

16



10 to 65 V DC


Rated operating distance sn 1) 5 mm 10 mm 10 mm 20 mm

Form M 18 × 1 M 30 × 1.5 M 30 × 1.5 Ø 40 mm 3)

Embeddable Shielded Shielded Shielded Shielded

Dimensions Type Type Type Type

All BEROs with terminal compartment: Supplied with Pg 9 thread for molded plastic screw gland

Housing material Molded plastic Metal with molded-plastic head


Effective operating distance sr 2) Adjustable Adjustable

Differential travel 0.02 to 0.2 sr 0.02 to 0.2 sr

Rated operational voltage (DC) V 10 to 65 10 to 65Permissible residual ripple % ≤ 10 ≤ 10Display• Switching state Red LED Yellow LED• Rated operational voltage – Green LEDCurrent input/Off-state current mA 6 to 12 6 to 12

Additional protective measures: Suppressed• Spurious signals Suppressed Suppressed• Short-circuit protection Continuous Continuous• Overload protection Continuous Continuous• Reverse polarity protection for

operating voltage terminalsBuilt-in Built-in

• Inductive interference protection Built-in Built-in

Switching frequency Hz 100 100Repeat accuracy % ≤ 2 ≤ 2

Rated operational current for DC mA 200 200Voltage drop V ≤ 1.8 ≤ 1.8

1 2 3 4

M 18x1

NS

D00

736

8260

4S

W 2

4

NS

D00

729

LED

4

M 30x1,5

8161

SW

36

NS

D00

730

M 30x1,5

115

61S

W 3

6

LED

Pg 9

NS

D00

731

9055

ø40

LED

Pg 9


Conn. diagr. P. 5/4


Conn. diagr. P. 5/4

kg No. kg No.

With cable LiYY, 2 m, 3 × 0.5 mm2

NO 3RG16 13–0AB00 0.123 1 –


NO and NC (compatible)

3RG16 14–0AC00 0.250 3 –

With terminal compart-ment for cables up to 2.5 mm2

NO and NC (compatible)

– 3RG16 14–6AC00 0.165 4

– 3RG16 55–6AC00 0.223 4

1

2

3

4





1) Actuation with grounded metal.2) The differential travel can increase

significantly with adjustment sr > sn.3) Clamp Ø 40 mm is included in scope

of supply.

ymm

mm mm48 0 8

NS

D0

07

40

-x +x4

2

1

5

3

4

ymm

mm mm48 0 8

NS

D0

07

33

-x +x4

4

2

10

6

8

ymm

mm mm816 0 16

NS

D0

07

35

-x +x8

8

4

20

12

16


10 to 65 V DC


5


Rated operating distance sn 1) 5 mm 20 mm

Form Box 20 mm × 20 mm Box 40 mm × 40 mm

Embeddable Shielded Shielded




Housing material Metal Molded plastic

Effective operating distance sr 2) Permanently set Adjustable

Differential travel 0.02 to 0.2 sr 0.02 to 0.2 srRated operational voltage (DC) V 10 to 30 10 to 65Permissible residual ripple % ≤ 10 ≤ 10Display• Switching state Yellow LED Yellow LED• Rated operational voltage Green LED Green LEDCurrent input/Off-state current mA 6 to 12 6 to 12

Additional protective measures:• Spurious signals Suppressed Suppressed• Short-circuit protection Continuous Continuous• Overload protection Continuous Continuous• Reverse polarity protection for

operating voltage terminalsBuilt-in Built-in

• Inductive interference protection Built-in Built-in

Switching frequency Hz 100 100 100Repeat accuracy % ≤ 2 ≤ 2 ≤ 2

Rated operational current for DC mA 200 200 200Voltage drop V ≤ 1.8 ≤ 1.8 ≤ 1.8

1 2 3

20

NS

D00

741

LED 313

ø3,4

32

8

4,3

20

NS

D00

742

LED 3

13ø3,4

32

8

4,3

8

40

30

LED

NS

D00

567

34

16Pg 13,5

ø5,3

7,3x5,3

114

4560


Conn. diagr. P. 5/4


Conn. diagr. P. 5/4

kg No. kg No.


NO func., pnp 3RG16 73–0AG00 0.08 1 –

With Ø 8 mm connector, Type A, C

NO func., pnp 3RG16 73–7AG00 0.033 2 –

With terminal compart-ment for cables up to 2.5 mm2

NO and NC, pnp(compatible)

– 3RG16 30–6AC00 0.24 4

1

2

3




1) Actuation with grounded metal.2) The differential travel can increase

significantly with adjustment sr > sn.

ymm

mm mm48 0 8

NS

D0

07

44

-x +x4

2

1

5

4

3

ymm

mm mm816 0 16

NS

D0

07

34

-x +x8

8

4

20

12

16

Accessories for BERO 3RG Proximity Switches


6

Power supply and switching units

Cable plugs, cables Mounting accessories

Page Page Page

6KX5 power supply and switching units

6/2 Cable connectors 6/4 to 6/6 Mounting brackets 6/8

6EV2 power supply units 6/2 Connectors for AS-Interface 6/6 Pg/NPT adapter 6/8

4AV2 power supply 6/3 Connecting cables 6/7 Pg screwed gland 6/8

4FD5 power supply 6/3 Adapters 6/7 Alignment devices 6/8, 6/9

T distribution unit 6/9 Mounting support 6/8

Cables, not preassembled 6/9 Ultrasonic reflector 6/9

Distribution units 6/10


6KX5 and 6EV2 power supply and switching units



6KX5 014, 6KX5 015, power supply and switching unitsThe 6KX5 power supply and switching unit is designed to supply power to BERO induc-tive and capacitive proximity switches as well as the DC ver-sions of Sonar-BERO ultrasonic proximity switches and Opto-

BERO photoelectric proximity switches from the 230 or 110 V mains supply.A built-in amplifier with a relay output for connection to an L+(P) connected BERO output is available so that floating BERO output signals can be obtained.

Several BERO switches can be supplied from the power supply and switching unit. The sum of the individual BERO loads must not exceed the rating of the power supply and switching unit.

6EV2 300–4AK00 power supplyThe 6EV2 power supply is suit-able for supplying inductive and capacitive BERO proximity switches as well as the DC ver-sions of Sonar-BERO ultrasonic proximity switches and Opto-BERO photoelectric proximity switches.


Connection diagrams

Power supply and switching units 6KX5 014, 6KX5 015

Power supply 6EV2 300–4AK00

6KX5 014 Input

Rated voltage (AC)• Connections A1–A2 V 230 230• Connections A1–A3 V 110 –

Voltage tolerance % +10 to –15 +10 to –15

Power consumption VA 6 (at rated voltage) 34

Frequency Hz 40 to 60 50 to 60

Conductor cross-section mm² max. 2 × 1.5 (screw terminals) 2 × 1.5 (screw terminals)

Signal input Connection C (BERO output loaded with 50 mA with ref. to L–, relay switched on by “1” signal at the BERO output)

–

6EV2 300 Output

Output voltage (DC), connections L+ (P)/L– (M)

V 24, stabilized 24, stabilized

Ripple % – ≤ 10

Load current mA 180 1000

Short-circuit protection Built-in Built-in

Relay output –• NC contact Connections 15–16• NO contact Connections 15–18• Switching voltage (AC/DC) V Max. 250• Switching capacity VA

W2000 (at 250 V AC)200 (at 24 V DC)

• Switching frequency Hz 10• Response time ms 10• Dropout time ms 5


Ambient temperature °C –25 to +40 0 to +70



kg kg

110/230 V AC supply, with 1 relay output (changeover)

6KX5 014 0.5 –

230 V AC supply, with 2 relay outputs (each with 1 NO)

6KX5 015 0.5 –

230 V AC supply – 6EV2 300–4AK00 0.5

6KX5 014 6KX5 015 6EV2 300–4AK00

AC 230 VA2A3

AC 110 V

A1 P +24 V

C

M 0 V

16 15 18

NSD00965a

AC 230 VA2

A1 P +24 V

C

C1

131423

NSD00966a

M 0 V

24

AC 230 VA2

A1NSD00968a

(P)

(M)L-

L+


4AV2 and 4FD5 power supplies


6

Overview

4AV21 02, 4AV23 02unstabilized DC power suppliesThe power supply units are suit-able for connection to public supply networks and industrial supply networks in accordance with EN 61 000-3-2, -3-3.The devices are suitable for in-stallation in enclosed controls and electronics cabinets.

Design:• Output voltage 24 V DC ac-

cording to EN 61 131-2 for an input voltage of +6 to -10 % and a load of 0 to 100%

• Safety transformer to EN 60 742

• Varistor protection circuit• LED status indication• Emitted interference to

EN 50 081-1• Interference immunity to

EN 50 082-2

4FD51 83load/system power supplyThis power supply functions ac-cording to the principle of a pri-mary switched-mode regulator and supplies a controlled DC voltage of 24 V of high stability and with low residual ripple.

Design:• Overload and short-circuit

proof output, automatic switching off and on again

• Bridging of supply interruptions > 20 ms,

• LED status indication• Emitted interference to

EN 50 081-1• Interference immunity to

EN 50 082-2


For further devices, see Catalog NS K, Part 14.

Connection diagrams

Power supply unit 4AV21 02

Power supply unit 4AV23 02

Power supply 4FD51 83–0AA00–1A

4AV21, 4AV23

4FD51 83

Input

Rated voltage (AC) V – 230/115 switchable• Connections 1–4, bridge 2–3 V 230 –• Connections 1–4, bridges 1–3, 2–4 V 115 –

Voltage tolerance % +6 to –10 +10 to –10

Frequency Hz 50 to 60 50 to 60

Short-circuit protection External G fuse link built in• Fuse gL/gG (for 230/115 V) A 1/2 2/4 –• Circuit-breaker (for 230/115 V) A 0.4/0.9 0.7/2 –

Output

Rated output voltage V DC 24 24

Ripple % ≤ 3 ≤ 1

Control accuracy % – < 1

Rated output current A 1 3.5 3

Short-circuit protection Electronic, with auto. restart Electronic, with auto. restart

Status indication LEDs Green LED for output voltage

Conductor cross-section• Screw terminal, solid wire mm² 0.5 to 6 –• Screw terminal, stranded wire mm² 0.5 to 4 –• Tab terminal (DIN 46 244) mm² A 6.3–0.8 –• Cage Clamp, solid, stranded wire mm² – 0.8 to 2.5

Mounting Snap on to 35 mm mounting rail Snap on to 35 mm mounting rail


Ambient temperature °C 0 to +60 0 to +55




Power supply unit 1 A 4AV21 02–2EB00–0A 1.5 –

Power supply unit 3.5 A or 3 A 4AV23 02–2EB00–0A 2.5 4FD51 83–0AA00–1A 0.8

4AV21 02, 4AV23 02 4FD51 83NSD00969a

1

2

3

4

AC 230 V AC 115 V

L1 L1

N N(P)

(M)L-

L+

1 2 3 4

32 31

1

2

3

4

31

32

NSF00045a

INSF00061

=

=

F1L1

NPE L-

LED

ControlPWMcontrol

SecondaryPrimary

U1230 V AC

N


3RX1 plug-in connections



Fig. Type 1) Cable Length Color AccessoriesOrder No.

m

Fig. 1

Fig. 2

8 mm cable connectors for snap-on mounting, degree of protection IP 65

3-pole, 3 × 0.25 mm2

1 A PUR 5 Black 3RX1 518

2 Orange 3RX1 521

4-pole, 4 × 0.25 mm2

1 B PUR 5 Black 3RX1 522

2 Orange 3RX1 524

Fig. 3

Fig. 4

Fig. 5

8 mm right-angle cable connectors for snap-on mounting, IP 65

3-pole, 3 × 0.25 mm2


4 Orange 3RX1 527

4-pole, 4 × 0.25 mm2


4 Orange 3RX1 552

3-pole, 3 × 0.25 mm2, with 2 LEDs for pnp BERO

5 C PUR 5 Black/clear 3RX1 531

4 Orange/clear 3RX1 517

Fig. 6

Fig. 7

Fig. 8

Fig. 9

M 8 cable connectors for screw mounting, degree of protection IP 67

3-pole, 3 × 0.25 mm2


7 Orange 3RX1 560

8 A Coupler connector with soldering pins, max. 0.25 mm2

3RX1 583

9 A Coupler connector for HARAX connection 3RX1 683

4-pole, 4 × 0.25 mm2


7 Orange 3RX1 561

8 B Coupler connector with soldering pins, max. 0.25 mm2

3RX1 581

9 B Coupler connector for HARAX connection 3RX1 685

Fig. 10

Fig. 11

Fig. 12

M 8 right-angle cable connectors for screw mounting, IP 67

3-pole, 3 × 0.25 mm2


11 Orange 3RX1 562

12 A Coupler connector with soldering pins, max. 0.25 mm2

3RX1 582

3-pole, 3 × 0.25 mm2, with LEDs

10 C PUR 5 (pnp) Black 3RX1 666

11 Orange 3RX1 564

11 D 5 (npn) Orange 3RX1 565

4-pole, 4 × 0.25 mm2


11 Orange 3RX1 563

12 B Coupler connector with soldering pins, max. 0.25 mm2

3RX1 580

Connectors have socket outlets.

Cable connectors can be supplied in special lengths.

Minimum order quantity 50 units, delivery times supplied on request.


max. 32

NSD00970aÆ8,5

30

NSD00972

Æ8

max. 24,5

NSD00973a

Æ 8max.

16,5

23

NSD0097516

Æ 8

max. 27

NSD00976a

8,5max.

18

Æ

max. 33

9,7

Æ NSD00977a

30

NSD00979Æ9,7

38,4

NSD00980Æ11,6

M 8

x 1

51

13 M 11,5 x 1Æ

NS

D009

81

a

max. 27

NSD00982a

Æ 9,7max.

18,5

26

16,5

NSD00984

Æ 9,7

28

NSD00985

18,3

Æ 11,6

1) For terminal assignment, see Page 6/11.




6



m

Fig. 13

Fig. 14

Fig. 15

Fig. 16

M 12 cable connectors for screw mounting, degree of protection IP 67

3-pole, 3 × 0.34 mm2

13 E PUR 5 Black 3RX1 533

14 Orange 3RX1 535

4-pole, 4 × 0.34 mm2

13 F PUR 5 Black 3RX1 536

14 Orange 3RX1 513

15 F Coupling plug with terminal compartment, preassembly possible

3RX1 505

16 F Coupling plug for HARAX connection 3RX1 687

5-pole, 5 × 0.34 mm2

13 G PUR 5 Black 3RX1 630

14 Orange 3RX1 570

15 G Coupling plug with terminal compartment, preassembly possible

3RX1 584

Fig. 17

Fig. 18

Fig. 19

M 12 right-angle cable connectors for screw mounting, IP 67

3-pole, 3 × 0.34 mm2

17 E PUR 5 Black 3RX1 538

18 Orange 3RX1 541

3-pole, 3 × 0.34 mm2, with LEDs for pnp BERO, only NO

17 H PUR 5 Black 3RX1 546

18 Orange 3RX1 548

3-pole, 3 × 0.34 mm2, with LEDs for pnp BERO, NO or NC

17 J PUR 5 Black 3RX1 544

18 Orange 3RX1 515

4-pole, 4 × 0.34 mm2

17 F PUR 5 Black 3RX1 542

18 Orange 3RX1 512

19 F Coupling plug with terminal compartment, preassembly possible

3RX1 502

4-pole, 4 × 0.34 mm2, with LEDs

17 K PUR 5 Black 3RX1 568

18 Orange 3RX1 567

5-pole, 5 × 0.34 mm2

17 G PUR 5 Black 3RX1 631

18 Orange 3RX1 571

19 G Coupling plug with terminal compartment, preassembly possible

3RX1 585


Cable connectors can be supplied in special lengths.



max. 47

Æ14,5

NSD00987a

NSD00989

42

Æ1

4,5

NSD00990

54

Æ18

M 1

2 x

1

55,6

14,7 M 12 x 1Æ

NS

D009

91

a

14,5

max. 39

26 NSD00992a

Æ

NSD00994

Æ 14,5

38

26,5

NSD0099636

Æ 19

38

Pg 7







m

Fig. 20

Fig. 21

Fig. 22

M 8 coupler plug, degree of protection IP 67

For extension cable (union nut of metal) for HARAX connection

20 3-pole – 3RX1 684

20 4-pole – 3RX1 686

M 12 coupler plug, degree of protection IP 67

For extension cable (union nut of metal) with terminal compartment, screw terminal max. 0.75 mm²cable gland max. 6 mm

21 L 4-pole – Black 3RX1 586

21 M 5-pole – Black 3RX1 667

22 L 4-pole For HARAX connection 3RX1 688

Fig. 23 M 12 right-angle coupler plug, degree of protection IP 67

For extension cable (union nut of metal) with terminal compartment, screw terminal max. 0.75 mm²cable gland max. 6 mm

23 L 4-pole – Black 3RX1 587

23 M 5-pole – Black 3RX1 668

Fig. 24 M 12 cable connector for screw mounting, degree of protection IP 67

24 – 4-pole Preassembly possible, QUICKON 3RX1 677

Fig. 25 M 12 cable coupler plug, degree of protection IP 67

25 – 4-pole Preassembly possible, QUICKON 3RX1 678

For AS-Interface, degree of protection IP 67 Fig. 26 M 12 cable coupler plug

4 × 0.34 mm2 (union nut of metal)

26 L PUR 5 Black 3RX1 672

Fig. 27 M 12 right-angle cable coupler plug

4 × 0.34 mm2 (union nut of metal)

27 L PUR 5 Black 3RX1 674


Cable plugs can be supplied in special lengths.



M 8

x 1

56,5

13 M 11,5 x 1

NS

D009

97

a

Æ

60

NSD00998

Æ20

M 1

2 x

1

58,8

14,7 M 12 x 1

NS

D009

99

a

Æ

41

NSD01000

30,5

Æ 20

Æ20,6

NSD01001

SW 19

SW

17

Æ20,6

NSD01002

SW 19

SW

17

NSD01003Æ14,5

46

NSD01005

31

38,8

Æ 14,5



3RX1 plug-in connections and adapters


6


Design Type 1) Length Design AccessoriesOrder No.

m

3RX1 633,3RX1 634,3RX1 635

Connecting cable with M 12 connector and M 12 coupler plug

For connection to a 3RX1 660–..distribution unit (union nut of metal) PUR cable

E, L 0.6 3 × 0.34 mm2 3RX1 633

1 Orange 3RX1 634

1.5 3RX1 635

3RX1 641,3RX1 640,3RX1 642

F, L 0.5 4 × 0.34 mm2 3RX1 641

1 Black 3RX1 640

1.5 3RX1 642

Note: Only terminal 4 (NO) will be connected.

3RX1 636,3RX1 637,3RX1 638


For connection to a 3RX1 660–..distribution unit (union nut of metal) PUR cable

A, L 0.6 3 × 0.34 mm2 3RX1 636

1 Orange 3RX1 637

1.5 3RX1 638

A, L 0.5 3 × 0.34 mm2 3RX1 647

1 Black 3RX1 646

1.5 3RX1 648

3RX1 647,3RX1 646,3RX1 648,3RX1 644,3RX1 643,3RX1 645

B, L 0.6 4 × 0.34 mm2 3RX1 644

1 Black 3RX1 643

1.5 3RX1 645

Note: Only terminal 4 (NO) will be connected.


A 1 3 × 0.25 mm2 3RX1 690

3RX1 690,3RX1 691

2 3RX1 691

Connecting cable with M 8 right-angle connector and M 8 coupler plug

A 1 3 × 0.25 mm2 3RX1 692

3RX1 692,3RX1 693

2 3RX1 693

Adapter with single leads, M 12 to Pg 13.5

0.5 m, PVC

Adapter for connecting M 12 cable connectors to BEROs with screw terminals and Pg 13.5 thread

3RX1 566 M 12 plug-in connection, rotatable N 0.5 4 × 0.5 mm2 3RX1 566

3RX1 632 M 12 plug-in connection, not rotatable N 0.5 4 × 0.5 mm2 3RX1 632

3RX1 676 Adapter with single leads, HARAX to Pg 13.5

Fast-fixing type

3 × (0.75 to 1.5 mm2)

3RX1 676


NSD01007

Æ14,5

Æ14,5

41,5

42

46 NSD01008

Æ14,5

Æ14,5

46

41,5 NSD01010

30,5

Æ14,5

Æ10

NSD01011

48

32

Æ9,7

Æ14,5

NSD0112632

9,7

Æ

39

9,7

Æ

N

9Æ

26

18,2

NSD01127

39

9,7

Æ

N

25

NS

D01014

Pg 13,5

M 1

2x1

19

NS

D01015

Pg 13,5

M 1

2x1

25,533,9

NSD01016

10,5

SW

24



3RX1 and 3SX mounting accessories



Design AccessoriesOrder No.

Weight, approx.

kg

32SX6 281 to 3SX6 284 Mounting brackets (molded plastic) 1)

For BERO with thread M 8 3SX6 281 0.005

M 12 3SX6 282 0.01

M 18 3SX6 283 0.02

M 30 3SX6 284 0.03

3SX9 910 Adapterfrom Pg 13.5 to ½ NPT

For BERO 3RG4 with Pg 13.5 screwed gland

3SX9 910 0.1

3SB19 02–2AE Molded plastic screwed gland Pg 13.5 6 mm long with seal

For BERO 3RG4 with Pg 13.5 screwed gland

3SB19 02–2AE 0.01

3RX1 303 Alignment device

For box-shaped proximity switches3RG16 303RG40 30, 3RG40 31, 3RG40 413RG41 31, 3RG41 413RG46 31

3RX1 303 0.045

3RX1 304 Mounting support snap-on to C-section rail,movable by 20 mm lengthwise, rotatable by 360°

For box-shaped proximity switches3RG16 303RG40 30, 3RG40 31, 3RG40 413RG41 31, 3RG41 413RG46 31

3RX1 304 0.023

b

a

NSD01021

e

f

c

d

g

3SX6281

3SX6282

3SX6283

3SX6284

abcdefg

262211.6

Ø 3.51612.67.9

(for M 8)

363018

Ø 4.52418.511.9

(for M 12)

453026

Ø 4.53219.618.0

(for M 18)

583036

Ø 4.54419.629.8

(for M 30)

5,5

40

100

70

NS

D01023

30

30

30

60

2 5

NS

D01024

30 14

60

40

90

5,2

13

20

1) Supplied without fixing screws.


3RX1 and 3SX mounting accessories


6



Weight, approx.

kg


With mounting bracket for Sonar-BERO M 30

Swivel range of approx. 20° about longitudinal BERO axis. After adjustment, the BERO is screwed in place.

3RX1 301 0.11


With mounting flange for Sonar-BERO M 30

Swivel range of approx. 20° about longitudinal BERO axis. After adjustment, the BERO is screwed in place.

3RX1 302 0.074

3SX6 287 Alignment device

For Sonar-BERO 3SG16 67

3SX6 287

3RX1 910 Right-angle reflector

For Sonar-BERO M 30

3RX1 910 0.028

3RX1 682 T distribution unit

For connecting thru-beam sensors to AS-Interface modules

3RX1 682

CablePUR, 20 m, blackThe cables can be used in accordance with the number of cores for all inductive BEROs and Sonar-BEROs. For Sonar-BEROs of modular range II, the shielded cable must be used.

3 × 0.34 mm2 3RX1 554 0.6

4 × 0.34 mm2 3RX1 555 0.73

4 × 0.34 mm2, shielded

3RX1 556 1.0

NS

D0

10

25

5,5

70 2084 27

29 2

61

50

NS

D0

10

26

5,5

7084

29 2

61

NS

D00

782

65

80 52

34

62

NS

D0

10

28

76

4130

NSD01029


3RX1 distribution units



Technical data

Connection diagram


Weight, approx.

kg

Distribution unit, 4-way• 3 m cable 3RX1 660–4D 0.2• 5 m cable 3RX1 660–4E 0.25• 10 m cable 3RX1 660–4F 0.32



Blanket plug for unused connections

Pack of 10

3RX1 660–0A 0.01A

54

25

NS

D010

30

a

Dimension A = 82 (4-way distribution unit)100 (6-way distribution unit)127 (8-way distribution unit)

Rated operatinal voltage V DC 24

Max. current per switching output A 2

Core identification, PUR cable

Black with white numbers

Operating temperature °C –5 to +70

Material Molded plastic

Degree of protection IP 65 when plugged in and locked

Connections M 12 cable plugs(socket in distribution unit)

Display Each output: 1 yellow LED

Operating voltage: 1 green LED

1

23

4

1

23

4

1

23

4

1

23

4

L-

L+

5

5

5

5

PE

1

2

3

4

NSD01031a

Switching outputs

1-6 (6-way distribution unit)

1-8 (8-way distribution unit)

7 (6-way distribution unit)9 (8-way distribution unit)

8 (6-way distribution unit)

10 (8-way distribution unit)

Socket 4

Socket 3

Socket 2

Socket 1

Sockets for M 12 round plugs


Cable plugs and power supplies


6

Connection diagrams

Dimension drawings

Cable connector, type A, E

BERO with NO

Cable connector, type B, F, L, N, P

BERO with NC/NO

Cable connector, type B, F, L, N, P

Sonar-BERO compact range M18

Cable connector, type C, H

BERO with NO, pnp

Cable connector, type D

BERO with NO, npn

Cable connector, type G, M

BERO with NC/NO Sonar-BERO compact range II and III

Cable connector, type J

BERO with NC or NO, pnp

Cable connector, type K

BERO with NO or NC/NO, pnp

BN = BrownBK = BlackWH = White

BU = BlueGR = GrayYE = Yellow

Pin assignments

8 mm / M 8 connection for cable connectors and right-angle cable connectors (view on contact pins)

M 12 connection for cable connectors and right-angle cable connectors and coupler plugs (view on contact pins)

Type A, C, D Type B Type E, F, H, J, K, L, N Type G, M

NSD01032a

1BN (L )

BU (L )BK (NO)

34

NSD01033a

1

3

24

BN (L )

BU (L )

WH (NC or Rec)BK (NO or Send)

NSD01034a

1

4

3

2

BN

WH

BU

BK

(L+ )

(L)

(Enable or NC)

(Enable or NO or analog output)

NSD01035a

14

3

BNBK

BU

(L+)(NO)

(L)

YNGN

NSD01036a

1

43

BN

BKBU

(L+)

(NO)(L)

YEGN

NSD01037a

1

2

3

4

5GR

BN

BU

WH

BK

(L+)

(Enable or NC)

(L )

(Enable or NO)

(Analog output)

_

14

32

BNBK

BU

NSD01038a

(L+)

(L )_

(NO or NC)

NSD01039a

14

32

BNBK

BUWH

(L+)(NO)

(L )_

(NC)

GNYE

NSD01040a

3

4/2

1

NSD01041a

4

1

2

3

NSD01042a

2

3 4

1

NSD00763a

2

3 4

1

5

Power supply and switching unit Fixing 6KX5 014, 6KX5 015, 6KX5 016

Power supply 6EV2 300–4AK00 Fixing

Power supply 4AV21 02, 4AV23 02For any positionSnap fixing on to DIN EN 50 022–35 × 7.5 rail

4AV21: Dimension B = 454AV23: Dimension B = 72

Power supply 4FD51 83For any positionSnap fixing on to DIN EN 50 022–35 × 7.5 rail

77

9545

6

5

50

60

62

,5

35

7,5

NSD01044a

M 410,5

M3,5

100

10

0

76

7

5

60

62

,5

90

NSD01045

111

72

NSF00115a

6

13

5

B

Supplementary Components


MOBY identification systems

Page

Introduction 7/1

Overview 7/2




7

Introduction


Anyone who works with identifi-cation systems has entirely per-sonal requirements. Some need low-cost smart labels for logis-tics and others need rugged data memories for assembly lines. These mobile data memo-ries need to be heat-resistant in the automotive industry and "long range" data memories are essential in traffic control appli-cations and transport logistics.

But whatever your require-ments - we have the solution: MOBY®. The intelligent elec-tronic identification systems from Siemens are for compa-nies that are looking ahead and know exactly what they will need in the future. Because: MOBY identification systems control and optimize the mate-rial flow. They identify reliably, quickly and economically, they are resistant to contamination and save data directly on the product. These systems are, of course, backed up by the com-plete support service of Siemens - worldwide.

The right identification system for every sector

With MOBY, you can react quickly and early to new de-mands in the industrial world. And because the MOBY prod-uct family offers low-cost and well-proven inductive identifica-tion systems performance-matched for almost every type of application, you can always optimize material flow and pro-duction processes – whether you operate in the sector of industry/assembly lines, ware-house storage/logistics or transport logistics/traffic con-trol systems.

Successful industrial corpora-tions worldwide rely on MOBY identification systems – from the leading supplier of identifi-cation systems.

Advantages that convince

The advantages that MOBY data memories offer in compari-son to other information carri-ers, such as the barcode, are clear:• MOBY identifies fully automat-

ically, quickly and with total transmission security.

• MOBY is insensitive to tem-perature variations and con-tamination caused by oil, dust or water.

• MOBY data memories can be reused as required.

• Production and quality data of up to 32 Kbytes can be saved directly on the product.

• MOBY has a long service life.• MOBY has an optimum cost/

benefit ratio.

MOBY is also fully integrated in the SIMATIC/SICOMP/PROFI-BUS world or in the Windows PC world; it can be connected to any controllers and – in par-ticular – MOBY is easily config-ured and installed to specific customer requirements.

Handheld terminals provide greater flexibility in the various applications.

MOBY works – quite simply

MOBY identification systems ensure that pertinent data ac-companies a product or object from the very first moment – in the form of a mobile data mem-ory that can be labeled, changed and read as required.

All the relevant data, up to 32 Kbytes of production and quality data, are available ex-actly where they are required: On the product carrier or on the product itself.

Data is transferred between the mobile data memory and the read/write unit fully automati-cally and without contact at ra-dio frequency without the need for a direct line of sight. Data transfer is also reliable in the case of contamination or non-metalic materials.

Further positive consequences are that: The loading on the computer and communication networks is reduced – and faults in the communications system no longer result in ca-tastrophe. Because when the data are stored on the product, production can always continue at least in subareas of the plant. And as far as start-up is con-cerned: This is also completed rapidly because autonomous areas/cells can be pretested.

Application examples• Assembly lines for "white" and

"brown" goods, such as refrigerators, coffee ma-chines, televisions and vac-uum cleaners

• Assembly lines for anti-skid systems, airbags, low-power motors, doors, cockpits, brakes

• Production lines for motors, gearboxes and steering gear

• Main assembly lines in the au-tomotive industry (body-in-white, paint shop, final assem-bly)

• PC production lines

• Dispatch warehouses includ-ing order picking (e. g. food, tires, writing materials, clothes)

• Cold storage depots includ-ing order picking (e. g. meat, sausages)

• Production of spectacle lenses

• Container/vessel identifica-tion, e. g. in the chemical industry

• Carriage identification in un-derground and rapid transit trains

• Parts identification for textiles (e. g. jeans, medical stock-ings), warps, baggage, bar-rels, gas cylinders, window parts, printing cylinders

• Access control and order processing

• Wafer/hort identification during chip processing

• Assembly lines for contactors, PLCs, switches

• Production lines for dialysis filters

• Production lines in the glass/ceramics industry

and many more applications worldwide.

For up-to-date information (products, news, contact partners, hotline, support, etc.) about MOBY identification systems, visit our Website athttp://www.siemens.de/mobyFor order information, see Catalog KT 21 or the electronic catalog CA 01.

Traffic control systems

Storage, distribution/logisticsAssembly lines

Industrial productionAssembly lines

MOBY EMOBY I

MOBY V

MOBY F

MOBY U




Overview

MOBY F MOBY E MOBY I MOBY U MOBY V

The RF identification system for the low-end performance range• For logistics and distri-

bution applications• 125 kHz identification

system• Low-cost 40-bit read-

only data memory up to 130 °C

• Low-cost EEPROM data memory (192 bytes) up to 130 °C

• Read/write distance up to 420 mm

• Bulk/multitag capability• Customer-specific data

memories or antennae on request

• Powerful mobile hand-held terminal

The RF identification system for the low-end and medium performance range• For logistics, distribution

and industrial assembly line applications

• 13.56-MHz identification system

• Various EEPROM data memories (752 bytes) for up to 150 °C

• Special small data mem-ory for workpiece coding


• High data transfer rate (> 2.5 ms/byte)


The RF identification system for the medium performance range• For universal industrial

applications• 1.81-MHz identification

system• Special heat-resistant

(220 °C cyclically) data memories for the auto-motive industry

• Worldwide use for many years already

• Comprehensive range of rugged FRAM/EEPROM data memories (max. 32 Kbytes)

• Comprehensive range of read/write units

• High data transfer rate (> 0.8 ms/byte)


The UHF identification system for the medium and high-end performance ranges• For universal applica-

tion in industry and in logistics

• 2.4 GHz identification system

• Special heat-resistant (up to 220 °C cyclically) data memories for the automotive industry

• Comprehensive range of rugged RAM data mem-ories (max. 32 Kbytes)


• Bulk/multitag capability• Very high data transfer

rate (16 Kbyte/s)

The radio-based identification system for the high-end performance range• In independent railway

systems• Read/write distance up

to 800 mm• 433-MHz identification

system• Very high interference

immunity• Compact and rugged

RAM data memory (32 Kbytes)

• Very high data transfer rate

• Service and test unit

• High reliability even with contamination (oil, dust, etc.) or temperature fluctuations• Integration in SIMATIC S5/S7 or PROFIBUS-DP• Connection possible to any systems/PCs via serial interface• Worldwide support and service

Main applications: Main applications: Main applications: Main applications: Main applications:• Logistics

(identification of e.g. pal-lets, barrels, goods carri-ers, order-picking con-tainers, etc.)

• Distribution (data memory as "elec-tronic barcode replace-ment" or "product ac-companying document"

• Parts identification (data memory is attached to products or pallets)

• Production lines (identification e. g. of workpiece carriers)

• Logistics and distribu-tion (identification of e. g. pallets, goods car-riers, containers or as a product accompanying document)

• Parts identification (data memory is e. g. attached to products or pallets)

• Assembly lines (data memory is e. g. attached to workpiece carriers)

• Conveyor systems (data memory is e. g, attached to the suspen-sion of an overhead monorail)

• Assembly lines (data memory is e. g. attached to workpiece carriers)

• Manufacturing pro-cesses (data memory is e. g. attached to product carriers)

• Conveyor systems (data memory is e. g, attached to overhead monorail conveyor)

• Main assembly lines in the automotive industry (body-in-white, paint shop, final assembly)

• Main assembly lines in the automotive industry (body-in-white, paint shop, final assembly)

• Vehicle identification and drive-in control for haul-age companies, vehicle depots, etc.

• Transport logistics and distribution (container/goods carrier identification)

• Traffic control systems• Assembly lines, manu-

facturing

• In independent railway systems, e. g. under-ground and rapid-transit trains (data memory attached underneath the carriage)

Appendix


8

Standards and approvals North American standards and approvals

Siemens Companies and Representatives

Page Page Page

Important publications andspecifications 8/2

Certificate of the AS-International Association for AS-Interface products 8/2

ALPHA/LOVAG 8/2

Accident prevention 8/2

Approval requirements in certain countries 8/3

Quality management 8/3

CE mark of conformity 8/3

National and International Associations 8/4

Special regulations in Russia and Australia 8/5

Overview of approved equipment 8/6

Certified ratings for AS-Interface 8/6

International protection (IP) 8/8

North American Approvals

Registration numbers (Guide No.) and file numbers (File No.)

US safety classes – NEMA Standard Publ. 250-1979

Conversion of safety classes – IEC IP designations to NEMA

Metric to US conventions

8/5

8/6

8/7

8/8

8/9

Europe 8/10

America 8/11

Africa 8/12

Asia 8/12, 8/13

Australasia 8/13

Subject and order number index

US ordering notes Ordering notes

Page Page

Subject index 8/14

Order number index• Sonar-BERO 8/15• Opto-BERO 8/16• Inductive BERO 8/18

General Terms and Conditions of Sale 8/21

Conditions of sale and delivery 8/22

Small orders 8/22

Orders for specialdesigns 8/22

Export regulations 8/22

Trade marks 8/22

Appendix

Standards and approvals


Important publications and specifications

Certificate of the AS-International Association for AS-Interface products

The AS-Interface products have been tested and certified by the AS-International Association.

The products have been tested in accordance with the test re-quirements in an approved test laboratory.

ALPHA/LOVAG

ALPHAThe Low-Voltage Controls and Distribution Division of Sie-mens AG is a member of the Society for the Testing and Cer-tification of Low-Voltage Equip-ment ALPHA, Frankfurt on Main.The responsibility of manufac-turers and the high quality of products is promoted by ALPHA by means of supportive

procedural guidelines for test-ing equipment in accordance with the currently valid stan-dards. If specific conditions are fulfilled, ALPHA can also issue state-recognized product certif-icates if required. ALPHA, as a member of LOVAG, is also working towards obtaining in-ternational recognition for the declarations of conformity and certificates.

LOVAGIn LOVAG (Low Voltage Agree-ment Group), English, French, Italian and German specialists from certification bodies and from industry are working to-gether to create a uniform Euro-pean certificate.

List of LOVAG members

ALPHA GermanyASEFA FranceASTA Great BritainACAE ItalyCEBEC BelgiumCESI ItalyKEMA NetherlandsSEMKO Sweden

Accident prevention

For some devices in safety con-trol units, test certificates and approvals from the BIA (the trade association institute for la-bor safety) in Bonn and from

SUVA (Swiss institute for acci-dent prevention) are available. For details, see the respective product description.

Approvalrequirements

IEC EN VDE/DIN VDE

IEC 60 947IEC 60 947-1IEC 60 947-5-1

IEC 60 947-5-2

EN 60 947EN 60 947-1EN 60 947-5-1

EN 60 947-5-2

06600660-1000660-200

0660-208

Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear• General rules• Control circuit devices and switching elements; Electromechanical control circuit

devices• Control circuit devices and switching elements; Proximity switches

IEC 60 439-1 EN 60 439-1 0660-500 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies: Type-tested and partially type-tested assemblies

–

–

–

–

0106-100

0106-101

Protection against electric shock: Location of actuators near live parts

Protection against dangerous shock current: Basic requirements for safe isolation in electrical equipment

IEC 60 664-1 – 0110-2 Insulation coordination for electrical equipment in low-voltage installations; rating of creepage distances and clearances

IEC 60 204-1

–

–

–

IEC 60 255-1-00

–

–

EN 60 204-1

–

–

–

–

–

–

0113-1

0160

0165

0170/0171

0435-201

0435-2021

0609-1

Electrical equipment of industrial machines: General requirements

Equipment of electrical power installations with electronic equipment

Erection of electrical installations in hazardous areas

Electrical equipment for hazardous areas

Relays: Electrical all-or-nothing relays

Electrical relays: Relays with fixed time response

Terminal points for screw terminals for terminating or linking copper conductors up to 240 mm2: General specifications

IEC 61 000-4-1 – 0843-1 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC); Part 4: Testing and measuring procedures; Section 1: Overview of measuring procedures insensitive to interference; general EMC standard (contains corrections of January 1995)

Further specifications:

UL 508 Industrial Control Equipment

CSA C22.2, No. 14 Industrial Control Equipment

Appendix



8

Approval requirements in certain countries

Siemens low-voltage switch-gear and controlgear are de-signed, manufactured and test-ed in accordance with the rele-vant German standards (VDE specifications and DIN stan-dards), IEC publications and European standards as well as UL and CSA standards. The standards assigned to the indi-vidual devices are stated in the respective parts of this Catalog.The devices are designed and manufactured in accordance with the relevant VDE, EN and IEC specifications. As far as is economically viable, the re-

quirements of the regulations in other countries are also taken into account in the design of the equipment to enable the de-vices to be implemented world-wide wherever possible in the standard version.In some European countries and in North America (see table below), an approval is required for certain low-voltage control circuit devices. Depending on the market requirements, these components have been submit-ted for approval to the autho-rized testing institutes.

UL is authorized for approvals according to Canadian specifi-cations.In the Scandinavian countries, there has been no mandatory requirement for approval since 01.01.1994. Siemens devices – manufactured and tested in ac-cordance with the harmonized European standards, e. g. EN 60 947 (IEC 60 947, DIN VDE 0660) – can be used without any restrictions.Identification of products with the approval mark is no longer necessary.

For the use on board ship, the specifications of the classifica-tion societies must be observed (see table below). In some cases, they require type tests of the components to be ap-proved.The present state of approval is shown in the "Overview of ap-proved equipment" on the fol-lowing pages.

Quality management

The quality management sys-tem of our division A&D CD satisfies the requirements of the international standard ISO 9001.

The system has been certified by the independent, licensed Deutsche Gesellschaft für Zerti-fizierung von Qualitätssiche-rungssystemen (DQS).

DQS Certificate No.: 19634-01 SIEMENS AG, Automation and Drives Division: Low-Voltage Controls and Distribution:

CE mark of conformity

The manufacturers of products which fall within the subject area to which the EU directives apply must mark their products, operating instructions or pack-aging with a CE mark of confor-mity.

The CE mark of conformity con-firms that a product fulfills the appropriate basic require-ments of all directives which are relevant to the product.

The mark of conformity is an obligatory requirement for bringing products into circula-tion throughout the whole of the EU. All products of the catalog are in conformance with the EU guidelines and have the CE mark of conformity.

• Low-voltage Directive (NS 73/23/EWG),

• EMC Directive (EMC 89/336/EWG),

• Machinery Directive (ML 89/392/EWG)

The CE mark of conformity: >

Testing bodies, approval identification and approval requirements

Country Canada1) USA1) Poland Slovakia Czech Republic Hungary

Government selected or private, officially recognized testing bodies

CSA UL(USA)

UL SEP SKTC EZU MEEI

Approval symbol s cu cU u U

Approval requirements Approval required for all switching devices

u or U approval recommended for all switching devices

For all components

Marine classification societies

Country Germany Great Britain France Norway CIS Italy Poland USA

Name Germanischer Lloyd

Lloyds Register of Shipping

Bureau Veritas

Det Norske Veritas

Maritime Register of Shipping

Registro Italiano Navale

Polski Rejestre Statków

American Bureau of Shipping

Abbreviations GL LRS BV DNV MRS RINA PRS ABS

Appendix



National and International Associations

Abbreviation Approval identification

Meaning

ANSI American National Standards InstitutePublishes specifications and standards in virtually all fields (not only electrical). For low-voltage switchgear, the ANSI has adopted the American NEMA and UL specifications to a large extent

AS Australian StandardsAlready partially adopted to IEC

BS British StandardAlready partially adopted to IEC

CE > Communautés EuropéenesEuropean conformity marking. Certifies the conformance of a product with all the product related standards of the European Union (EU)

CEE International Commission on Rules for the Approval of Electrical EquipmentPartially used by the Scandinavian countries as a basis for low-voltage switchgear with rated currents up to 63A

CEI Comitato Elettrotecnico ItalianoItalian electrotechnical committee

CEMA Canadian Electrical Manufacturers Association

CEN Comité Éuropéen de Normalization ElectrotechniqueEuropean committee for electrotechnical standardization (general secretariat in Brussels)

CSA s Canadian Standards AssociationResponsible for publishing standards and granting approvals

DEMKO D Danmarks Elektriske MaterielkontrolDanish board of control of eletrotechnical products. Responsible for publishing standards and granting approvals

DIN Deutsches Institut für Normung e.V (German Industrial Standards)

EEMAC Electrical and Electronic Manufactures Association Canada

IEC International Electrotechnical Commission(French: CEI) All the major industrialized countries are involved in the work of the International Electrotechnical Commission.

The resulting IEC recommendations are to some extent either adopted directly into national specifications and standards, or the national specifications and standards are adapted to harmonize with these recommendations.

IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers

IS Indian StandardAlready partially adapted to IEC

ISO International Organization for Standardization

JIS Japanese Industrial Standard

KEMA n Keuring van Elektrotechnische MaterialenDutch testing authority, which also performs CSA approval tests for European manufacturers

NBN Nederlandse NormDutch standard

NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association

NEMKO N Norges Elektriske MateriellkontrollNorwegian controls authority for electrotechnical products, responsible for publishing standards and granting approvals

NEN Nederlandse NormDutch standard

ÖVE O Österreichischer Verband für ElektrotechnikAustrian association for electrotechnology. Conforms to a large extent with the VDE and IEC specifications

RER Rafmagnseftrilit rikisinsFinnish testing authority for eletrotechnical products

SABS South African Bureau of Standards

SASO Saudi Arabien Standard Organization

SEMKO S Svenska Electriska MaterielkontrollanstaltenSwedish controls authority for electrotechnical products, responsible for publishing standards and granting approvals

SEN Svenska Elektrotekniska NormerSwedish eletrotechnical standards

SETI F Finnish electrotechnical testing authority

SEV + Swiss electrotechnical association

UL u Underwriter’ Laboratories Inc.Testing authority of the national fire insurance in the USA. Among other activities, it carries out testing on electrotechnical products, and issues the corresponding specifications and regulations

UTE Union Technique de l’ÉlectricitéFrench electrotechnical association

VDE V Verband Deutscher Elektrotechniker e.V. (Association of German Electrical Engineers)

Appendix



8

North American Approvals

Installation considerationsThe control products de-scribed in this catalog have been designed, tested and manufactured in accordance with a wide variety of standards including but not limited to those issued by UL, CSA, NEMA, and IEC. These stan-dards typically apply to the control product as a compo-nent and not the installation or use of the product. It is the re-sponsibility of the end user of the control product to make sure each installation complies

with all of the applicable safety requirements, laws, regulations, codes and standards (some ex-amples of which are the N.E.C, the C.E.C. and OSHA regula-tions). Note the local authori-ties may impose further juris-diction over each installation. When in doubt, consult with the local inspection authorities.Unless otherwise specified, the control products described in this catalog are designed to op-erate under "usual service con-ditions" as defined in NEMA Standards Publication – Part

ICS 1-108. Open type devices are intended for installation in enclosures that provide envi-ronmental protection as needed for the specific application. See page 8/7 for definitions of the various enclosure types.

Performance dataWhere given in this catalog, performance data should only be used as a guide to deter-mine the suitability of the prod-uct for an application. The data may be the result of the accel-erated testing or elevated

stress levels under controlled conditions. The user must take care in correlating these data to actual application or service conditions

UL and CSA File Numbers and Guide Cards NumbersMost control equipment listed in this catalog is designed, manu-factured and tested in accor-dance with the relevant UL and CSA standards as listed in the tables below.

Special regulations in Russia and Australia

GOST authorization for Russia

GOST authorization must be obtained for all products mar-keted in Russia.

The GOST mark was intro-duced in mid-1998 for the packaging of all devices.

C-Tick approval for Australia

The C-Tick approval is re-quired for marketing Siemens components in Australia. In Australia, electronic equipment must have an EMC clearance certificate similar to CE mark of conformity according to the EMC Directive in the EU; and the components must be marked with the "C-Tick".

This requirement has been in force since 01.10.1999.sion

Different features of UL approvals (for USA and Canada)

Recognized component Listed product

UL issues yellow "Guide cards" with a Guide No. and File No. UL issues white "Guide cards" with a Guide No. and File No.

Component is identified using the "UL recognition mark" on the rating plate:

• USA: U• Canada: cU

Component is identified using the "UL listing mark" on the rating plate

• e. g. USA:u LISTED 165 C, IND. CONT. EQ.

• e: g. Canada: cu LISTED 165 C, IND. CONT. EQ.

(165 C stands for: Siemens company, department A & D CD, factory Amberg)

Components approved as modules for "factory wiring", i.e. as devices for installation in control systems which are completely wired, installed and tested by trained personnel in factories or workshops and which are selected according to the application conditions.

Components approved for "field wiring", i.e.

• Components for installation in control systems which are completely wired by trained personnel in factories or workshops.

• Single units for sale in USA/Canada in retail outlets.

If components are u or cu approved as "listed products", they are also approved as "Recognized Component" and allowed to be marked U or cU.

A 46

Appendix



Overview of approved equipment

+ Standard version approved.– Not yet submitted for approval or

approval not required.

O Equipment submitted for approval, please enquire.

× U approval is not required because u approved.

k Approved for use in connection with AS-Interface (Actuator-Sensor Interface), also approved by the American Bureau of Shipping.

Registration numbers (Guide No.) and file numbers (File No.)

Certified ratings for Actuator-Sensor Interface for use on board ship

Power supply units

All power supply units with type designation 3RX9 305 and 3RX9 306 may only be used on board ship with additional fas-tenings.

Note

All inductive BEROs or Sonar-BEROs that must be used with 3RX evaluation units are not ap-proved for use in shipbuilding in conjunction with AS-Inter-face.

Equipment Type National approvals Marine classificationsCanada 1) USA Czech

RepublicSlovakia Poland Hungary Germany Great

BritainFrance Norway CIS Italy Poland

s u U EZU SKTC SEP MEEI GL LRS BV DNV MRS RINA PRSInductive BERO 3RG40, 3RG41 +2) 3) +2) 3) × + – – – • • • • – • •

3RG40 30 + + × + – – – • • • • – • •

3RG46 – – – + – – – • • • • – • •

Capacitive BERO

3RG16 – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

Sonar-BERO 3RG60 + + × + – – – • • • • – • •

3RG61 + + × + – – – • • • • – • •

3RG62, 3RG63 + + x – – – – • • • • – • •

3RX2 110 + – – + – – – – – – – – – –

Opto-BERO 3RG7 O O × – – – – • • • • – • •

3RX7 + + × + – – – – – – – – – –

Accessories 3RX1 + + × + – – – – – – – – – –

6KX5 + + × + – – – • • • • – • •

Equipment s u cu U cUGuide No. File No. Guide No. File No. Guide No. File No.

BERO proximity switches Class 3211 03 LR 12730 or 165 071

NKCR NKCR 7 E 44653 – – –

Identification Equipment Input voltageV DC

Input currentA DC

Temperature°C

Degree of protection

3RG4... Inductive BERO 31.6 0.03 70 IP 67/IP 65

3RG6... Sonar-BERO 31.6 0.075 70 IP 65

3RG7... Opto-BERO 31.6 0.2 70 IP 67

3RX9 ... AS-Interface accessories (see Catalog NS K, Part 1)

31.6 – 70 IP 67

1)The cu and c approval is available in accordance with USA approval.2) In the case of s and cu only approved up to 30 V DC max.3)Only approved with plug-in connections.

Appendix

US safety classes


8

NEMA Standard Publication No. 250-1979

Type 1Type 1 enclosures are in-tended for indoor use primarily to provide a degree of protec-tion against contact with the en-closed equipment in locations where unusual service condi-tions do not exist. The enclo-sures shall meet the rod entry and rust resistance design tests.

Type 3Type 3 enclosures are in-tended for outdoor use prima-rily to provide a degree of pro-tection against windblown dust, rain and sleet; and to be un-damaged by the formation of ice on the enclosure. They shall meet rain, external icing, dust, and rust resistance design tests. They are not intended to provide protection against con-ditions such as internal con-densation or internal icing.

Type 3RType 3R enclosures are in-tended for outdoor use prima-rily to provide a degree of pro-tection against falling rain; and to be undamaged by the forma-tion of ice on the enclosure. They shall meet rod entry, rain, external icing, and rust resis-tance design tests. They are not intended to provide protec-tion against conditions such as dust, internal condensation, or internal icing.

Type 4Type 4 enclosures are in-tended for indoor or outdoor use primarily to provide a de-gree of protection against wind-blown dust and rain, splashing water, and hose directed wa-ter; and to be undamaged by the formation of ice on the en-closure. They shall meet hose-down, external icing, and rust resistance design tests. They are not intended to provide pro-tection against conditions such as internal condensation or in-ternal icing.

Type 4XType 4X enclosures are in-tended for indoor or outdoor use primarily to provide a de-gree of protection against cor-rosion, windblown dust and rain, splashing water, and hose-directed water; and to be un-damaged by the formation of ice on the enclosure. They shall meet hosedown, external icing, and corrosion-resistance de-sign tests. They are not in-tended to provide protection against conditions such as in-ternal condensation or internal icing.Shall be manufactured of Amer-ican Iron and Steel Institute Type 304 Stainless steel, poly-merics, or materials with equiv-alent corrosion resistance, to provide a degree of protection against specific corrosive agents.

Type 6Type 6 enclosures are in-tended for indoor or outdoor use primarily to provide a de-gree of protection against the entry of water during occa-sional temporary submersion at a limited depth.Type 6P enclosures are in-tended for indoor or outdoor use primarily to provide a de-gree of protection against the entry of water during prolonged submersion at a limited depth.

Type 7Type 7 enclosures are for in-door use in locations classified as Class l, Groups A, B, C or D, as defined in the National Elec-trical Code.Type 7 enclosures shall be ca-pable of withstanding the pres-sures resulting from an internal explosion of specified gases, and contain such an explosion sufficiently that an explosive gas-air mixture existing in the atmosphere surrounding the enclosure will not be ignited.

Enclosed heat generating de-vices shall not cause external surfaces to reach temperatures capable of igniting explosive gas-air mixtures in the sur-rounding atmosphere. Enclo-sures shall meet explosion, hy-drostatic, and temperature de-sign tests.

Type 9Type 9 enclosures are in-tended for indoor use in loca-tions classified as Class ll Groups E or G, as defined in the National Electrical Code.Type 9 enclosures shall be ca-pable of preventing the en-trance of dust. Enclosed heat generating devices shall not cause external surfaces to reach temperatures capable of igniting or discoloring dust on the enclosure or igniting dust-air mixtures in the surrounding atmosphere. Enclosures shall meet dust penetration and tem-perature design tests, and ag-ing of gaskets (if used).• Class l – Flammable gases or

vapors.• Class ll – Combustible dust.• Class lll – Ignitable fibers or

flyings.• Division l – Normal situation;

the hazard would be expect-ed to be present in everyday repair and maintenance.

• Division ll – Abnormal situa-tion; the material is expected to be confined within closed containers or closed systems and will be present only dur-ing accidental rupture, break-age or unusual faulty opera-tion.

Groups• Class l – Gases and vapors

are broken into 4 groups, A, B, C, and D, depending on the ignition temperature of the substance, its explosion pres-sure and other flammable characteristics.

• Class ll – Dust locations are broken into groups E, F, and G, according to the ignition temperature and conductivity of the hazardous substance.

Type 12Type 12 enclosures are in-tended for indoor use primarily to provide a degree of protec-tion against dust, falling dirt, and dripping non-corrosive liq-uids. They shall meet drip, dust, and rust resistance design tests. They are not intended to provide protection against con-ditions such as internal con-densation.Siemens & Furnas NEMA 12 may be field modified for out-door use. NEMA 3 requires the use of watertight conduit hubs. NEMA 3R requires the use of watertight conduit hubs at a level above the lowest live part and drain holes of 1/8” diame-ter shall be added at the bottom of the enclosure.

Type 13Type 13 enclosures are in-tended for indoor use primarily to provide a degree of protec-tion against dust, spraying of water, oil, and non-corrosive coolant. They shall meet oil ex-plosion and rust resistance de-sign tests. They are not in-tended to provide protection against conditions such as in-ternal condensation.

This table summarizes the information provided above.

Provides a degree of protection against the following environmental conditions

1 3R 4 4X 12 13

Incidental contact with the enclosed equipment × × × × × ×

Rain, snow, and sleet – × × × – –

Windblown dust – – × × – –

Falling dirt × – × × × ×

Falling liquids and light splashing – – × × × ×

Circulating dust, lint, fibers, and flyings – – × × × ×

Settling airborne dust, lint, fibers, and flyings – – × × × ×

Hosedown and splashing water – – × × – –

Oil and coolant seepage – – – – × ×

Oil or coolant spraying and splashing – – – – – ×

Corrosive agents – – – × – –

Appendix

International and US safety classes


International protection (IP) – safety classesThe degree of protection of a component against access to dangerous parts as well as against the ingress of solid bodies or liquids is specified by the IP code in accordance with IEC 60 529 (EN 60 529).

When a code is specified, the degree of protection is defined and all lower degrees of protec-tion are excluded.

Extended definition for induc-tive BEROs to the IP 68 de-gree of protection

The tightness of the seal for the components is checked by means of test procedure QI according to EN 60 068-2-17. Following storage in water for 144 hours at 105 °C and 1.2 bar, the components re-main fully functional.

IP code numbersIP codes use a two digit num-bering system to define the degree of protection the enclo-sures provide.

Definition of the first numeral

Protection of persons against access to hazardous parts:0 Not protected1 Protected against contact

with a large surface of the body

2 Protected against contact with the finger

3 Protected against contact with a tool

4 Protected against contact with a wire

5, 6 Complete protection against contact with live parts

Protection against the penetra-tion of solid foreign bodies:0 Not protected1 Protected against foreign

bodies up to Ø 50 mm2 Protected against foreign

bodies up to Ø 12.5 mm3 Protected against foreign

bodies up to Ø 2.5 mm4 Protected against foreign

bodies up to Ø 1.0 mm5 Dust protection6 Protected against the in-

gress of dust

Definition of the second numeral

Protection against the ingress of water0 Not protected1 Protected against water

drops2 Protected against water

drops at housing angles of up to 15°

3 Protected against water waves

4 Protected against water splashes

5 Protected against water jets

6 Protected against high-pressure water jets

7 Protected against the ef-fects of temporary immer-sion

8 Protected against the ef-fects of long-term immer-sion

Conversion of safety classes – IEC IP designations to NEMA type numbers

This table shows the IP classifi-cation designation that NEMA enclosures may be applied to.

The table cannot be used to convert IEC designations to NEMA type numbers.

IEC international protection NEMA enclosure type number

IP 10 1

IP 54 3

IP 14 3R

IP 56 4 and 4X

IP 67 6 and 6P

IP 52 12

IP 54 13

Appendix

Metric to US conversions


8

Conversion of physical measuring units

Wire conversion table – Comparison of cross-sectional areas – Metric to US Standards

Power conversions Temperature conversions

1 kilowatt (kW) = 1.341 horsepower (hp) 100 centigrade = 212 Fahrenheit

1 horsepower (hp) = 0.7457 kilowatt (kW) 80 centigrade = 176 Fahrenheit

Dimension conversions 60 centigrade = 140 Fahrenheit

1 inch (in.) = 25.4 millimeters (mm) 40 centigrade = 104 Fahrenheit

1 inch (in.) = 2.54 centimeters (cm) 20 centigrade = 68 Fahrenheit

1 centimeter (cm) = 0.3937 inches (in.) 0 centigrade = 32 Fahrenheit

1 meter (m) = 39.37 inches (in.) –20 centigrade –4 Fahrenheit

Weight conversions Torque conversion

1 ounce (oz.) = 28.35 grams (g) 1 Newton-meter (Nm) = 8.85 pound-inches (lb. in.)

1 pound (lb.) = 0.454 kilograms (kg) Pressure conversion

1 kilogram (kg) = 2.205 pounds (lbs.) 1 bar (105 N/m2) = 14.5 pounds per square-inch (psi)

Metric cross-sectional areas (in line with VDE)

American Wire Gauge

Cross-sectional area in mm2

Equivalent metric C.S.A. in mm2

AWG or MCM

0.75

1.5

2.5

4

6

10

16

25

35

50

70

95

120

150

185

240

300

400

500

625

0.635

0.823

1.04

1.31

1.65

2.08

2.62

3.31

4.17

5.26

6.63

8.37

10.55

13.30

16.77

21.15

26.67

33.63

42.41

53.48

67.43

85.03

107.20

126.64

152.00

177.35

202.71

253.35

304.00

354.71

405.35

506.71

19 AWG

18

17

16

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

1 / 0

2 / 0

3 / 0

4 / 0

250 MCM

300

350

400

500

600

700

800

1000

Appendix

Siemens Companies andRepresentatives

8/10 Siemens NS BERO · 2001

Austria

Siemens AG ÖsterreichSiemensstr. 921211 WienTel: (0) 5 17 07–2 29 86Fax: (0) 5 17 07–5 25 81International: (+43)http://www.siemens.at/ad/cdE-mail: [email protected]

Belarus

Repräsentanz der Siemens AGul. Y. Kupaly, 25, office 304220030 MinskTel: (17) 2 10 03 96Fax: (17) 2 10 03 95International: (+375 17)E-mail: alexander.goebecke

@siemens.com.by

Belgium

Siemens S.A.Chaussée de Charleroi 1161060 BruxellesTel: (02) 5 36–21 72Fax: (02) 5 36–80 60International: (+32 2)http://www.siemens.be

Bosnia-Hercegovina

Siemens d.o.o.Hamdije Cemerlica 271000 SarajevoTel: (0 33) 27 66 41Fax: (0 33) 23 12 79International: (+387 33)

Bulgaria

Siemens AG Vertretung in BulgarienBlvd. Dragan Zankov 361113 SofiaTel: (02) 9 71–28 40Fax: (02) 9 71–32 14International: (+359 2)

Croatia

Siemens d.d.Heinzelova 70a10000 ZagrebTel: (01) 61 05–3 36Fax: (01) 60 40–6 19International: (+385 1)http://www.siemens.hrE-mail: [email protected]

Czech Republic

Siemens s.r.o.Evropská 33a16041 Praha 6Tel: (02) 33 03–11 11Fax: (02) 33 03–24 98International: (+420 2)http://www.siemens.czE-mail: prodej.A&[email protected]

Denmark

Siemens A/SBorupvang 32750 BallerupTel: 44 77–42 14Fax: 44 77–53 38International: (+45)http://www.siemens.dkE-mail: [email protected]

Finland

Siemens OyMajurinkatu 6, PerkkaaPL 6002601 EspooTel: (0 10) 5 11–51 51Fax: (0 10) 5 11–34 74International: (+3 58 10)http://www.siemens.fi

France

Siemens S.A.S.39–47 boulevard Ornano93527 Saint-Denis Cedex 2Tel: 1 49 22–31 00Fax: 1 49 22–34 13International: (+33)http://www.siemens.fr

Germany

Siemens AGA&D CDWerner-von-Siemens-Str. 5091052 ErlangenP.O. Box 32 4091050 Erlangenhttp://siemens.de/automation

Greece

Siemens A.E.P.O.B. 6101115110 Amaroussio/AthensArtemidos 8Tel: (01) 68 64–5 72Fax: (01) 68 64–5 62International: (+30 1)

Hungary

Siemens Rt.Gizella út 51-571143 BudapestTel: (1) 4 71–17 35Fax: (1) 4 71–17 62International: (+36 1)http://www.siemens.huE-mail: [email protected]

Iceland

Smith & Norland H/FP.O. Box 519, Noatuni 4105 ReykjavikTel: 5 20 30 00Fax: 5 20 30 11International: (+354)http://www.sminor.isE-mail: [email protected]

Ireland (Eire)

Siemens Ltd.8 Slaney RoadGlasnevinDublin 11Tel: (01) 2 16 24 44Fax: (01) 2 16 24 99International: (+353 1)http://www.siemens.ieE-mail: [email protected]

Italy

Siemens S.p.A.Via Piero & Alberto Pirelli, 1020126 MilanoTel: (02) 66 76–20 00Fax: (02) 66 76–21 00International: (+39 02)http://www.siemens.itE-mail: [email protected]

Latvia

Siemens SIAVilandes iela 31010 RigaTel: 7 01 55 18Fax: 7 01 55 01International: (+371)

Lithuania

UAB SiemensV. Kudirkos 62009 VilniusTel: (2) 39 15 19Fax: (2) 39 15 01International: (+370 2)http://www.siemens.lt

Luxemburg

Siemens S.A.20, Rue des PeupliersBP 17011017 LuxembourgTel: 4 38 43–4 38Fax: 4 38 43–4 49International: (+352)http://www.siemens.luE-mail: [email protected]

[email protected]

Malta

J.R.D. Systems Ltd.Miral Works, Cannon RoadHamrun HMR 07Tel: 48 49 37Fax: 48 54 81International: (+356)

Netherlands

Siemens Nederland N.V.Prinses Beatrixlaan 26Postbus 160682500 BB Den HaagTel: (070) 3 33–32 55Fax: (070) 3 33–34 14International: (+31 70)E-mail: [email protected]://www.siemens.nl

Norway

Siemens A/SProduktseksjon Ostre Aker vei 90(Postboks 10 Veitvet)0518 Oslo 5Tel: 22 63–30 00Fax: 22 63–31 05International: (+47)http://www.siemens.noEmail: [email protected]

Poland

Siemens Sp.z o.o.A&D CDul. Zupnicza 1103–821 WarszawaTel: (022) 8 70–91 15Fax: (022) 8 70–90 28International: (+48 22)http://www.siemens.pl

Portugal

Siemens S.A.Rua Irmaos Siemens, 12700 AmadoraTel: (21) 41 78–6 48Fax: (21) 41 78–0 50International: (+351 21)http://www.siemens.ptE-mail: anabela.maria.correia

@lis1.siemens.pt

Romania

Siemens SRLCalea Plevnei No. 139Sector 677131 BucurestiTel: (01) 20 27–4 71Fax: (01) 20 27–4 62International: (+40 1)

Russia

SiemensMalaja Kaluzhskaja, 17117071 MoscowTel: (0 95) 7 37–24 61Fax: (0 95) 7 37–23 98International: (+7 095)http://www.siemens.ruE-mail: Maxim.Bogatyrenko

@mow.siemens.ru

SiemensNaberejnaia r. Moika, Business Centr„North Capital“191186 St. PetersburgTel: (8 12) 3 25 65 60Fax: (8 12) 3 15 36 21International: (+7 812)http://www.siemens.ru/ad/cdE-mail: Alexander.Tchistjakov

@mow.siemens.ru

Sweden

Siemens ABJohanneslundsvägen 12–1419487 Upplands VäsbyTel: (08) 7 28–10 00Fax: (08) 7 28–10 82International: (+46 8)http://www.siemens.seE-mail: [email protected]

Slovakia

Siemens s.r.o.Stromova 983796 BratislavaTel: (02) 59 68–24 40Fax: (02) 59 68–52 40International: (+421 2)http://www.siemens.skE-mail: [email protected]

Slovenia

Siemens d.o.o.Dunajska 221511 LjubljanaTel: (01) 17 46–1 20Fax: (01) 17 46–1 38International: (+386 1)http://www.siemens.siE-mail: a&[email protected]

Spain

Siemens S.A.Ronda de Europa, 528760 Tres Cantos (Madrid)Tel: (91) 514–80 00Fax: (91) 514–70 29International: (+34 91)http://www.siemens.es

Switzerland

Siemens Schweiz AGAutomation & Drives8047 ZürichTel: (0) 848/822 844Fax: (0) 848/822 855International: (+41 1)http://www.siemens.chE-mail: [email protected]

Turkey

Siemens san.ue Tic. A.S.Yakacik Yolu No. 11181430 Kartal/IstanbulTel: (02 16) 4 59–31 82Fax: (02 16) 4 59–30 71International: (+90 216)http://www.siemens.com.tr

Ukraine

Repräsentanz der Siemens AGul. Predslawinskaja, 1103150 Kiev 150Tel: (44) 2 01 24 64Fax: (44) 2 01 24 66International: (+380 44)E-mail: wolodymyr.poltavez

@iev.siemens.com.ua

United Kingdom

Siemens plcSir William Siemens HousePrincess RoadManchester M20 2URTel: (01 61) 4 46–53 08Fax: (01 61) 4 46–53 52International: (+44 161)http://www.siemens.co.uk

Yugoslavia

Siemens d.o.o.Knez Mihailova 3011000 BeogradTel: (011) 63 04 89Fax: (011) 63 00 50International: (+381 11)http://www.siemens.co.yu

Europe

Appendix


Siemens NS BERO · 2001 8/11

8

Argentina

http://www.siemens.com.ar

San MartinSiemens S.A.Planta Ruta 8Calle 122 (ex Gral. Roca) 4785Rute 8, km 18Casilla de Correo 32(B1653JXA) SAN MARTINProv. de Buenos AiresTel: (+54) (11) 4738-7172Fax: (+54) (11) 4738-7171E-mail: [email protected]

Bahía BlancaBuenos AiresComodoro RivadaviaCórdobaMendozaMar del PlataNeuquénParanáPosadasResistenciaRio CuartoRosarioSaltaSan LuisSan Miguel de Tucumán

Bolivia

La PazSociedad Comercial é Industrial HANSA Ltda.Calle Yanacocha Esq. Mercado 1004Casilla de Correo 10800LA PAZTel: (+5 91) (2) 41 88 89Fax: (+5 91) (8) 11 22 82E-mail: [email protected]

Brazil

Sao PauloSiemens Ltda.Fábrica LapaRua Coronel Bento Bicudo 11105069-900 SÃO PAULO - SPCAS - Central de Atendimento Siemens0800 119484Tel: (+55) (11) 39 08-22 11Fax: (+55) (11) 39 08-26 31E-mail: [email protected]

Belo Horizonte - MGBrasília - DFCampinas - SPCuritiba - PRFlorianópolis - SCFortaleza - CEJundiaí - SPManaus - AMPorto Alegre - RSRecife - PERibeirão Prêto - SPRio de Janeiro - RJSalvador - BASalto - SPSão Bernardo do Campo - SP

Canada

http://www.siemens.ca

MississaugaSiemens Canada Ltd.2185 Derry Road WestMISSISSAUGA, L5N 7A6Ontario, CanadaTel: (+1) (9 05) 8 19-58 00Fax: (+1) (9 05) 8 19-57 19

BramptonBurlingtonBurnabyCalgaryDartmouthDrummondvilleEdmontonHamiltonKirkland LakeMonctonMount PearlOttawaPointe ClaireSudburyVanierWinnipeg

Chile

http://www.siemens.cl

Santiago de ChileSiemens S.A.Av. Holanda 64 - ProvidenciaCP 6650265SANTIAGO DE CHILETel: (+56) (2) 36 14-207 / 304Fax: (+56) (2) 36 14-200 / 293E-mail: [email protected]

Columbia

Santa Fé de BogotáSiemens S.A.Carrera 65, No. 11-83SANTA FÉ DE BOGOTÁ, D.C.Tel: (+57) (1) 2 94-24 40Fax: (+57) (1) 2 94-22 54

Fabrica de A&DTel: (+57) (1) 2 94-24 53Fax: (+57) (1) 2 94-22 54

BarranquillaCali-OccidenteMedellín

Costa Rica

San JoséSiemens S.A.La UrucaApartado 10022-1000SAN JOSÉTel: (+506) 2 87-50 11Fax: (+506) 2 33-54 22

Curaçao

WillemstadSANTRACO N. V.Scherpenheuvel 2WILLEMSTADTel: (+599) (9) 7 67-44 22Fax: (+599) (9) 7 67-44 24

Ecuador

GuayaquilOTESA S.A.Av. Carlos Julio Arosemena, km 1GUAYAQUILTel: (+593) (4) 22 01-4 00Fax: (+593) (4) 22 00-6 53

QuitoSiemens S. A.Calle Manuel Zambrano yAv. Panamericana Norte km 2,5QUITOTel: (+593) (2) 22 63-452Fax: (+593) (2) 24 46-609

El Salvador

San SalvadorSiemens S.A.Calle Siemens No. 43Antiguo CuscatlánParque Industrial Santa ElenaSAN SALVADORTel: (+503) 2 78-33 33Fax: (+503) 2 78-02 33

Guatemala

Cludad de GuatemalaSiemens Electrotécnica S.A.2a. Calle 6-76, Zona 1001010 CIUDAD DE GUATEMALATel: (+502) 3 60-70 80Fax: (+502) 3 34-36 70 / 69

Honduras

TegucigalpaSiemens S.A.Colonia QuesedaCalle la Salud contiguo ShellMiramontesEdificio Siemens(1098) TEGUCIGALPA, MDCTel: (+504) 2 32-40 62Fax: (+504) 2 32-41 11

San Pedro Sula

Mexico

http://www.siemens.com.mx

México, D.F.Siemens S.A. de C.V.Poniente 116, No. 590Colonia Industrial Vallejo02300 MEXICO, D.FTel: (+52) (5) 3 28-20 00Fax: (+52) (5) 3 28-21 92 / 93

AguascalientesChihuahuaCuliacanGómez PalacioGuadalajaraHermosilloLeonMéridaMonterreyPueblaQueretaroTijuanaVeracruz

Nicaraqua

ManaguaSiemens S.A.Carretera Norte, km 6MANAGUATel: (+505) 2 49-11 11Fax: (+505) 2 49-18 49

Panama

Panama CitySiemens S.A.Centro ComercialSan Francisco PlazaCIUDAD DE PANAMÁTel.: (+507) 2 65-42-80Fax.:(+507) 2 65-42-81

Paraguay

AsunciónRieder & Cia. S.A.C.I.Calle Mal. López 1039/1047 - ArtigasCasilla de Correo 586ASUNCIÓNTel: (+595) (21) 21 41 14Fax: (+595) (21) 21 20 21

Peru

LimaSiemens S.A.C.Av. Prolongación Primavera 654Chatarrilla-Surco - LIMATel: (+51) (1) 3 72-04 77Fax: (+51) (1) 3 72-11 83

SiemsaAv. República de Panama 3972 / 78Surguillo - LIMATel: (+51) (1) 2 21-31 44Fax: (+51) (1) 4 41-40 47

United States

http://www.sea.siemens.com/controls

BataviaSiemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Business1000 McKee StreetBATAVIA, IL 60510-1663Tel: (+1) (8 00) 7 82-30 41Fax: (+1) (6 30) 8 79-08 67

Albuquerque, NMAmherst, NYAndover, MAAsheville, NCAuburn Hills, MIAustin, TXBirmingham, ALBismark, NDChamblee, GACharlotte, NCChattanooga, TNCincinnati, OHColorado Springs, COColumbus, OHCorpus Christi, TXCypress, CADaphne, AlDayton, OHDeerfield Beach, FLDePere, WIDurant, IAEast Syracuse, NJ

Edison, NJEl Paso, TXEnglewood, COEvansville, INFalmouth, MEFargo, NDFt Washington, PAFt. Collins, COFt. Myers, FLFt. Wayne, INGrand Prairie, TXGreensboro, NCGreenville, SCGrimes, IAHouston, TXIndependence, OHIndianapolis, INJackson, MAJacksonvile, FLJohnson City, TNJoplin, MOKirkland, WAKnoxville, TNLake Oswego, ORLandover, MDLaPlace, LALas Vegas, NVLittle Rock, ARLouisville, KYMacon, GAMaumee, OHMayfield, KYMemphis, TNMiami, FLMidvale, UTMilton, WAMilwaukee, WIMinnetonka, MNMontgomery, ALNashville, TNNewburgh, INNorcross, GAOklahoma City, OKOmaha, NEOrlando, FLOverland Park, KSPhoenix, AZPittsburgh, PAPleasanton, CARaleigh, NCRichmond, VARoanoke, VARochester, NYSan Antonio, TXSan Diego, CASavannah, GASchaumburg, ILShreveport, LASouth Bend, INSpokane, WASt. Louis, MOTallahassee, FLTampa, FLTucson, AZTulsa, OKVirginia Beach, VAWallingford, CTWichita, KSWyoming, MIYork, PA

Uruguay

MontevideoConatel S.A.Ejido 1690Casilla de Correo 137111200 MONTEVIDEOTel: (+598) (2) 9 02-03 14Fax: (+598) (2) 9 02-34 19

Venezuela

CaracasSiemens S.A.Av. Don Diego CisnerosUrbanización Los RuicesApartato 3616CARACASTel: (+58) (2) 2 03 82 16Fax: (+58) (2) 2 03 89 12

ValenciaSiemens S.A.Avenida Norte SurZona Industrial Municipal NorteVALENCIA - EDO CaraboboTel: (+58) (41) 334-211 / 212Fax: (+58) (41) 334-210 / 518

America

Appendix



Algeria

HydraSiemens Algérie S.A.R.L5, Rue Md. Saadi SuagDZ-16035 HYDRATel: (+213) (2) 6 07-2 07Fax: (+213) (2) 6 06-5 98

Angola

LuandaEscritório de Representaçao da Siemens em AngolaEdificio BPC, 14° AndarRua Dr. Alfredo TróniLUANDATel: (+244) (2) 3 38-4 01Fax: (+244) (2) 3 93-6 99

Botswana

GabaroneSiemens (Pty) Ltd.Gabarone International Commerce ParkPlot 39 - Unit 3Kgale View Industrial SiteGABARONETel: (+267) 3 02-6 82Fax: (+267) 3 02-6 81

Iwaneng

Côte d’Ivoire

AbidjanSiemens S.A.R.L.SuccursaleImmeuble ”Le Mans”Boulevard Botreau RousselABIDJAN 08Tel: (+225) 21 50 17Fax: (+225) 21 27 44

Egypt

Cairo-MohandessinSiemens Ltd.55, El Nakheel & El Anab St.CAIRO-MOHANDESSINTel: (+20) (2) 3 33-36 29Fax: (+20) (2) 3 31-31 50

Cairo-ZamalekSmouha Alexandria

Eritrea

AsmaraDM Electrical Engineering P.L.CP.O. Box 5783, Kehawta Road 22ASMARATel: (+291) (1) 18 48 16Fax: (+291) (1) 12 76 50

Ethiopia

Addis AbabaSiemens (Pvt.) Ltd.Endalkachev Building 1st FloorHigher 21, Kebele 05, Office No. 05-108-05ADDIS ABABATel: (+251) (1) 5 11-5 99Fax: (+251) (1) 5 11-9 99

Ghana

AccraIMPROMEX ACCRAP.O. B. 9770, K.I.A.ACCRATel: (+233) (21) 224 168Fax: (+233) (21) 224 168

Guinea

LausanneAndre & Cie. S.A.7, Chemin Messidor CH-1002 LAUSANNETel: (+41) (21) 3 18-21 11*Fax: (+41) (21) 3 18-24 29** über Schweiz

Kenya

NairobiInternational Energy Technik Ltd.Unit 14, Alpha CentreMombasa RoadNAIROBITel: (+254) (2) 35 10 82Fax: (+254) (2) 35 04 69

Lesotho

MaseruRange Telecommunication Systems (Pty) LtdMaqalika Business Centre, Ha-MaboteMain North 1 RoadMASERU 100Tel: (+266) 3 32-4 85Fax: (+266) 3 17-1 42

Libya

TripoliSiemens A.G.Branch LibyaZat el Imad BuildingTower No. 5, Floor No. 9P.O.B. 91531TRIPOLITel: (+218) (21) 3 35-02 31Fax: (+218) (21) 3 35-02 35

Malawi

BlantyreEcolectric LimitedChikwana Road, near Monymen ClubP.O.B. 574BLANTYRETel: (+265) 6 24-4 71Fax: (+265) 6 33-4 96

Mauritius

Port LouisIreland Blyth LimitedP.O.B. 540Chaussee StreetPORT LOUISTel: (+230) 2 11-19 61Fax: (+230) 2 11-19 60

Morocco

CasablancaSiemens S.A.Immeuble Siemens km 1, route de Rabat, Aïn-Sebâa 20250 CASABLANCATel: (+212) (2) 3 51-0 25Fax: (+212) (2) 3 40-1 51

Mosambik

MaputoSiemens LimitadaAvenida 24 de Julho, 652MAPUTOTel: (+258) (1) 3 10-4 18Fax: (+258) (1) 3 10-4 24

Namibia

WindhoekSiemens (Pty) Ltd.9, Albert Wessels StreetNorthern Idustrial AreaP.O.B. 23125WINDHOEK 9000Tel: (+264) (61) 2 17-7 20Fax: (+264) (61) 2 18-4 20

Nigeria

LagosSiemens LimitedSiemens House98/100 Oshodi/Apapa Expressway, IsoloLAGOSTel: (+234) (1) 4 52-30 10Fax: (+234) (1) 4 52-22 59

AbujaKaduna

South Africa

Cape TownSiemens Ltd.Siemens House80, Roeland StreetCAPE TOWN 8001Tel: (+27) (21) 4 01-12 50Fax: (+27) (21) 4 01-12 96

Centurion

Halfway HouseSiemens Ltd.Siemens Park300 Janadel AvenueHalfway HouseMIDRAND 1685Tel: (+27) (11) 6 52-36 34Fax: (+27) (11) 6 52-36 91

Isando

PinetownSiemens Ltd.Branch Office DurbanKwazulu-Natal37, Gillitts RoadPINETOWN 3610Tel: (+27) (31) 7 10-41 60Fax: (+27) (31) 7 10-41 29

PretoriaSpringsWoodmead

Sudan

KhartoumNational Electrical & Commercial CompanyBabiker Badri Street, Building No. 5P.O.B. 1202KHARTOUMTel: (+249) (11) 7 80-8 18Fax: (+249) (11) 7 70-0 42

Swasiland

MatsapaSiemens (Pty) Ltd.Industrial SitePlot 245A, King Mswati III AvenueMATSAPATel: (+268) 5 18-44 62Fax: (+268) 5 18-44 63

Tansania

Dar-es-SalaamSiemens Ltd.3 rd Floor, GAK Patel BuildingPlot 2071/2DAR-ES-SALAAMTel: (+255) (51) 1 14-0 73Fax: (+255) (51) 1 18-2 88

Tunisia

TunisSiemens S.A.Bureau de Liaison TunisLes Berges du LacRue du Lac LemanTN 2045 TUNISTel: (+216) (1) 86 18 55Fax: (+216) (1) 86 09 66

Zambia

KitweSiemens Ltd.No. 1 Pamo AvenueCnr Pamo & Independence AvenueKITWETel: (+260) (2) 2 29-1 10Fax: (+260) (2) 2 29-1 16

Lusaka

Zimbabwe

HarareSiemens (Pvt) Ltd.5 Premium CloseMount Pleasant Business ParkHARARETel: (+263) (4) 3 69-4 24Fax: (+263) (4) 3 69-4 40

Alexandra Park

Bahrain

ManamaTransitec GulfUnitag House, 7th floor150, Government AvenueMANAMATel: (+973) 2 24-6 47Fax: (+973) 2 24-6 48

Bangladesh

DhakaSiemens Bangladesh Ltd.Jiban Bima Tower (12th floor)10 Dilkusha Commercial AreaDHAKA 1000Tel: (+880) (2) 9 56 37 34Fax: (+880) (2) 9 56 37 40

Khulna

Brunei

Bandar Seri Begawan

China

PekingSiemens Ltd. ChinaBeijing OfficeChaoyang District7, Wangjing Zhonghuan NanluBEIJING 100015Tel: (+86) (10) 64 72 18 88Fax: (+86) (10) 64 72 14 94

Hong KongSiemens Ltd.58th Floor, Central Plaza18 Harbour RoadWANCHAI (HONG KONG)Tel: (+852) 25 83-33 85Fax: (+852) 28 24-91 96

ChangchunChengduChongqingDalianFuzhouGuangzhouHangzhouHarbinJinanKunningNanjingQingdaoShanghaiShenyangShenzhenWuhanXiamenXi’an

India

ThaneSiemens Ltd.Standart Product DivisionThane Belapur RoadTHANE-400 601MaharastraTel: (+91) (22) 7 60 00 77Fax: (+91) (22) 7 60 00 76

AhmedabadBangaloreCalcuttaChandigarhChennaiCoimbatoreGurgaonKaloorMumbalNashikNavi MumbalNew DelhiPuneSecunderabadVadorara

Africa Asia

Appendix



8

Indonesia

JakartaP.T. Siemens IndonesiaJalan Jend. A. Yani 68, Pulo MasJAKARTA 13210Tel: (+62) (21) 4 72-94 32Fax: (+62) (21) 4 72-94 36

BatamCilegonSurabaya

Iran

TeheranSiemens Sherkate Sahami Khass (S.S.K.)Ave. Ayatollah Taleghani 32SiemenshouseTEHERAN 15914Tel: (+98) (21) 6 46 23 43Fax: (+98) (21) 6 40-23 89

Israel

Tel AvivNISKO ARDAN GROUPImport Electricity & Electronics Ltd.2a’, H’abarzel Street 4th floorTEL AVIV 69710Tel: (+972) (3) 7 65-72 33Fax: (+972) (3) 7 65-71 33

HerzeliyaHolonRamat Hakhaiyal

Japan

TokyoYaskawa Siemens Automation & Drives Corp.Controls & Distribution Div.TFT Bldg. West 9F 3-1 AriakeKoto-ku, TOKYO 135-8072Tel: (+81) (3) 35 70-30 25Fax: (+81) (3) 35 70-30 62

Aden

Jordan

AmmanF. A. Kettaneh & Co. Ltd.King Hussein StreetAMMAN 11 11 8Tel: (+962) (6) 4 39-71 73Fax: (+962) (6) 4 39-25 82

Jordan BranchShmeisani

Kasachstan

AlmatySiemens Representation KasachstanZharokova Str. 20480008 AlmatyTel: (+7) (32 72) 50 92 68Fax: (+7) (32 72) 50 92 79

Korea (Republic)

SeoulSiemens Ltd.Automation & Drives Div.12th Floor, P.M.K. Bldg746, Yeoksam-dongKangnam-guSEOUL 135-080Tel: (+82) (2) 34 20 47 20Fax: (+82) (2) 34 20 48 19

ChangwonKyungki-DoTaegu City

Kuwait

HawalliNational & German Electrical & Electro-nic Services Company (NGEECO)P.O.B. 661232041 HAWALLITel: (+965) 4 81-87 37Fax: (+965) 4 83-01 56

Lebanon

BeirutEts. F. A. Kettaneh S.A. (Kettaneh Frères)B.P. 110-242BEYROUTHTel: (+961) (1) 2 55-8 60-9Fax: (+961) (1) 2 59-5 31

Malaysla

http://www.siemens.com.my

Petaling JayaSiemens Malaysia Sdn BhdAutomation & Drives DivisionCP Tower11 Section 16/11Jalan Damansara46050 PETALING JAYASelangor Darul EhsanTel: (+60) (3) 7 51-37 97Fax: (+60) (3) 7 55-22 82

KajangKuala Lumpur

Myanmar

YangonSiemens Ltd.Automation & Drives71(A), Min Ye Kyaw Zwar RoadAhlone TownshipYangonTel: (+95) (1) 22 27 78-7 79Fax: (+95) (1) 22 72 56

Nepal

Kathmandu

Oman

MuscatWaleed AssociatesP.O.B. 437113 MUSCATTel: (+968) 7 38-1 01Fax: (+968) 7 39-9 30

Ruwi

Pakistan

KarachiSiemens Pakistan Engineering Co.Ltd.Standard ProductsB-72, Estate Avenue, S.I.T.E.P.O. Box 7158KARACHI 75700Tel: (+92) (21) 2 57 49 10-19Fax: (+92) (21) 2 56 35 63

FaisalabadlslamabadLahorePashawarQuetta

Philippines

Makati CitySiemens Inc.Automation & Drives10th Floor-B Salcedo Tower169 H.V. De la Costa Street,Salcedo Village1227 MAKATI CITYTel: (+63) (2) 8 14-98 82Fax: (+63) (2) 8 14-96 03

CebuDavao CityPasig City

Qatar

DohaTrags Electrical Engineering & Air Conditioning Co1st floor, Jaidah Towers Building P.O.B. 470DOHATel: (+974) 4 14-2 11Fax: (+974) 4 13-3 06

Saudi Arabia

JeddahSiemens Ltd.Head OfficeP.O. Box 4621JEDDAH 21412Tel: (+966) (2) 6 61-44 44 ext. 2013Fax: (+966) (2) 6 65-84 90

Al KhobarRiyadh

Singapore

SingaporeSiemens Advanced Engineering Pte Ltd, Automation & Drives2, Kallang SectorSINGAPORE 349277Tel: (+65) 7 40-72 25Fax: (+65) 7 40-78 00

Sri Lanka

Colombo

Syria

AleppoAroyan & KhatchadourianSheikh Taha StreetBox 3537ALEPPOTel: (+963) (21) 4 65 65 58Fax: (+963) (21) 4 65 65 58

Taiwan

TaipeiSiemens Ltd.Automation & Drives19th Floor, Section 2333, Tun Hwa South RoadTAIPEI 106Tel: (+886) (2) 23 76-18 57Fax: (+886) (2) 23 78-89 59

KaoshiungTaichungTaoyuan Hsien

Thailand

BangkokSiemens Ltd. Automation & Drives31th Floor, Charn Issara Tower II2922 New Petchburi Road,Bangkapi, HuaykwonBANGKOK 10320Tel: (+66) (2) 716 48 40Fax: (+66) (2) 716 48 41

Rayong

United Arab Emirats

Abu DhabiElectro Mechanical EstablishmentP.O. Box 732ABU DHABITel: (+971) (2) 6 27-21 64Fax: (+971) (2) 6 26-98 71

DubaiScientechnicP.O.B. 325DUBAITel: (+971) (4) 26 66-0 00 ext. 209Fax: (+971) (4) 26 66-1 76

Vietnam

Ho Chi Minh CitySiemens AG Representation VietnamBranch OfficeThe Landmark Building, 2nd Floor 5b Ton Duc Thang Street, District 1 HO CHI MINH CITYTel: (+84) (8) 82 5-19 00Fax: (+84) (8) 82 5-15 80

Hanoi

Yemen

SanaaTihama Tractors & Engineering Co. Ltd.17, Ali Abdul Mogni StreetSANAATel: (+967) (1) 2 73-0 44Fax: (+967) (1) 2 74-1 19

Australia / New Zealand

http://www.siemens.com.auhttp://www.siemens.com.nz

BayswaterSiemens Ltd.Head Office Melbourne885 Mountain HighwayBAYSWATER VIC 3153Tel: (+61) (3) 97 21-73 95Fax: (+61) (3) 97 20-83 95

AdelaideBrisbaneGladesvilleMelbourneMiltonPennant HillsPerthSilverwaterSt. LeonardsSydney

Australasia

Appendix



Austria

Siemens AG ÖsterreichSiemensstr. 921211 WienTel: (0) 5 17 07–2 29 86Fax: (0) 5 17 07–5 25 81International: (+43)http://www.siemens.at/ad/cdE-mail: [email protected]

Belarus

Repräsentanz der Siemens AGul. Y. Kupaly, 25, office 304220030 MinskTel: (17) 2 10 03 96Fax: (17) 2 10 03 95International: (+375 17)E-mail: alexander.goebecke

@siemens.com.by

Belgium

Siemens S.A.Chaussée de Charleroi 1161060 BruxellesTel: (02) 5 36–21 72Fax: (02) 5 36–80 60International: (+32 2)http://www.siemens.be

Bosnia-Hercegovina

Siemens d.o.o.Hamdije Cemerlica 271000 SarajevoTel: (0 33) 27 66 41Fax: (0 33) 23 12 79International: (+387 33)

Bulgaria

Siemens AG Vertretung in BulgarienBlvd. Dragan Zankov 361113 SofiaTel: (02) 9 71–28 40Fax: (02) 9 71–32 14International: (+359 2)

Croatia

Siemens d.d.Heinzelova 70a10000 ZagrebTel: (01) 61 05–3 36Fax: (01) 60 40–6 19International: (+385 1)http://www.siemens.hrE-mail: [email protected]

Czech Republic

Siemens s.r.o.Evropská 33a16041 Praha 6Tel: (02) 33 03–11 11Fax: (02) 33 03–24 98International: (+420 2)http://www.siemens.czE-mail: prodej.A&[email protected]

Denmark

Siemens A/SBorupvang 32750 BallerupTel: 44 77–42 14Fax: 44 77–53 38International: (+45)http://www.siemens.dkE-mail: [email protected]

Finland

Siemens OyMajurinkatu 6, PerkkaaPL 6002601 EspooTel: (0 10) 5 11–51 51Fax: (0 10) 5 11–34 74International: (+3 58 10)http://www.siemens.fi

France

Siemens S.A.S.39–47 boulevard Ornano93527 Saint-Denis Cedex 2Tel: 1 49 22–31 00Fax: 1 49 22–34 13International: (+33)http://www.siemens.fr

Germany

Siemens AGA&D CDWerner-von-Siemens-Str. 5091052 ErlangenP.O. Box 32 4091050 Erlangenhttp://siemens.de/automation

Greece

Siemens A.E.P.O.B. 6101115110 Amaroussio/AthensArtemidos 8Tel: (01) 68 64–5 72Fax: (01) 68 64–5 62International: (+30 1)

Hungary

Siemens Rt.Gizella út 51-571143 BudapestTel: (1) 4 71–17 35Fax: (1) 4 71–17 62International: (+36 1)http://www.siemens.huE-mail: [email protected]

Iceland

Smith & Norland H/FP.O. Box 519, Noatuni 4105 ReykjavikTel: 5 20 30 00Fax: 5 20 30 11International: (+354)http://www.sminor.isE-mail: [email protected]

Ireland (Eire)

Siemens Ltd.8 Slaney RoadGlasnevinDublin 11Tel: (01) 2 16 24 44Fax: (01) 2 16 24 99International: (+353 1)http://www.siemens.ieE-mail: [email protected]

Italy

Siemens S.p.A.Via Piero & Alberto Pirelli, 1020126 MilanoTel: (02) 66 76–20 00Fax: (02) 66 76–21 00International: (+39 02)http://www.siemens.itE-mail: [email protected]

Latvia

Siemens SIAVilandes iela 31010 RigaTel: 7 01 55 18Fax: 7 01 55 01International: (+371)

Lithuania

UAB SiemensV. Kudirkos 62009 VilniusTel: (2) 39 15 19Fax: (2) 39 15 01International: (+370 2)http://www.siemens.lt

Luxemburg

Siemens S.A.20, Rue des PeupliersBP 17011017 LuxembourgTel: 4 38 43–4 38Fax: 4 38 43–4 49International: (+352)http://www.siemens.luE-mail: [email protected]

[email protected]

Malta

J.R.D. Systems Ltd.Miral Works, Cannon RoadHamrun HMR 07Tel: 48 49 37Fax: 48 54 81International: (+356)

Netherlands

Siemens Nederland N.V.Prinses Beatrixlaan 26Postbus 160682500 BB Den HaagTel: (070) 3 33–32 55Fax: (070) 3 33–34 14International: (+31 70)E-mail: [email protected]://www.siemens.nl

Norway

Siemens A/SProduktseksjon Ostre Aker vei 90(Postboks 10 Veitvet)0518 Oslo 5Tel: 22 63–30 00Fax: 22 63–31 05International: (+47)http://www.siemens.noEmail: [email protected]

Poland

Siemens Sp.z o.o.A&D CDul. Zupnicza 1103–821 WarszawaTel: (022) 8 70–91 15Fax: (022) 8 70–90 28International: (+48 22)http://www.siemens.pl

Portugal

Siemens S.A.Rua Irmaos Siemens, 12700 AmadoraTel: (21) 41 78–6 48Fax: (21) 41 78–0 50International: (+351 21)http://www.siemens.ptE-mail: anabela.maria.correia

@lis1.siemens.pt

Romania

Siemens SRLCalea Plevnei No. 139Sector 677131 BucurestiTel: (01) 20 27–4 71Fax: (01) 20 27–4 62International: (+40 1)

Russia

SiemensMalaja Kaluzhskaja, 17117071 MoscowTel: (0 95) 7 37–24 61Fax: (0 95) 7 37–23 98International: (+7 095)http://www.siemens.ruE-mail: Maxim.Bogatyrenko

@mow.siemens.ru

SiemensNaberejnaia r. Moika, Business Centr„North Capital“191186 St. PetersburgTel: (8 12) 3 25 65 60Fax: (8 12) 3 15 36 21International: (+7 812)http://www.siemens.ru/ad/cdE-mail: Alexander.Tchistjakov

@mow.siemens.ru

Sweden

Siemens ABJohanneslundsvägen 12–1419487 Upplands VäsbyTel: (08) 7 28–10 00Fax: (08) 7 28–10 82International: (+46 8)http://www.siemens.seE-mail: [email protected]

Slovakia

Siemens s.r.o.Stromova 983796 BratislavaTel: (02) 59 68–24 40Fax: (02) 59 68–52 40International: (+421 2)http://www.siemens.skE-mail: [email protected]

Slovenia

Siemens d.o.o.Dunajska 221511 LjubljanaTel: (01) 17 46–1 20Fax: (01) 17 46–1 38International: (+386 1)http://www.siemens.siE-mail: a&[email protected]

Spain

Siemens S.A.Ronda de Europa, 528760 Tres Cantos (Madrid)Tel: (91) 514–80 00Fax: (91) 514–70 29International: (+34 91)http://www.siemens.es

Switzerland

Siemens Schweiz AGAutomation & Drives8047 ZürichTel: (0) 848/822 844Fax: (0) 848/822 855International: (+41 1)http://www.siemens.chE-mail: [email protected]

Turkey

Siemens san.ue Tic. A.S.Yakacik Yolu No. 11181430 Kartal/IstanbulTel: (02 16) 4 59–31 82Fax: (02 16) 4 59–30 71International: (+90 216)http://www.siemens.com.tr

Ukraine

Repräsentanz der Siemens AGul. Predslawinskaja, 1103150 Kiev 150Tel: (44) 2 01 24 64Fax: (44) 2 01 24 66International: (+380 44)E-mail: wolodymyr.poltavez

@iev.siemens.com.ua

United Kingdom

Siemens plcSir William Siemens HousePrincess RoadManchester M20 2URTel: (01 61) 4 46–53 08Fax: (01 61) 4 46–53 52International: (+44 161)http://www.siemens.co.uk

Yugoslavia

Siemens d.o.o.Knez Mihailova 3011000 BeogradTel: (011) 63 04 89Fax: (011) 63 00 50International: (+381 11)http://www.siemens.co.yu

Europe

Appendix



8

Argentina

http://www.siemens.com.ar

San MartinSiemens S.A.Planta Ruta 8Calle 122 (ex Gral. Roca) 4785Rute 8, km 18Casilla de Correo 32(B1653JXA) SAN MARTINProv. de Buenos AiresTel: (+54) (11) 4738-7172Fax: (+54) (11) 4738-7171E-mail: [email protected]

Bahía BlancaBuenos AiresComodoro RivadaviaCórdobaMendozaMar del PlataNeuquénParanáPosadasResistenciaRio CuartoRosarioSaltaSan LuisSan Miguel de Tucumán

Bolivia

La PazSociedad Comercial é Industrial HANSA Ltda.Calle Yanacocha Esq. Mercado 1004Casilla de Correo 10800LA PAZTel: (+5 91) (2) 41 88 89Fax: (+5 91) (8) 11 22 82E-mail: [email protected]

Brazil

Sao PauloSiemens Ltda.Fábrica LapaRua Coronel Bento Bicudo 11105069-900 SÃO PAULO - SPCAS - Central de Atendimento Siemens0800 119484Tel: (+55) (11) 39 08-22 11Fax: (+55) (11) 39 08-26 31E-mail: [email protected]

Belo Horizonte - MGBrasília - DFCampinas - SPCuritiba - PRFlorianópolis - SCFortaleza - CEJundiaí - SPManaus - AMPorto Alegre - RSRecife - PERibeirão Prêto - SPRio de Janeiro - RJSalvador - BASalto - SPSão Bernardo do Campo - SP

Canada

http://www.siemens.ca

MississaugaSiemens Canada Ltd.2185 Derry Road WestMISSISSAUGA, L5N 7A6Ontario, CanadaTel: (+1) (9 05) 8 19-58 00Fax: (+1) (9 05) 8 19-57 19

BramptonBurlingtonBurnabyCalgaryDartmouthDrummondvilleEdmontonHamiltonKirkland LakeMonctonMount PearlOttawaPointe ClaireSudburyVanierWinnipeg

Chile

http://www.siemens.cl

Santiago de ChileSiemens S.A.Av. Holanda 64 - ProvidenciaCP 6650265SANTIAGO DE CHILETel: (+56) (2) 36 14-207 / 304Fax: (+56) (2) 36 14-200 / 293E-mail: [email protected]

Columbia

Santa Fé de BogotáSiemens S.A.Carrera 65, No. 11-83SANTA FÉ DE BOGOTÁ, D.C.Tel: (+57) (1) 2 94-24 40Fax: (+57) (1) 2 94-22 54

Fabrica de A&DTel: (+57) (1) 2 94-24 53Fax: (+57) (1) 2 94-22 54

BarranquillaCali-OccidenteMedellín

Costa Rica

San JoséSiemens S.A.La UrucaApartado 10022-1000SAN JOSÉTel: (+506) 2 87-50 11Fax: (+506) 2 33-54 22

Curaçao

WillemstadSANTRACO N. V.Scherpenheuvel 2WILLEMSTADTel: (+599) (9) 7 67-44 22Fax: (+599) (9) 7 67-44 24

Ecuador

GuayaquilOTESA S.A.Av. Carlos Julio Arosemena, km 1GUAYAQUILTel: (+593) (4) 22 01-4 00Fax: (+593) (4) 22 00-6 53

QuitoSiemens S. A.Calle Manuel Zambrano yAv. Panamericana Norte km 2,5QUITOTel: (+593) (2) 22 63-452Fax: (+593) (2) 24 46-609

El Salvador

San SalvadorSiemens S.A.Calle Siemens No. 43Antiguo CuscatlánParque Industrial Santa ElenaSAN SALVADORTel: (+503) 2 78-33 33Fax: (+503) 2 78-02 33

Guatemala

Cludad de GuatemalaSiemens Electrotécnica S.A.2a. Calle 6-76, Zona 1001010 CIUDAD DE GUATEMALATel: (+502) 3 60-70 80Fax: (+502) 3 34-36 70 / 69

Honduras

TegucigalpaSiemens S.A.Colonia QuesedaCalle la Salud contiguo ShellMiramontesEdificio Siemens(1098) TEGUCIGALPA, MDCTel: (+504) 2 32-40 62Fax: (+504) 2 32-41 11

San Pedro Sula

Mexico

http://www.siemens.com.mx

México, D.F.Siemens S.A. de C.V.Poniente 116, No. 590Colonia Industrial Vallejo02300 MEXICO, D.FTel: (+52) (5) 3 28-20 00Fax: (+52) (5) 3 28-21 92 / 93

AguascalientesChihuahuaCuliacanGómez PalacioGuadalajaraHermosilloLeonMéridaMonterreyPueblaQueretaroTijuanaVeracruz

Nicaraqua

ManaguaSiemens S.A.Carretera Norte, km 6MANAGUATel: (+505) 2 49-11 11Fax: (+505) 2 49-18 49

Panama

Panama CitySiemens S.A.Centro ComercialSan Francisco PlazaCIUDAD DE PANAMÁTel.: (+507) 2 65-42-80Fax.:(+507) 2 65-42-81

Paraguay

AsunciónRieder & Cia. S.A.C.I.Calle Mal. López 1039/1047 - ArtigasCasilla de Correo 586ASUNCIÓNTel: (+595) (21) 21 41 14Fax: (+595) (21) 21 20 21

Peru

LimaSiemens S.A.C.Av. Prolongación Primavera 654Chatarrilla-Surco - LIMATel: (+51) (1) 3 72-04 77Fax: (+51) (1) 3 72-11 83

SiemsaAv. República de Panama 3972 / 78Surguillo - LIMATel: (+51) (1) 2 21-31 44Fax: (+51) (1) 4 41-40 47

United States

http://www.sea.siemens.com/controls

BataviaSiemens Energy & Automation, Inc.Industrial Controls Business1000 McKee StreetBATAVIA, IL 60510-1663Tel: (+1) (8 00) 7 82-30 41Fax: (+1) (6 30) 8 79-08 67

Albuquerque, NMAmherst, NYAndover, MAAsheville, NCAuburn Hills, MIAustin, TXBirmingham, ALBismark, NDChamblee, GACharlotte, NCChattanooga, TNCincinnati, OHColorado Springs, COColumbus, OHCorpus Christi, TXCypress, CADaphne, AlDayton, OHDeerfield Beach, FLDePere, WIDurant, IAEast Syracuse, NJ

Edison, NJEl Paso, TXEnglewood, COEvansville, INFalmouth, MEFargo, NDFt Washington, PAFt. Collins, COFt. Myers, FLFt. Wayne, INGrand Prairie, TXGreensboro, NCGreenville, SCGrimes, IAHouston, TXIndependence, OHIndianapolis, INJackson, MAJacksonvile, FLJohnson City, TNJoplin, MOKirkland, WAKnoxville, TNLake Oswego, ORLandover, MDLaPlace, LALas Vegas, NVLittle Rock, ARLouisville, KYMacon, GAMaumee, OHMayfield, KYMemphis, TNMiami, FLMidvale, UTMilton, WAMilwaukee, WIMinnetonka, MNMontgomery, ALNashville, TNNewburgh, INNorcross, GAOklahoma City, OKOmaha, NEOrlando, FLOverland Park, KSPhoenix, AZPittsburgh, PAPleasanton, CARaleigh, NCRichmond, VARoanoke, VARochester, NYSan Antonio, TXSan Diego, CASavannah, GASchaumburg, ILShreveport, LASouth Bend, INSpokane, WASt. Louis, MOTallahassee, FLTampa, FLTucson, AZTulsa, OKVirginia Beach, VAWallingford, CTWichita, KSWyoming, MIYork, PA

Uruguay

MontevideoConatel S.A.Ejido 1690Casilla de Correo 137111200 MONTEVIDEOTel: (+598) (2) 9 02-03 14Fax: (+598) (2) 9 02-34 19

Venezuela

CaracasSiemens S.A.Av. Don Diego CisnerosUrbanización Los RuicesApartato 3616CARACASTel: (+58) (2) 2 03 82 16Fax: (+58) (2) 2 03 89 12

ValenciaSiemens S.A.Avenida Norte SurZona Industrial Municipal NorteVALENCIA - EDO CaraboboTel: (+58) (41) 334-211 / 212Fax: (+58) (41) 334-210 / 518

America

Appendix



Algeria

HydraSiemens Algérie S.A.R.L5, Rue Md. Saadi SuagDZ-16035 HYDRATel: (+213) (2) 6 07-2 07Fax: (+213) (2) 6 06-5 98

Angola

LuandaEscritório de Representaçao da Siemens em AngolaEdificio BPC, 14° AndarRua Dr. Alfredo TróniLUANDATel: (+244) (2) 3 38-4 01Fax: (+244) (2) 3 93-6 99

Botswana

GabaroneSiemens (Pty) Ltd.Gabarone International Commerce ParkPlot 39 - Unit 3Kgale View Industrial SiteGABARONETel: (+267) 3 02-6 82Fax: (+267) 3 02-6 81

Iwaneng

Côte d’Ivoire

AbidjanSiemens S.A.R.L.SuccursaleImmeuble ”Le Mans”Boulevard Botreau RousselABIDJAN 08Tel: (+225) 21 50 17Fax: (+225) 21 27 44

Egypt

Cairo-MohandessinSiemens Ltd.55, El Nakheel & El Anab St.CAIRO-MOHANDESSINTel: (+20) (2) 3 33-36 29Fax: (+20) (2) 3 31-31 50

Cairo-ZamalekSmouha Alexandria

Eritrea

AsmaraDM Electrical Engineering P.L.CP.O. Box 5783, Kehawta Road 22ASMARATel: (+291) (1) 18 48 16Fax: (+291) (1) 12 76 50

Ethiopia

Addis AbabaSiemens (Pvt.) Ltd.Endalkachev Building 1st FloorHigher 21, Kebele 05, Office No. 05-108-05ADDIS ABABATel: (+251) (1) 5 11-5 99Fax: (+251) (1) 5 11-9 99

Ghana

AccraIMPROMEX ACCRAP.O. B. 9770, K.I.A.ACCRATel: (+233) (21) 224 168Fax: (+233) (21) 224 168

Guinea

LausanneAndre & Cie. S.A.7, Chemin Messidor CH-1002 LAUSANNETel: (+41) (21) 3 18-21 11*Fax: (+41) (21) 3 18-24 29** über Schweiz

Kenya

NairobiInternational Energy Technik Ltd.Unit 14, Alpha CentreMombasa RoadNAIROBITel: (+254) (2) 35 10 82Fax: (+254) (2) 35 04 69

Lesotho

MaseruRange Telecommunication Systems (Pty) LtdMaqalika Business Centre, Ha-MaboteMain North 1 RoadMASERU 100Tel: (+266) 3 32-4 85Fax: (+266) 3 17-1 42

Libya

TripoliSiemens A.G.Branch LibyaZat el Imad BuildingTower No. 5, Floor No. 9P.O.B. 91531TRIPOLITel: (+218) (21) 3 35-02 31Fax: (+218) (21) 3 35-02 35

Malawi

BlantyreEcolectric LimitedChikwana Road, near Monymen ClubP.O.B. 574BLANTYRETel: (+265) 6 24-4 71Fax: (+265) 6 33-4 96

Mauritius

Port LouisIreland Blyth LimitedP.O.B. 540Chaussee StreetPORT LOUISTel: (+230) 2 11-19 61Fax: (+230) 2 11-19 60

Morocco

CasablancaSiemens S.A.Immeuble Siemens km 1, route de Rabat, Aïn-Sebâa 20250 CASABLANCATel: (+212) (2) 3 51-0 25Fax: (+212) (2) 3 40-1 51

Mosambik

MaputoSiemens LimitadaAvenida 24 de Julho, 652MAPUTOTel: (+258) (1) 3 10-4 18Fax: (+258) (1) 3 10-4 24

Namibia

WindhoekSiemens (Pty) Ltd.9, Albert Wessels StreetNorthern Idustrial AreaP.O.B. 23125WINDHOEK 9000Tel: (+264) (61) 2 17-7 20Fax: (+264) (61) 2 18-4 20

Nigeria

LagosSiemens LimitedSiemens House98/100 Oshodi/Apapa Expressway, IsoloLAGOSTel: (+234) (1) 4 52-30 10Fax: (+234) (1) 4 52-22 59

AbujaKaduna

South Africa

Cape TownSiemens Ltd.Siemens House80, Roeland StreetCAPE TOWN 8001Tel: (+27) (21) 4 01-12 50Fax: (+27) (21) 4 01-12 96

Centurion

Halfway HouseSiemens Ltd.Siemens Park300 Janadel AvenueHalfway HouseMIDRAND 1685Tel: (+27) (11) 6 52-36 34Fax: (+27) (11) 6 52-36 91

Isando

PinetownSiemens Ltd.Branch Office DurbanKwazulu-Natal37, Gillitts RoadPINETOWN 3610Tel: (+27) (31) 7 10-41 60Fax: (+27) (31) 7 10-41 29

PretoriaSpringsWoodmead

Sudan

KhartoumNational Electrical & Commercial CompanyBabiker Badri Street, Building No. 5P.O.B. 1202KHARTOUMTel: (+249) (11) 7 80-8 18Fax: (+249) (11) 7 70-0 42

Swasiland

MatsapaSiemens (Pty) Ltd.Industrial SitePlot 245A, King Mswati III AvenueMATSAPATel: (+268) 5 18-44 62Fax: (+268) 5 18-44 63

Tansania

Dar-es-SalaamSiemens Ltd.3 rd Floor, GAK Patel BuildingPlot 2071/2DAR-ES-SALAAMTel: (+255) (51) 1 14-0 73Fax: (+255) (51) 1 18-2 88

Tunisia

TunisSiemens S.A.Bureau de Liaison TunisLes Berges du LacRue du Lac LemanTN 2045 TUNISTel: (+216) (1) 86 18 55Fax: (+216) (1) 86 09 66

Zambia

KitweSiemens Ltd.No. 1 Pamo AvenueCnr Pamo & Independence AvenueKITWETel: (+260) (2) 2 29-1 10Fax: (+260) (2) 2 29-1 16

Lusaka

Zimbabwe

HarareSiemens (Pvt) Ltd.5 Premium CloseMount Pleasant Business ParkHARARETel: (+263) (4) 3 69-4 24Fax: (+263) (4) 3 69-4 40

Alexandra Park

Bahrain

ManamaTransitec GulfUnitag House, 7th floor150, Government AvenueMANAMATel: (+973) 2 24-6 47Fax: (+973) 2 24-6 48

Bangladesh

DhakaSiemens Bangladesh Ltd.Jiban Bima Tower (12th floor)10 Dilkusha Commercial AreaDHAKA 1000Tel: (+880) (2) 9 56 37 34Fax: (+880) (2) 9 56 37 40

Khulna

Brunei

Bandar Seri Begawan

China

PekingSiemens Ltd. ChinaBeijing OfficeChaoyang District7, Wangjing Zhonghuan NanluBEIJING 100015Tel: (+86) (10) 64 72 18 88Fax: (+86) (10) 64 72 14 94

Hong KongSiemens Ltd.58th Floor, Central Plaza18 Harbour RoadWANCHAI (HONG KONG)Tel: (+852) 25 83-33 85Fax: (+852) 28 24-91 96

ChangchunChengduChongqingDalianFuzhouGuangzhouHangzhouHarbinJinanKunningNanjingQingdaoShanghaiShenyangShenzhenWuhanXiamenXi’an

India

ThaneSiemens Ltd.Standart Product DivisionThane Belapur RoadTHANE-400 601MaharastraTel: (+91) (22) 7 60 00 77Fax: (+91) (22) 7 60 00 76

AhmedabadBangaloreCalcuttaChandigarhChennaiCoimbatoreGurgaonKaloorMumbalNashikNavi MumbalNew DelhiPuneSecunderabadVadorara

Africa Asia

Appendix



8

Indonesia

JakartaP.T. Siemens IndonesiaJalan Jend. A. Yani 68, Pulo MasJAKARTA 13210Tel: (+62) (21) 4 72-94 32Fax: (+62) (21) 4 72-94 36

BatamCilegonSurabaya

Iran

TeheranSiemens Sherkate Sahami Khass (S.S.K.)Ave. Ayatollah Taleghani 32SiemenshouseTEHERAN 15914Tel: (+98) (21) 6 46 23 43Fax: (+98) (21) 6 40-23 89

Israel

Tel AvivNISKO ARDAN GROUPImport Electricity & Electronics Ltd.2a’, H’abarzel Street 4th floorTEL AVIV 69710Tel: (+972) (3) 7 65-72 33Fax: (+972) (3) 7 65-71 33

HerzeliyaHolonRamat Hakhaiyal

Japan

TokyoYaskawa Siemens Automation & Drives Corp.Controls & Distribution Div.TFT Bldg. West 9F 3-1 AriakeKoto-ku, TOKYO 135-8072Tel: (+81) (3) 35 70-30 25Fax: (+81) (3) 35 70-30 62

Aden

Jordan

AmmanF. A. Kettaneh & Co. Ltd.King Hussein StreetAMMAN 11 11 8Tel: (+962) (6) 4 39-71 73Fax: (+962) (6) 4 39-25 82

Jordan BranchShmeisani

Kasachstan

AlmatySiemens Representation KasachstanZharokova Str. 20480008 AlmatyTel: (+7) (32 72) 50 92 68Fax: (+7) (32 72) 50 92 79

Korea (Republic)

SeoulSiemens Ltd.Automation & Drives Div.12th Floor, P.M.K. Bldg746, Yeoksam-dongKangnam-guSEOUL 135-080Tel: (+82) (2) 34 20 47 20Fax: (+82) (2) 34 20 48 19

ChangwonKyungki-DoTaegu City

Kuwait

HawalliNational & German Electrical & Electro-nic Services Company (NGEECO)P.O.B. 661232041 HAWALLITel: (+965) 4 81-87 37Fax: (+965) 4 83-01 56

Lebanon

BeirutEts. F. A. Kettaneh S.A. (Kettaneh Frères)B.P. 110-242BEYROUTHTel: (+961) (1) 2 55-8 60-9Fax: (+961) (1) 2 59-5 31

Malaysla

http://www.siemens.com.my

Petaling JayaSiemens Malaysia Sdn BhdAutomation & Drives DivisionCP Tower11 Section 16/11Jalan Damansara46050 PETALING JAYASelangor Darul EhsanTel: (+60) (3) 7 51-37 97Fax: (+60) (3) 7 55-22 82

KajangKuala Lumpur

Myanmar

YangonSiemens Ltd.Automation & Drives71(A), Min Ye Kyaw Zwar RoadAhlone TownshipYangonTel: (+95) (1) 22 27 78-7 79Fax: (+95) (1) 22 72 56

Nepal

Kathmandu

Oman

MuscatWaleed AssociatesP.O.B. 437113 MUSCATTel: (+968) 7 38-1 01Fax: (+968) 7 39-9 30

Ruwi

Pakistan

KarachiSiemens Pakistan Engineering Co.Ltd.Standard ProductsB-72, Estate Avenue, S.I.T.E.P.O. Box 7158KARACHI 75700Tel: (+92) (21) 2 57 49 10-19Fax: (+92) (21) 2 56 35 63

FaisalabadlslamabadLahorePashawarQuetta

Philippines

Makati CitySiemens Inc.Automation & Drives10th Floor-B Salcedo Tower169 H.V. De la Costa Street,Salcedo Village1227 MAKATI CITYTel: (+63) (2) 8 14-98 82Fax: (+63) (2) 8 14-96 03

CebuDavao CityPasig City

Qatar

DohaTrags Electrical Engineering & Air Conditioning Co1st floor, Jaidah Towers Building P.O.B. 470DOHATel: (+974) 4 14-2 11Fax: (+974) 4 13-3 06

Saudi Arabia

JeddahSiemens Ltd.Head OfficeP.O. Box 4621JEDDAH 21412Tel: (+966) (2) 6 61-44 44 ext. 2013Fax: (+966) (2) 6 65-84 90

Al KhobarRiyadh

Singapore

SingaporeSiemens Advanced Engineering Pte Ltd, Automation & Drives2, Kallang SectorSINGAPORE 349277Tel: (+65) 7 40-72 25Fax: (+65) 7 40-78 00

Sri Lanka

Colombo

Syria

AleppoAroyan & KhatchadourianSheikh Taha StreetBox 3537ALEPPOTel: (+963) (21) 4 65 65 58Fax: (+963) (21) 4 65 65 58

Taiwan

TaipeiSiemens Ltd.Automation & Drives19th Floor, Section 2333, Tun Hwa South RoadTAIPEI 106Tel: (+886) (2) 23 76-18 57Fax: (+886) (2) 23 78-89 59

KaoshiungTaichungTaoyuan Hsien

Thailand

BangkokSiemens Ltd. Automation & Drives31th Floor, Charn Issara Tower II2922 New Petchburi Road,Bangkapi, HuaykwonBANGKOK 10320Tel: (+66) (2) 716 48 40Fax: (+66) (2) 716 48 41

Rayong

United Arab Emirats

Abu DhabiElectro Mechanical EstablishmentP.O. Box 732ABU DHABITel: (+971) (2) 6 27-21 64Fax: (+971) (2) 6 26-98 71

DubaiScientechnicP.O.B. 325DUBAITel: (+971) (4) 26 66-0 00 ext. 209Fax: (+971) (4) 26 66-1 76

Vietnam

Ho Chi Minh CitySiemens AG Representation VietnamBranch OfficeThe Landmark Building, 2nd Floor 5b Ton Duc Thang Street, District 1 HO CHI MINH CITYTel: (+84) (8) 82 5-19 00Fax: (+84) (8) 82 5-15 80

Hanoi

Yemen

SanaaTihama Tractors & Engineering Co. Ltd.17, Ali Abdul Mogni StreetSANAATel: (+967) (1) 2 73-0 44Fax: (+967) (1) 2 74-1 19

Australia / New Zealand

http://www.siemens.com.auhttp://www.siemens.com.nz

BayswaterSiemens Ltd.Head Office Melbourne885 Mountain HighwayBAYSWATER VIC 3153Tel: (+61) (3) 97 21-73 95Fax: (+61) (3) 97 20-83 95

AdelaideBrisbaneGladesvilleMelbourneMiltonPennant HillsPerthSilverwaterSt. LeonardsSydney

Australasia

Appendix



Subject indexA

Actuator-Sensor Interface (AS-Interface)– Opto-BEROs

Adapters 6/7, 6/8Aligning units 6/8, 6/9Axial heads 3/63

B

BERO proximity switches– inductive 4/19 to 4/111– capacitive 5/5 to 5/7– Opto-BERO 3/16 to 3/59– Sonar-BERO 2/29 to 2/43

C

Cables, not preassembled 6/9Capacitive proximity switches 5/5 to 5/7Color mark sensors 3/54Color sensors 3/53Connecting leads 6/7

D

DESINA 4/105Diffuse sensors 3/16 to 3/58Distribution units 6/9, 6/10Double-layer sheet monitoring 2/27, 2/40

F

Fiber-optic conductors 3/60 to 3/65Fixing clamps 6/8Fork/slot sensors 3/55Front lenses 3/61

G

Glass fiber-optic conductors 3/62 to 3/65

I

Inductive proximity switches– standard duty 4/19 to 4/50– for solid-state inputs (PLC) 4/51 to 4/55– extra duty 4/56 to 4/72– to IP 68 degree of protection 4/73 to 4/80,

4/105– greater rated operating distance 4/81 to 4/94– without reduction factor 4/95 to 4/102– pressure resistant up to 500 bar 4/103– with analog output 4/104– to DESINA specification 4/105– to NAMUR specification 4/106 to 4/111

L

Laser proximity switches 3/56 to 3/58Light array 3/59LOGO! 2/21, 2/31, 2/32, 2/35

M

Mounting brackets for Opto-BEROs 3/66 to 3/68

O

Opto-BEROs 3/16 to 3/59Opto-BEROs for fiber-optic

conductors 3/31, 3/33, 3/40, 3/52Photoelectric proximity switches 3/16 to 3/59Plastic fiber-optic conductors 3/60, 3/61Plug-in connections 6/4 to 6/7Power supply units 6/2, 6/3Pump control 2/22, 2/25, 2/38

P

Photoelectric proximity switches 3/16 to 3/59

R

Radial heads 3/64Reflectors 3/69, 6/9Retroreflective sensors 3/18 to 3/59

S

Screwed glands, Pg 13.5 6/8Sonar-BEROs 2/29 to 2/43Sonar thru-beam sensors 2/26, 2/39SONPROG 2/23, 2/35Supports for fiber-optic conductors 3/68

T

Thru-beam sensors 3/16 to 3/56Tools for fiber-optic conductors 3/68

U

Ultrasonic proximity switches 2/29 to 2/43

Appendix



8

Sonar-BERO 3RG6

Order No. Page Order No. Page Order No. Page Order No. Page

3RG60 12–3AC00 2/333RG60 12–3AC01 2/333RG60 12–3AD00 2/333RG60 12–3AD01 2/333RG60 12–3AE00 2/313RG60 12–3AE01 2/313RG60 12–3AF00 2/313RG60 12–3AF01 2/313RG60 12–3AG00 2/313RG60 12–3AH00 2/313RG60 12–3RS00 2/31

3RG60 13–3AC00 2/333RG60 13–3AC01 2/333RG60 13–3AD00 2/333RG60 13–3AD01 2/333RG60 13–3AE00 2/313RG60 13–3AE01 2/313RG60 13–3AF00 2/313RG60 13–3AF01 2/313RG60 13–3AG00 2/313RG60 13–3AH00 2/313RG60 13–3RS00 2/31

3RG60 14–3AC00 2/343RG60 14–3AD00 2/343RG60 14–3AE00 2/323RG60 14–3AF00 2/323RG60 14–3AG00 2/323RG60 14–3AH00 2/323RG60 14–3RS00 2/32

3RG60 15–3AC00 2/343RG60 15–3AD00 2/343RG60 15–3AE00 2/323RG60 15–3AF00 2/323RG60 15–3AG00 2/323RG60 15–3AH00 2/323RG60 15–3RS00 2/32

3RG60 22–3AC00 2/333RG60 22–3AD00 2/333RG60 22–3AE00 2/313RG60 22–3AF00 2/31




3RG61 12–3BE00 2/293RG61 12–3BE01 2/293RG61 12–3BF00 2/293RG61 12–3BF01 2/293RG61 12–3CE00 2/293RG61 12–3CE01 2/293RG61 12–3CF00 2/293RG61 12–3CF01 2/293RG61 12–3GE00 2/293RG61 12–3GE01 2/293RG61 12–3GF00 2/293RG61 12–3GF01 2/29

3RG61 13–3BE00 2/293RG61 13–3BE01 2/293RG61 13–3BF00 2/293RG61 13–3BF01 2/293RG61 13–3CE00 2/293RG61 13–3CE01 2/293RG61 13–3CF00 2/293RG61 13–3CF01 2/293RG61 13–3GE00 2/293RG61 13–3GE01 2/293RG61 13–3GF00 2/293RG61 13–3GF01 2/29

3RG61 14–3BE00 2/303RG61 14–3BF00 2/303RG61 14–3CE00 2/303RG61 14–3CF00 2/303RG61 14–3GE00 2/303RG61 14–3GF00 2/30


3RG61 76–6BG00 2/303RG61 76–6BH00 2/303RG61 76–6CG00 2/303RG61 76–6CH00 2/303RG61 76–6GG00 2/303RG61 76–6GH00 2/30





3RG61 42–3MM00 2/423RG61 43–3MM00 2/423RG61 44–3MM00 2/433RG61 45–3MM00 2/42

3RG61 52–3MM00 2/423RG61 53–3MM00 2/423RG61 54–3MM00 2/433RG61 55–3MM00 2/42

3RG61 74–6MM00 2/433RG61 76–6MM00 2/43

3RG62 32–3AA00 2/353RG62 32–3AB00 2/353RG62 32–3JS00 2/353RG62 32–3LS00 2/353RG62 32–3RS00 2/353RG62 32–3TS00 2/35

3RG62 33–3AA00 2/353RG62 33–3AB00 2/353RG62 33–3JS00 2/353RG62 33–3LS00 2/353RG62 33–3RS00 2/353RG62 33–3TS00 2/35

3RG62 43–0NN00 2/393RG62 43–0PA00 2/393RG62 43–0PB00 2/39

3RG62 43–3NN00 2/393RG62 43–3PA00 2/393RG62 43–3PB00 2/39

3RG62 43–7NN00 2/393RG62 43–7PA00 2/393RG62 43–7PB00 2/39

3RG62 52–3AH00 2/383RG62 53–3AH00 2/383RG62 55–3AH00 2/38

3RG63 42–3AA00 2/363RG63 42–3AA01 2/363RG63 42–3AB00 2/363RG63 42–3AB01 2/363RG63 42–3JK00 2/363RG63 42–3JK01 2/36

3RG63 43–3AA00 2/363RG63 43–3AA01 2/363RG63 43–3AB00 2/363RG63 43–3AB01 2/363RG63 43–3JK00 2/363RG63 43–3JK01 2/36

3RG64 22–3AB00 2/353RG64 22–3BB00 2/353RG64 22–3RS00 2/35

3RG64 23–3AB00 2/353RG64 23–3BB00 2/353RG64 23–3RS00 2/35

3RG64 32–3AB00 2/353RG64 32–3BB00 2/353RG64 32–3RS00 2/35

3RG64 33–3AB00 2/353RG64 33–3BB00 2/353RG64 33–3RS00 2/35

3RX1 301 6/93RX1 302 6/93RX1 910 6/9

3RX2 110 2/413RX2 110–1A 2/41

3RX2 210 2/403RX4 000 2/35

3SG16 67–1BJ87 2/373SX6 287 6/9

3RG60 1

3RG60 2

3RG61 1 3RG61 2

3RG61 4 to 3RG61 7

3RG62 3

3RG62 4

3RG62 5

3RG63 4

3RG64 2

3RG64 3

3RX1 to 3RX4

3SG16 and 3SX6

Appendix



Opto-BERO 3RG7


3RG70 10–0A.00 3/303RG70 10–0C.00 3/323RG70 10–0G.00 3/303RG70 10–0H.00 3/323RG70 10–7A.00 3/303RG70 10–7C.00 3/323RG70 10–7G.00 3/303RG70 10–7H.00 3/32


3RG70 12–0A.00 3/313RG70 12–0BE00 3/333RG70 12–0BG00 3/313RG70 12–0C.00 3/333RG70 12–0G.00 3/313RG70 12–0H.00 3/333RG70 12–7A.00 3/313RG70 12–7BE00 3/333RG70 12–7BG00 3/313RG70 12–7C.00 3/333RG70 12–7G.00 3/313RG70 12–7H.00 3/33


3RG70 14–0A.00 3/303RG70 14–0G.00 3/303RG70 14–7A.00 3/303RG70 14–7G.00 3/30

3RG70 20–0C.00 3/393RG70 20–0H.00 3/393RG70 20–3C.00 3/393RG70 20–3H.00 3/393RG70 20–7C.00 3/393RG70 20–7H.00 3/39

3RG70 21–0C.00 3/393RG70 21–0H.00 3/393RG70 21–3C.00 3/393RG70 21–3H.00 3/393RG70 21–7C.00 3/393RG70 21–7H.00 3/39

3RG70 22–0BE.00 3/403RG70 22–0C.00 3/403RG70 22–0H.00 3/403RG70 22–3BE.00 3/403RG70 22–3C.00 3/403RG70 22–3H.00 3/403RG70 22–7BE.00 3/403RG70 22–7C.00 3/403RG70 22–7H.00 3/403RG70 23–0C.00 3/403RG70 23–0H.00 3/403RG70 23–3C.00 3/403RG70 23–3H.00 3/403RG70 23–7C.00 3/403RG70 23–7H.00 3/40

3RG70 30–0AB00 3/163RG70 30–0GB00 3/163RG70 30–7AB00 3/163RG70 30–7GB00 3/16

3RG70 32–0AB00 3/163RG70 32–0BG00 3/163RG70 32–0GB00 3/163RG70 32–7AB00 3/163RG70 32–7BG00 3/163RG70 32–7GB00 3/16

3RG70 40–0AB00 3/163RG70 40–0BG00 3/163RG70 40–7AB00 3/163RG70 40–7BG00 3/16

3RG70 42–0AB00 3/163RG70 42–0BG00 3/163RG70 42–0GB00 3/163RG70 42–7AB00 3/163RG70 42–7BG00 3/163RG70 42–7GB00 3/16

3RG70 56–0C.00 3/573RG70 56–0H.00 3/573RG70 56–1CM00 3/583RG70 56–1CM03 3/583RG70 56–3C.00 3/573RG70 56–3CM00 3/583RG70 56–3CM03 3/583RG70 56–3H.00 3/57

3RG70 57–0C.00 3/573RG70 57–0H.00 3/573RG70 57–3C.00 3/573RG70 57–3H.00 3/57

3RG70 71–7CD27 3/59

3RG71 20–0A.00 3/173RG71 20–0G.00 3/173RG71 20–3A.00 3/173RG71 20–3G.00 3/17

3RG71 21–0A.00 3/183RG71 21–0G.00 3/183RG71 21–3A.00 3/183RG71 21–3G.00 3/18

3RG71 22–0A.00 3/183RG71 22–0BG00 3/183RG71 22–0G.00 3/183RG71 22–3A.00 3/183RG71 22–3BG00 3/183RG71 22–3G.00 3/18

3RG71 30–0A.00 3/193RG71 30–0G.00 3/193RG71 30–3A.00 3/193RG71 30–3G.00 3/19

3RG71 31–0A.00 3/203RG71 31–0G.00 3/203RG71 31–3A.00 3/203RG71 31–3G.00 3/20

3RG71 32–0A.00 3/203RG71 32–0BG00 3/203RG71 32–0G.00 3/203RG71 32–3A.00 3/203RG71 32–3BG00 3/203RG71 32–3G.00 3/20

3RG71 34–0A.00 3/193RG71 34–0G.00 3/193RG71 34–3A.00 3/193RG71 34–3G.00 3/19

3RG71 35–0BE00 3/563RG71 35–0C.00 3/563RG71 35–3BE00 3/563RG71 35–3C.00 3/56

3RG71 75–0BE00 3/563RG71 75–0C.00 3/563RG71 75–3BE00 3/563RG71 75–3C.00 3/56

3RG72 00–3CC00 3/483RG72 00–3HC00 3/483RG72 00–6CC00 3/483RG72 00–6HC00 3/48


3RG72 02–3BG00 3/513RG72 02–3CC00 3/513RG72 02–3HC00 3/513RG72 02–5WG00 3/513RG72 02–6BG00 3/513RG72 02–6FG00 3/513RG72 02–6CC00 3/513RG72 02–6HC00 3/51


3RG72 10–3DK00 3/483RG72 10–3EK00 3/483RG72 10–5WS00 3/483RG72 10–6DK00 3/483RG72 10–6EK00 3/483RG72 10–6MC00 3/48



3RG72 14–3DK00 3/493RG72 14–3EK00 3/493RG72 14–5WS00 3/493RG72 14–6DK00 3/493RG72 14–6EK00 3/493RG72 40–3CH00 3/373RG72 40–3HH00 3/373RG72 41–3CH00 3/383RG72 41–3CH52 3/383RG72 41–3HH00 3/383RG72 41–3HH52 3/383RG72 44–3CH00 3/373RG72 44–3HH00 3/37

3RG70 3RG71 3RG72

Appendix



8

Opto-BERO 3RG7


3RG73 00–1PH00 3/413RG73 00–1RH00 3/413RG73 00–3RH00 3/41

3RG73 01–1PH00 3/433RG73 01–1PH51 3/443RG73 01–1RH00 3/433RG73 01–1RH51 3/443RG73 01–3CH00 3/433RG73 01–3CH51 3/443RG73 01–3WS00 3/43

3RG73 02–1BG00 3/453RG73 02–1FG00 3/453RG73 02–1PH00 3/453RG73 02–1RH00 3/453RG73 02–3BG00 3/453RG73 02–3CH00 3/45

3RG73 04–1RH00 3/423RG73 04–3CH00 3/423RG73 04–3WS00 3/42

3RG73 20–1RH00 3/343RG73 20–7CH00 3/34

3RG73 21–1RH00 3/353RG73 21–7CH00 3/35

3RG73 22–1BG00 3/363RG73 22–1RK00 3/363RG73 22–7BG00 3/363RG73 22–7CK00 3/36

3RG73 23–1RH00 3/363RG73 23–7CH00 3/36

3RG73 30–1RH00 3/343RG73 30–1RH60 3/343RG73 30–7CH00 3/343RG73 30–7CH60 3/34

3RG73 31–1RH00 3/353RG73 31–1RH51 3/353RG73 31–7CH00 3/353RG73 31–7CH51 3/35

3RG73 32–1BG00 3/363RG73 32–1RK00 3/363RG73 32–7BG00 3/363RG73 32–7CK00 3/36

3RG73 33–1RH00 3/363RG73 33–7CH00 3/36



3RG73 42–1BG00 3/473RG73 42–1CC00 3/473RG73 42–1HC00 3/473RG73 42–3BG00 3/473RG73 42–3CC00 3/473RG73 42–3HC00 3/47


3RG74 00–0CH00 3/283RG74 00–0HH00 3/283RG74 00–7CH00 3/283RG74 00–7HH00 3/28

3RG74 01–0CH00 3/293RG74 01–0CH52 3/293RG74 01–0CH61 3/293RG74 01–0HH00 3/293RG74 01–0HH52 3/293RG74 01–0HH61 3/29

3RG74 01–7CH00 3/293RG74 01–7CH52 3/293RG74 01–7CH61 3/293RG74 01–7HH00 3/293RG74 01–7HH52 3/293RG74 01–7HH61 3/29



3RG75 02–7RH57 3/553RG75 02–7RH58 3/55

3RG75 50–1CA00 3/533RG75 50–1HA00 3/533RG75 50–7CA00 3/533RG75 50–7HA00 3/53

3RG75 60–1CH54 3/543RG75 60–1CH55 3/543RG75 60–3CH53 3/543RG75 60–3CH54 3/543RG75 60–3CH55 3/543RG75 60–3CH56 3/54

3RG76 00–1RH00 3/213RG76 00–1RH60 3/213RG76 00–3RH00 3/213RG76 00–3RH60 3/21


3RG76 02–1BG00 3/233RG76 02–1RH00 3/233RG76 02–3BG00 3/233RG76 02–3RH00 3/23



3RG76 22–1BG00 3/273RG76 22–1RH00 3/273RG76 22–3BG00 3/273RG76 22–3RH00 3/27



3RX7 001 3/603RX7 002 3/603RX7 004 3/603RX7 005 3/60

3RX7 006 3/613RX7 007 3/613RX7 008 3/613RX7 010 3/613RX7 101 3/623RX7 104 3/623RX7 107 3/623RX7 111 3/633RX7 114 3/633RX7 117 3/643RX7 121 3/643RX7 124 3/643RX7 127 3/643RX7 131 3/643RX7 201 3/633RX7 204 3/633RX7 207 3/633RX7 211 3/653RX7 214 3/653RX7 217 3/65

3RX7 300 3/683RX7 301 3/683RX7 302 3/673RX7 303 3/67

3RX7 304 3/663RX7 305 3/693RX7 306 3/693RX7 307 3/69

3RX7 308 3/663RX7 310 3/673RX7 311 3/673RX7 313 3/66

3RX7 901 3/613RX7 902 3/613RX7 903 3/633RX7 904 3/633RX7 907 3/643RX7 908 3/64

3RX7 910 3/663RX7 911 3/663RX7 914 3/693RX7 915 3/693RX7 916 3/693RX7 917 3/693RX7 918 3/68

3RX7 920 3/693RX7 922 3/693RX7 924 3/69

3RX7 940 3/683RX7 941 3/683RX7 942 3/683RX7 943 3/683RX7 944 3/683RX7 945 3/68

3RG73

3RG74

3RG75

3RG76

3RX7

Appendix



Inductive BERO 3RG40


3RG40 11–0AA00 4/563RG40 11–0AB00 4/563RG40 11–0AF00 4/213RG40 11–0AF05 4/263RG40 11–0AF33 4/253RG40 11–0AG00 4/213RG40 11–0AG05 4/263RG40 11–0AG33 4/25

3RG40 11–0CC00 4/213RG40 11–0CC05 4/26

3RG40 11–0GA05 4/263RG40 11–0GA33 4/253RG40 11–0GB00 4/213RG40 11–0GB05 4/263RG40 11–0GB33 4/25

3RG40 11–0JB00 4/51

3RG40 11–3AA00 4/563RG40 11–3AB00 4/563RG40 11–3AF00 4/213RG40 11–3AF05 4/263RG40 11–3AG00 4/213RG40 11–3AG05 4/26

3RG40 11–3CC00 4/213RG40 11–3CC05 4/26

3RG40 11–3GA05 4/263RG40 11–3GB00 4/213RG40 11–3GB05 4/263RG40 11–3JB00 4/51

3RG40 11–7AA00 4/563RG40 11–7AB00 4/563RG40 11–7AF00 4/213RG40 11–7AF05 4/263RG40 11–7AF33 4/253RG40 11–7AG00 4/213RG40 11–7AG05 4/263RG40 11–7AG33 4/25

3RG40 11–7CC00 4/213RG40 11–7CC05 4/26

3RG40 11–7GA33 4/253RG40 11–7GB33 4/253RG40 11–7JB00 4/51

3RG40 12–0AA00 4/573RG40 12–0AB00 4/573RG40 12–0AF01 4/273RG40 12–0AF30 4/743RG40 12–0AF33 4/273RG40 12–0AG01 4/273RG40 12–0AG31 4/743RG40 12–0AG30 4/743RG40 12–0AG33 4/273RG40 12–0CD00 4/283RG40 12–0CD10 4/28

3RG40 12–0GA00 4/273RG40 12–0GA30 4/743RG40 12–0GA33 4/273RG40 12–0GB00 4/273RG40 12–0GB30 4/743RG40 12–0GB31 4/743RG40 12–0GB33 4/27

3RG40 12–0JB00 4/513RG40 12–0KA00 4/643RG40 12–0KB00 4/64


3RG40 12–3CD00 4/283RG40 12–3CD11 4/28

3RG40 12–3GA33 4/273RG40 12–3GB00 4/273RG40 12–3GB33 4/27

3RG40 12–3JB00 4/513RG40 12–3KA00 4/643RG40 12–3KB00 4/64

3RG40 13–0AA00 4/593RG40 13–0AB00 4/593RG40 13–0AF01 4/373RG40 13–0AF30 4/773RG40 13–0AF33 4/373RG40 13–0AG01 4/373RG40 13–0AG30 4/773RG40 13–0AG31 4/773RG40 13–0AG33 4/37

3RG40 13–0CD00 4/38


3RG40 13–0JB00 4/533RG40 13–0KA00 4/663RG40 13–0KB00 4/66

3RG40 13–2AA00 4/593RG40 13–2AB00 4/593RG40 13–2AG01 4/37

3RG40 13–2JB00 4/533RG40 13–2KA00 4/663RG40 13–2KB00 4/66


3RG40 13–3CD00 4/38

3RG40 13–3GA00 4/373RG40 13–3GA33 4/373RG40 13–3GB00 4/373RG40 13–3GB33 4/37

3RG40 13–3JB00 4/533RG40 13–3KA00 4/663RG40 13–3KB00 4/66

3RG40 14–0AA00 4/603RG40 14–0AB00 4/603RG40 14–0AF01 4/413RG40 14–0AF30 4/783RG40 14–0AF33 4/413RG40 14–0AG01 4/413RG40 14–0AG30 4/783RG40 14–0AG31 4/783RG40 14–0AG33 4/41

3RG40 14–0CD00 4/42

3RG40 14–0GA30 4/783RG40 14–0GA33 4/413RG40 14–0GB00 4/413RG40 14–0GB30 4/783RG40 14–0GB31 4/783RG40 14–0GB33 4/41

3RG40 14–0JB00 4/543RG40 14–0KA00 4/673RG40 14–0KB00 4/67

3RG40 14–2AA00 4/603RG40 14–2AB00 4/603RG40 14–2AF01 4/413RG40 14–2AG01 4/41

3RG40 14–2JB00 4/543RG40 14–2KA00 4/673RG40 14–2KB00 4/67


3RG40 14–3CD00 4/423RG40 14–3CD01 4/42

3RG40 14–3GA33 4/413RG40 14–3GB00 4/413RG40 14–3GB33 4/41

3RG40 14–3JB00 4/543RG40 14–3KA00 4/673RG40 14–3KB00 4/67

3RG40 21–0AF33 4/323RG40 21–0AG33 4/323RG40 21–0GA33 4/323RG40 21–0GB33 4/32


3RG40 22–0AA00 4/573RG40 22–0AB00 4/573RG40 22–0AB30 4/763RG40 22–0AF01 4/343RG40 22–0AF30 4/743RG40 22–0AF33 4/343RG40 22–0AG01 4/343RG40 22–0AG30 4/743RG40 22–0AG31 4/743RG40 22–0AG33 4/34

3RG40 22–0CD00 4/353RG40 22–0CD10 4/35


3RG40 22–0JB00 4/523RG40 22–0KA00 4/643RG40 22–0KB00 4/643RG40 22–0KB30 4/76


3RG40 22–3CD00 4/353RG40 22–3CD11 4/35


3RG40 22–3JB00 4/523RG40 22–3KA00 4/643RG40 22–3KB00 4/64


3RG40 23–0CD00 4/40

3RG40 23–0GA30 4/773RG40 23–0GA33 4/393RG40 23–0GB00 4/393RG40 23–0GB30 4/773RG40 23–0GB31 4/773RG40 23–0GB33 4/39


3RG40 23–2AB00 4/593RG40 23–2AF01 4/393RG40 23–2AG01 4/39

3RG40 23–2CD00 4/40

3RG40 23–2JB00 4/533RG40 23–2KB00 4/66


3RG40 23–3CD00 4/40

3RG40 23–3GA33 4/393RG40 23–3GB00 4/393RG40 23–3GB33 4/39

3RG40 23–3JB00 4/533RG40 23–3KA00 4/663RG40 23–3KB00 4/66


3RG40 24–0CD00 4/45



3RG40 24–2AA00 4/603RG40 24–2AB00 4/603RG40 24–2AF01 4/443RG40 24–2AG01 4/44

3RG40 24–2JB00 4/543RG40 24–2KB00 4/67


3RG40 24–3CD00 4/45

3RG40 24–3GA33 4/443RG40 24–3GB00 4/443RG40 24–3GB33 4/44

3RG40 24–3JB00 4/543RG40 24–3KA00 4/673RG40 24–3KB00 4/67

3RG40 11

3RG40 12

3RG40 13

3RG40 14

3RG40 21

3RG40 22

3RG40 23

3RG40 24

Appendix



8

Inductive BERO 3RG40 and 3RG41


3RG40 30–0AA00 4/793RG40 30–0AB00 4/793RG40 30–0AB01 4/79

3RG40 30–0CD00 4/803RG40 30–0CD01 4/80

3RG40 30–0KA00 4/793RG40 30–0KA01 4/793RG40 30–0KB00 4/793RG40 30–0KB01 4/79

3RG40 31–6AD00 4/613RG40 31–6AF01 4/463RG40 31–6AG01 4/46

3RG40 31–6CD00 4/47

3RG40 31–6GB00 4/46

3RG40 31–6JB00 4/553RG40 31–6KD00 4/69

3RG40 32–6CD00 4/49

3RG40 33–6AD01 4/633RG40 33–6KD01 4/72

3RG40 34–6CD00 4/47

3RG40 38–3CD00 4/463RG40 38–3GD00 4/463RG40 38–3KB00 4/70

3RG40 41–6AD00 4/613RG40 41–6AF01 4/483RG40 41–6AG01 4/48

3RG40 41–6CD00 4/48

3RG40 41–6GB00 4/48

3RG40 41–6JB00 4/553RG40 41–6KD00 4/69

3RG40 42–6AD00 4/623RG40 42–6CD00 4/493RG40 42–6KD00 4/71

3RG40 43–6AD00 4/623RG40 43–6CD00 4/503RG40 43–6KD00 4/71

3RG40 50–0AF05 4/243RG40 50–0AF33 4/243RG40 50–0AG05 4/243RG40 50–0AG33 4/24


3RG40 50–7AF05 4/243RG40 50–7AF33 4/243RG40 50–7AG05 4/243RG40 50–7AG33 4/24












3RG40 70–0AF01 4/303RG40 70–0AG01 4/303RG40 70–0AG45 4/29

3RG40 70–0CD00 4/31

3RG40 70–3AF01 4/303RG40 70–3AG01 4/30

3RG40 70–3CD00 4/31

3RG40 70–7AG01 4/303RG40 70–7AG45 4/29

3RG40 70–7CD01 4/313RG40 70–7CD02 4/31

3RG40 71–0CD00 4/29

3RG40 72–0AA00 4/583RG40 72–0AB00 4/583RG40 72–0CD00 4/333RG40 72–0GA00 4/333RG40 72–0GB00 4/33

3RG40 72–0JB00 4/523RG40 72–0KA00 4/653RG40 72–0KB00 4/65

3RG40 72–3AB00 4/583RG40 72–3CD00 4/333RG40 72–3GA00 4/333RG40 72–3GB00 4/33

3RG40 72–3JB00 4/523RG40 72–3KA00 4/653RG40 72–3KB00 4/65

3RG40 75–0AH00 4/383RG40 75–0AJ00 4/383RG40 75–0GJ00 4/38

3RG40 80–0AG45 4/363RG40 80–7AG45 4/36

3RG40 82–0AB00 4/583RG40 82–0CD00 4/36

3RG40 82–3AB00 4/583RG40 82–3CD00 4/36

3RG41 11–0AF33 4/813RG41 11–0AG00 4/813RG41 11–0AG33 4/81

3RG41 11–0GA33 4/813RG41 11–0GB33 4/81

3RG41 11–3AG00 4/813RG41 11–3AG22 4/81

3RG41 11–7AF33 4/813RG41 11–7AG33 4/81

3RG41 11–7GA33 4/813RG41 11–7GB33 4/81

3RG41 12–0AF01 4/833RG41 12–0AG01 4/833RG41 12–0AG33 4/83

3RG41 12–3AF01 4/833RG41 12–3AG01 4/833RG41 12–3AG33 4/83

3RG41 13–0AG01 4/853RG41 13–0AG33 4/85

3RG41 13–3AG01 4/853RG41 13–3AG33 4/85

3RG41 14–0AG01 4/863RG41 14–3AG01 4/86

3RG41 31–6AD00 4/913RG41 31–6AD04 4/91

3RG41 34–6CD01 4/88

3RG41 38–3CD00 4/893RG41 38–3GD00 4/893RG41 38–3KB00 4/90

3RG41 41–3AB01 4/933RG41 41–3AB02 4/93

3RG41 41–6AB03 4/923RG41 41–6AD00 4/923RG41 41–6AD04 4/92

3RG41 42–6AD00 4/94

3RG41 43–6AD00 4/94

3RG41 44–6CD01 4/91

3RG41 48–3CD00 4/893RG41 48–3GD00 4/893RG41 48–3KB00 4/90

3RG40 30

3RG40 31

3RG40 32 to 34

3RG40 38

3RG40 41

3RG40 42

3RG40 43

3RG40 50

3RG40 51

3RG40 52

3RG40 53

3RG40 54

3RG40 60

3RG40 62

3RG40 63

3RG40 64

3RG40 70

3RG40 72

3RG40 75

3RG40 80

3RG40 82

3RG41 11

3RG41 12

3RG41 13

3RG41 14

3RG41 31 to 34

3RG41 38

3RG41 41

3RG41 42 to 44

3RG41 48

Appendix



Inductive BERO 3RG46


3RG46 00–0AG02 4/73

3RG46 00–1AB00 4/19

3RG46 01–1AB00 4/22

3RG46 01–7AG00 4/223RG46 01–7GB00 4/22

3RG46 02–0AG02 4/75

3RG46 02–1AB00 4/823RG46 02–1GB01 4/82

3RG46 02–7AG01 4/82

3RG46 03–2AB00 4/19

3RG46 04–1NA00 4/108

3RG46 10–0AG00 4/203RG46 10–0AG02 4/733RG46 10–0GB00 4/20

3RG46 10–7AG00 4/203RG46 10–7GB00 4/20

3RG46 11–0AG01 4/823RG46 11–0AG02 4/753RG46 11–0AG31 4/223RG46 11–0AN01 4/95

3RG46 11–0GB01 4/823RG46 11–0GN01 4/95

3RG46 11–1NA00 4/108

3RG46 11–3AG01 4/823RG46 11–3AN01 4/95

3RG46 11–3GB01 4/823RG46 11–3GN01 4/95

3RG46 11–7AF31 4/223RG46 11–7AG01 4/823RG46 11–7AG31 4/223RG46 11–7AN01 4/95

3RG46 11–7GB31 4/223RG46 11–7GN01 4/95

3RG46 12–0AG01 4/843RG46 12–0AN01 4/963RG46 12–0AN61 4/96

3RG46 12–0GB01 4/843RG46 12–0GN01 4/963RG46 12–0GN61 4/96

3RG46 12–0NB00 4/104

3RG46 12–1NA00 4/108

3RG46 12–3AB01 4/843RG46 12–3AN01 4/963RG46 12–3AN05 4/963RG46 12–3AN61 4/963RG46 12–3AR00 4/105

3RG46 12–3GB01 4/843RG46 12–3GN01 4/963RG46 12–3GN05 4/963RG46 12–3GN61 4/96

3RG46 12–3JR00 4/1053RG46 12–3JR01 4/105

3RG46 12–3NB00 4/104

3RG46 13–0AN01 4/973RG46 13–0AN61 4/97

3RG46 13–0GB00 4/863RG46 13–0GN01 4/973RG46 13–0GN61 4/97

3RG46 13–1AB01 4/863RG46 13–1NA00 4/109

3RG46 13–3AB01 4/863RG46 13–3AN01 4/973RG46 13–3AN05 4/973RG46 13–3AN61 4/97


3RG46 14–0AB00 4/883RG46 14–0AN01 4/983RG46 14–0AN61 4/98

3RG46 14–0GB00 4/883RG46 14–0GN01 4/983RG46 14–0GN61 4/98

3RG46 14–1NA00 4/110



3RG46 21–0AG02 4/843RG46 21–0AN01 4/95

3RG46 21–0GB02 4/843RG46 21–0GN01 4/95

3RG46 21–3AG02 4/843RG46 21–3AN01 4/95

3RG46 21–3GB02 4/843RG46 21–3GN01 4/95

3RG46 21–7AG02 4/843RG46 21–7AN01 4/95

3RG46 21–7GB02 4/843RG46 21–7GN01 4/95

3RG46 22–0AG02 4/853RG46 22–0AN01 4/963RG46 22–0AN61 4/96

3RG46 22–0GN01 4/963RG46 22–0GN61 4/96

3RG46 22–1NA00 4/109


3RG46 22–3GN01 4/963RG46 22–3GN05 4/963RG46 22–3GN61 4/96

3RG46 23–0AB02 4/873RG46 23–0AN01 4/973RG46 23–0AN61 4/97

3RG46 23–0GB02 4/873RG46 23–0GN01 4/973RG46 23–0GN61 4/97

3RG46 23–1NA00 4/109



3RG46 24–0AB02 4/923RG46 24–0AN01 4/983RG46 24–0AN61 4/98

3RG46 24–0GB02 4/923RG46 24–0GN01 4/983RG46 24–0GN61 4/98

3RG46 24–1NA00 4/110



3RG46 25–6AG00 4/433RG46 25–6KD00 4/68

3RG46 26–6AD00 4/433RG46 26–6KD00 4/68

3RG46 31–6NA00 4/110

3RG46 34–6AN01 4/993RG46 34–6GN01 4/99

3RG46 36–0AG00 4/203RG46 36–0GB00 4/20

3RG46 37–0AB00 4/233RG46 37–0AG01 4/83

3RG46 37–0GB01 4/833RG46 37–0GG00 4/23

3RG46 37–7AA00 4/233RG46 37–7AB00 4/233RG46 37–7AG01 4/83

3RG46 37–7GB01 4/833RG46 37–7GF00 4/233RG46 37–7GG00 4/23

3RG46 38–3AG01 4/873RG46 38–3AN01 4/99

3RG46 38–3GB01 4/873RG46 38–3GN01 4/99

3RG46 43–6AN01 4/1023RG46 43–6GN01 4/102

3RG46 44–6AN01 4/1013RG46 44–6AN02 4/100

3RG46 44–6GN01 4/1013RG46 44–6GN02 4/100

3RG46 48–3AN01 4/1003RG46 48–3AN11 4/101

3RG46 48–3GN01 4/1003RG46 48–3GN11 4/101

3RG46 52–0PA00 4/1033RG46 52–0PB00 4/1033RG46 52–0PF00 4/1033RG46 52–0PG00 4/103

3RG46 52–3PA00 4/1033RG46 52–3PB00 4/1033RG46 52–3PF00 4/1033RG46 52–3PG00 4/103

3RX1 303 6/83RX1 304 6/83RX1 730 4/1113RX1 731 4/111

3SB19 02–2AE 6/83SX6 281 6/83SX6 282 6/83SX6 283 6/83SX6 284 6/8

3SX9 910 6/8

3RG46 00 and 01

3RG46 02 to 04

3RG46 10

3RG46 11

3RG46 12

3RG46 13

3RG46 14

3RG46 21

3RG46 22

3RG46 23

3RG46 24

3RG46 25 to 26

3RG46 31 to 36

3RG46 37

3RG46 38

3RG46 43 to 44

3RG46 48

3RG46 52

3RX1

3SB, 3SX

Appendix


US ordering notes

8

Standard Terms and Conditions of Sale for Siemens Energy and Automation Inc. (USA)1. Warranty – Company warrants that on the date of shipment the goods are of the kind and quality described herein and are free of non–conformities

in workmanship and material. This warranty does not apply to goods delivered by Company but manufactured by others.Purchaser’s exclusive remedy for a nonconformity in any item of the goods shall be the repair or the replacement (at Company’s option) of the item and any affected part of the goods. Company’s obligation to repair or replace shall be in effect for a period of one (1) year from initial operation of the goods but not more than eighteen (18) months from Company’s shipment of the goods, provided Purchaser has sent written notice within that period of time to the Company that the goods do not conform to the above warranty. Repaired and replacement parts shall be warranted for the remainder of the original period of notification set forth above, but in no event less than 12 months from repair or replacement. At its expense, Purchaser shall remove and ship to Company any such nonconforming items and shall reinstall the repaired or replaced parts. Purchaser shall grant Company ac-cess to the goods at all reasonable times in order for Company to determine any nonconformity in the goods. Company shall have the right of dispos-al of items replaced by it. If Company is unable or unwilling to repair or replace, or if repair or replacement does not remedy the nonconformity, Com-pany and Purchaser shall negotiate an equitable adjustment in the contract price, which may include a full refund of the contract price.COMPANY HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, EXCEPT THAT OF TITLE. SPECIFICALLY, IT DISCLAIMS THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE, COURSE OF DEALING AND USAGE OF TRADE.Purchaser and successors of Purchaser are limited to the remedies specified in this article and shall have no others for a nonconformity in the goods. Purchaser agrees that these remedies provide Purchaser and its successors with a minimum adequate remedy and are their exclusive remedies, whether the Purchaser’s or successors’ remedies are based on contract, warranty, tort (including negligence), strict liability, indemnity, or any other legal theory, and whether arising out of warranties, representations, instructions, installations, or non–conformities from any cause.Note: This article 1 does not apply to any software which may be furnished by Company. In such cases, the Siemens Software License Addendum applies.

2. Patents – Company shall pay costs and damages finally awarded in any suit against Purchaser or its vendees to the extent based upon a finding that the design or construction of the goods as furnished infringes a United States patent (except infringement occurring as a result of incorporating a design or modification at Purchaser’s request), provided that Purchaser promptly notifies Company of any charge of infringement, and Company is given the right at its expense to settle such charge and to defend or control the defense of any suit based upon such charge. THIS ARTICLE SETS FORTH COMPANY’S ENTIRE LIABILITY WITH RESPECT TO PATENTS.

3. Performance; delays – Timely performance by Company is contingent upon Purchaser’s supplying to Company, when needed, all required techni-cal information and data, including drawing approvals, and all required commercial documentation. If Company suffers delay in performance due to any cause beyond its reasonable control, the time of performance shall be extended a period of time equal to the period of the delay and its conse-quences. Company will give to Purchaser notice within a reasonable time after Company becomes aware of any such delay.

4. Shipment, title and risk of loss – The term “shipment” means delivery to the initial carrier in accordance with the delivery terms and conditions. Company may make partial shipments. Company shall select method of transportation and route, unless terms are f.o.b point of shipment and Pur-chaser specifies the method and route and is to pay the freight costs in addition to the price. When terms are f.o.b. destination or freight allowed to destination, “destination” means common carrier delivery point (within the United States, excluding Alaska and Hawaii) nearest the destination.Title to the goods and risk of loss or damage shall pass to Purchaser at the f.o.b. point. Company shall not be responsible for damage to the goods after having received “in good order” receipts from the carrier.

5. Taxes – Any applicable duties or sales, use, excise, value–added or similar taxes will be added to the price and invoiced separately (unless an ac-ceptable exemption certificate is furnished).

6. Terms of payment – Unless otherwise stated, all payments shall be in United States dollars, and a pro rata payment shall become due as each ship-ment is made. If shipment is delayed by Purchaser, date of notice of readiness for shipment shall be deemed to be date of shipment for payment pur-poses.On late payments, the contract price shall, without prejudice to Company’s right to immediate payment, be increased by 1 1/2% per month on the un-paid balance, but not to exceed the maximum permitted by law.If any time in Company’s judgment Purchaser is unable or unwilling to meet the terms specified, Company may require satisfactory assurance or full or partial payment as a condition to commencing or continuing manufacture or making shipment, and may, if shipment has been made, recover the goods from the carrier, pending receipt of such assurances.

7. Noncancellation – Purchaser may not cancel or terminate for convenience, or direct suspension of manufacture, except with Company’s written consent and then only upon terms that will compensate Company for its engineering, fabrication and purchasing charges and any other costs relat-ing to such cancellation, termination or suspension, plus a reasonable amount for profit.

8. Nuclear – Purchaser represents and warrants that the goods covered by this contract shall not be used in or in connection with a nuclear facility or application.

9. Limitation of liability – Neither Company, nor its suppliers shall be liable, whether in contract, warranty, failure of a remedy to achieve its intended or essential purposes tort (including negligence), strict liability, indemnity or any other legal theory, for loss of use, revenue or profit, or for costs of cap-ital or of substitute use or performance, or for indirect, special, liquidated, incidental or consequential damages, or for any other loss or cost of a sim-ilar type, or for claims by Purchaser for damages of Purchaser’s customers. The Company’s maximum liability under this contract shall be the con-tract price. Purchaser and Company agree that the exclusions and limitations set forth in this article are separate and independent from any other remedies which Purchaser may have.

10. Governing law and assignment – The laws of the State of Georgia shall govern the validity, interpretation and enforcement of these terms and con-ditions, without regard to its conflicts of law principles. Assignment may be made only with written consent of both parties.

11. Attorney fees – Purchaser shall be liable to Company for any attorney fees and costs incurred by Company in enforcing any of its rights hereunder.12. Disputes – Either party may give the other party written notice of any dispute arising out of or relating to these terms and conditions and not resolved

in the normal course of business. The parties shall attempt in good faith to resolve such dispute promptly by negotiations between executives who have authority to settle the dispute. If the matter has not been resolved within 60 days of the notice, either party may initiate non–binding mediation of the dispute.

13. Statute of limitations – To the extent permitted by applicable law, any lawsuit for breach of contract, including breach of warranty, arising out of the transactions covered by this contract, must be commenced not later than twelve (12) months from the date the cause of action accrued.

14. Prices – I n the event of a price increase or decrease, the price of goods on order will be adjusted to reflect such increase or decrease. This does not apply to a shipment held by request of the Purchaser. Goods already shipped are not subject to price increase or decrease. Orders on a bid or con-tract basis are not subject to this article. Orders amounting to less than $100.00 net will be invoiced at $100.00 plus transportation charges for goods covered by discount schedules. The Company’s prices include the costs of standard domestic packing only. Any deviation from this standard pack-ing (domestic or export), including U.S. Government sealed packing, will result in extra charges. To determine such extra charges, consult the Com-pany’s sales offices.

15. Additional terms of payment – Invoice payment terms are as shown on latest discount sheets as issued from time to time. Cash discounts are not applicable to notes or trade acceptances, to prepaid transportation charges when added to Company’s invoices or to discountable items if there are undisputed past due items on the account. Portions of an invoice in dispute should be deducted and the balance remitted with a detailed explana-tion of the deduction. Cash discounts will only be allowed on that portion of the invoice paid within the normal discount period.Freight will be allowed to any common–carrier free–delivery point within the United States, excluding Alaska and Hawaii, on shipments exceeding $100 net or more providing the Company selects the carrier. On shipments to Alaska and Hawaii, freight will be allowed to dockside at the listed port of debarkation nearest the destination point on shipments of net $100 or more. The Purchaser shall pay all special costs such as cartage, stevedor-ing and insurance. Special freight allowances are as shown on latest discount sheets as issued from time to time. Cataloged weights are estimated, not guaranteed. The Company assumes no responsibility for tariff classifications on carriers.

Appendix


Ordering notes

Conditions of sale and delivery

In Germany

Subject to the General Condi-tions of Sale as well as the Gen-eral Conditions for the Supply and Delivery of Products and Services of the Electrical and Electronics Industry.

For export

Subject to the General Condi-tions for the Supply and Deliv-ery of Products and Services of the Electrical and Electronics Industry and to any other condi-tions agreed upon with the re-cipients of catalogs.

Software products

Software products are subject to the General Licence Condi-tions for Software Products for Automation and Drives.

Prices

Prices are listed in € (Euro) ex delivery point, excluding pack-aging.

Turnover tax (VAT) is not includ-ed in the prices. It will be add-ed according to legal provi-sions at the applicable rate.

We reserve the right to adjust prices and shall charge the prices applying on the date of delivery.

Illustrations, technical dataAll dimensions in this catalog are in mm. The illustrations are for reference only.We reserve the right to make technical changes, in particu-lar to the specified values, di-mensions and weights, unless specified otherwise on the indi-vidual pages of this catalog.

Small orders

When small orders are submit-ted, the costs associated with order processing are greater than the order value. It is rec-ommended therefore that small orders are collected and sub-mitted combined. Where this is not possible, we unfortunately find it necessary to charge a processing supplement of € 15.— to cover our costs for order processing and invoicing for all orders with a net goods value of less than € 100.—.

Ordering special designs

To order products that differ from the versions listed in the catalog, the order number specified in the catalog must be supplemented with "–Z ";

and the required features must be specified by means of al-phanumeric order codes or in plain text.

Export regulations

The products listed in this cata-log may be subject to Europe-an/German and/or US export provisions.

Any export requiring approval is therefore subject to authori-zation by the relevant authori-ties.

For the products listed in this catalog, the following export regulations must be adhered to in accordance with currently valid regulations.

AL

Number of the German export list

Products with a code other than "N" must be approved for ex-port.

The export codes of the re-spective data medium must also be adhered to for software products.

Goods labeled with "AL not equal to N" are subject to Euro-pean or German export authori-zation when being exported out of the EU.

ECCN

Number of US export list (Export Control Classification Number)

Products with a code other than "N" require approval for re-ex-port to certain countries.

The export codes of the re-spective data medium must also be adhered to for software products.

Goods labeled with "ECCN not equal to N" are subject to US re-export authorization.

Even without a label, or with la-bel "AL: N" or "ECCN: N", autho-rization may be required due to the final whereabouts and pur-pose for which the goods are to be used.

The AL and ECCN export codes specified in our confir-mations, delivery notes and in-voices apply.

Subject to change without prior notice.

Trade marks

All used product designations are trademarks or product names of the Siemens AG or other companies which if used by third parties for their own purposes can infringe the rights of the owner.

Responsible forTechnical contents:Siemens AG, A&D CD PS, ErlangenEditors:Siemens AG, A&D PT 5, Erlangen

Order No.:E86060–K1803–A101–A2–7600Printed in the Federal Republic of GermanyKG K 1101 25.0 S 280 En / 123067

Published byAutomation and Drives GroupLow-Voltage Controls and Distribution DivisionPO Box 32 40, D-91050 Erlangen Germany

Documents

Sensor Es